Regular City Commission Meeting - Regular Meeting
The Hollywood City Commission approved consent items, issued proclamations, and passed multiple first and second-reading items, including the Hollywood Beach Overlay District on first reading.
About this meeting
- Government Body
- Regular City Commission Meeting
- Meeting Type
- Regular City Commission Meeting
- Location
- Hollywood, FL
- Meeting Date
- September 16, 2026
Transcript
1322 sections
all right welcome everyone welcome to city hall here in the city of hollywood today is september 16th 2026. we are here for what's called a regular city commission meeting but as i always say no meeting is ever regular in that sense of that word we always have important and exciting issues to take up on the city's agenda and today is no different let's all please arise for a moment of silence followed by the pledge of allegiance I pledge allegiance to the flag of the United States of America and to the republic for which it stands, one nation, under God, indivisible, with liberty and justice for all. Thank you. Another important moment we take up here in the city of Hollywood is to recognize our veterans, active service personnel, and their families. So if you are a veteran of the US Armed Forces, an active service member perhaps, or a family member thereof, please rise. We'd like to recognize contributions. Thank you. I'm going to activate the microphones here for Roll call. City Clerk, go ahead.
Vice Mayor Kaleri? Here. Commissioner Gruber? Here. Commissioner Biederman?
Here.
Commissioner Quintana?
Here.
Commissioner Shuham? Here. Commissioner Hernandez? Here. Mayor Levy?
Here. All right, thank you so much. Let's go ahead and review the consent items today. These are items 5 through 12, items that don't usually require individual discussion. However, if there's a speaker card on any of the consent items or a request from the dais, we'll be happy to take it up later in the agenda individually. Pat, are there any speaker cards on 5 through 12?
From the dais? Motion to approve. We have a motion from Vice Mayor Kaleri and a second from Commissioner Quintana to approve items 5 through 12. All those in favor say aye. Aye. Any opposed? Hearing none, those items carry unanimously. On to our 1 p.m. presentations, proclamations, and awards. Today we have two proclamations. Item 15 has been withdrawn because the recipient couldn't make it, and so we'll make that up at another time. But let's go ahead and proclaim National Hispanic Heritage Month, which, of course, just began yesterday, September 15th. And it runs through October 15th. I'd like to recognize Commissioner Hernandez to present the proclamation. Receiving and accepting the proclamation will be members of our Hispanic Affairs Committee. Please come on up, members. I see Jesse Hernandez, Cristina Monello. Well, thank you, Mayor.
Thank you, Commissioner Hernandez. Thank you for the proclamation. City of Hollywood, Florida, in recognition of National Hispanic Heritage Month, September 15th through October 15th, 2026. It is an honor for me to be able to read this proclamation. It's an honor for me to have my wife serving on the Hispanic Affairs Council as well. So whereas National Hispanic Heritage Month is an opportunity to recognize and celebrate the rich culture, heritage, and contribution of Hispanics American whose ancestors came from Spain, Mexico, the Caribbean, Central America, and South America, In 1968, President Lyndon B. Johnson established Hispanic Heritage Week, and the observance was expanded to a month in 1988 by President Ronald Reagan. And whereas the city of Hollywood has been recognized by a national publication as the city of the future, exemplifying the population diversity in typical American city in the 21st century. And it is celebrated for its rich culture, diversity, and initiatives that promote community inclusiveness. And whereas the US Census Bureau estimate that as of July 1, 2025, approximately 43% of the Hollywood population, nearly 67,000 residents, are of Hispanic or Latino origin. Hispanic and Latino residents contribute to the community as local business owners, civic leaders, cultural organizations, and festival participants, as well as city employees serving the public. And whereas Hispanic Americans have had a profound and positive influence in the country through their strong commitment to family, faith, hard work, community service, they have enriched and shaped our national character with centuries-old traditions that reflect multi-ethnic and multicultural customs of their proud history. And whereas the National Hispanic Heritage Month theme for 2026 is Pioneers of Change, Shaping the Future Together, National Hispanic Heritage Month recognizes the valuable contribution made by the residents of Hispanic descent to all aspects of American life, including leadership and public service, businesses, the arts, education, civil rights, and social growth of the United States. And whereas during Hispanic Heritage Month, the City of Hollywood invites all residents and visitors to attend the Hispanic Heritage Celebration on October 10, 2026, from 3 p.m. to 9 p.m. at the Arts Park at Young Circle, Florida, featuring music, culture, performance, art, fellowship, as we honor the enriched traditions and contribution of the Hispanic community. Now, therefore, Josh Levy, Mayor of the City of Hollywood, Florida, and the Hollywood City Commission, hereby proclaim September 15 through October 15, 2026, as National Hispanic Heritage Month in the City of Hollywood, Florida. Congratulations. Congratulations.
Mayor, commissioners, it's an honor to receive this proclamation. Thank you so much. And we are very excited in all of the we are putting together. I hope you guys are going to attend and invite all the community and see the value of the Hispanic heritage that we have in the city of Hollywood.
CHRISTOPHER COLEMAN- October 10, yes? October 10. CHRISTOPHER COLEMAN- Cristina, tell us all about it.
She knows more.
Well, I think it's going to be amazing. There are going to be so many of the local schools and the children that will be representing their countries through the Parade of Nations. Yesterday, we went to another Hispanic Heritage celebration where we got to meet a bunch of the consulates from the different countries. So we got commitments from a bunch of them that are going to attend. We're going to have an art exhibit that is also going to be based on a Hispanic artist who is going to be led by Alejandra Palacios. And then the musical part is going to be very rich, because yes, there will be salsa, but that's not the main focus. We're going to have mariachi. We're going to have a very exciting international artist who's a young man he's 13 years old who plays vallenato so that's going to be super amazing and in honor of venezuela uh in colombia and everything that's happened we're going to have tambores venezolanos so it's really going to be totally different than anything that we've put together before and we have as the nmc nati rodriguez from iheart radio who agreed to to be our emcee. So we are super excited. And I tell you, this lady here has worked really, really hard. People see her coming, and I think they just opened their checkbook. I don't know how that happens. And so we have had a lot of community involvement, which is a point. La Casita Tropical, and Coffee Cult, and a lot of the businesses are also very excited about the initiative. so much so that they chose to be sponsors, even though they could have not done so. So we're very, very, very happy.
Thank you.
Thank you for the support, parks, liaison, for everything that everybody's doing. No one is doing this alone. We're all doing it together.
Well, just on behalf of the City Commission, I want to applaud the new Hispanic Affairs Council for all your hard work. We know it's a big commitment to put this heritage festival together. It's going to be Hollywood's first, definitely not the last. Our city's Hispanic population continues to grow, and the cultural contributions, the economic contributions of our Hispanic community have been tremendous. very significant to Hollywood and will continue only to grow in the future. So I'm looking forward to the energy and to celebrate Hispanic culture. We certainly, I think, even if we're not Hispanic, see and interact with Hispanic culture every day in Hollywood, and it's part of Hollywood's culture. It is Hollywood's culture, from the beach to State Road 7 and beyond. So couldn't be more proud and happy. Vamos a bailar. That means let's dance, you know? Vamos a bailar.
We will send a written invitation, but we were hoping to have you guys between 3 and 4.
And did you have something that you wanted to say, Major Royce?
Yeah, 3 and 4. We hope to see you all sessioning across the... We'll be there. Great. Thank you. All right.
Thank you so much. Let's come on up. Let's take a photo to help spread the word about the Hispanic Heritage Month.
Go ahead, Peter. Go ahead. One of the things that I'm looking forward to, Mayor and commissioners, is they're going to have folkloric dances for some of the countries that are participating as well. So it's not just their music, but their native folkloric.
Beautiful. Beautiful. Well, we'd love to see this cultural exhibition.
Looking forward to it.
Let's now go ahead to item 14, which is a proclamation recognizing World Alzheimer's Awareness Day, which is September 21st. How about John Strader? John, come on up. He's a member of the Alzheimer's Association. And is Eric Montalegre here? There he is, community educator and volunteer with Alzheimer's Association. Of course, we know this is near and dear to Commissioner Gruber's heart. And we, of course, will invite him to present you with the proclamation. Commissioner Gruber.
Thank you, Mayor. Honored to read this. Proclamation, City of Hollywood, in recognition of World Alzheimer's Awareness Day, September 21st, 2026. Whereas Alzheimer's disease, a progressive neurodegenerative brain disorder, tragically robs individuals of their memories and leads to progressive mental and physical impairments. Alzheimer's is the seventh leading cause of death in America. And whereas over 7 million Americans are living with Alzheimer's disease, an estimated 500,000 under the age of 65 are living with younger onset Alzheimer's disease. Included in this number are an estimated 580,000 individuals in the state of Florida, of which an estimated 47,800 reside in Broward County. And whereas in 2026, in the United States, nearly 13 million caregivers provided an estimated 19 billion hours of unpaid care valued at more than $413 billion. In Florida, over 877,000 caregivers provided over 1.4 billion hours of unpaid care valued at an estimated $30.3 billion. And whereas the human cost of Alzheimer's disease is immeasurable, affecting not only those living with the disease, but also their families, friends, and caregivers, while researchers and healthcare professionals continue their efforts to better understand the disease and find effective treatments and a cure. And whereas the State of Florida and the City of Hollywood recognize the efforts of the Alzheimer's Association to raise funds and promote awareness to fight Alzheimer's disease and related disorders, thereby improving the quality of human life for those living with Alzheimer's disease and their caregivers. And whereas the City of Hollywood is working on the establishment of the new Alzheimer's Day Care Center, which will be located at Oak Lake Park, 3190 North 56th Avenue, This is made possible through vital funding by the Florida Department of Elder Affairs and the Area Agency on Aging of Broward County. This will expand access to specialized care, resources and support services for individuals living with Alzheimer's disease and their families, strengthening our community's commitment to compassionate health care. Now, therefore, Josh Levy, Mayor of the City of Hollywood, Florida, and the Hollywood City Commission do hereby proclaim September 21, 2026 as World Alzheimer's Awareness Day in the City of Hollywood, Florida.
Mr. Mayor and Commissioner Gruber and city commissioners, on behalf of the Alzheimer's Association here in Southeast Florida, we'd like to thank you very much for the proclamation. And I just want to say as a 30-year resident of Hollywood, excuse me, and a caregiver for my wife, Lisa, of 46 years, who is in the late stages of the disease, almost nothing has made me prouder to be a resident of the city of Hollywood than the efforts that this city is making to address the issues surrounding Alzheimer's and provide facilities that are much needed for the care of our Alzheimer's community. And respite care being an extremely important aspect of this because caregivers are often more impacted or as much impacted by the disease as the people they care for. And the city's efforts in developing the Oak Lake Center as a respite care center for people who are dealing with this is critically important. If more cities were as proactive as Hollywood, we would be in a less dire situation with regards to care than we are. So thank you so much. I'd like to introduce you to Eric Montalegre. He is one of our community educators. Eric is available to go around and speak with civic groups, church organizations, or anybody interested in learning more about the disease. So maybe Eric can speak a little bit about some of the promising aspects of diagnosis and therapies that are newly available.
Thank you, John, and thank you, mayor and commissioners. My father is a resident of the city of Hollywood, and he also has Alzheimer's. And I consider us lucky, because we had the opportunity to get a very, very early diagnosis. And with this disease, early diagnosis is the key. There's been a lot of activity over the last couple of years, from establishing a lifestyle protocol that help stop the progression to blood tests that can help identify the disease early, and also to some treatments that can help assault the progression of disease. But all of it relies on early detection. So I want to thank you for the awareness that you're increasing through this proclamation. I'm sure it'll help bring out more people, more people's understandings of the disease. And also, again, thank you for the work you're doing as a city to create the daycare that's going to really be impactful to the residents and to my father. So thank you.
Thank you all. Please come out for a photo.
Yeah, Commissioner Gruber just asked me to speak for a moment about the walk to end Alzheimer's, which is our largest opportunity to impact the community and help fundraise for research because the Alzheimer's Association funds an enormous number of research projects addressing various aspects of finding the cure or mitigating therapies that will help the disease. So our Walk to End Alzheimer's is here in Broward County, and I believe it's December 7th. December 7th, which is the first Saturday in December. And it's at the campus of Nova Southeast University in Plantation. And you're all invited. If you'd like to come, you can form a walk team. You can join an existing walk team. And we'd love to have you there. There would be about 3,000 of your friends and neighbors there that day. And it's really a joyous occasion. It's not what you think it might be. It's not a down and sad situation. It's really very, very uplifting. So we invite you all to come and join us.
Thank you. Thank you, John. Thank you, Commissioner Gruber. Vice Mayor Kaleri, guys, before you go, Vice Mayor Kaleri would like to address you. Go ahead.
To address both, first of all, thank you for your advocacy and Commissioner Gruber for all your efforts. One out of 10 men will come down with Alzheimer's and two out of 10 women. will come down with it. So this is a huge step in trying to help it. But one thing that I want to add, I've been a proponent for seniors across the board, whether it's dementia, Alzheimer's, living, all of those important things. But I think what I've witnessed most recently is not just with Alzheimer's, but with any type of disability, cancer, you name it. caregiver fatigue and I think that that is something that we should also focus on by incorporating as we get this amazingness started we should also think about what we can do and hopefully staff can add or we can incorporate it into the program that's being started for caregiver fatigue and how to deal with them it goes along with the mental health illness issues because we don't realize how Terrible it is. And I see it more and more in my other professional world. And it's devastating to the families. And so if we can incorporate something into that, I would wholeheartedly support that as well.
Yes, caregiver support is a critical need. As many as 30% of caregivers will actually pre-decease the person that they're caring for because of the stresses of care.
Yes. So I think it's so important that we educate and learn and provide tools. So we are taking leaps and bounds of creating this program and whatever we can add to it to just benefit our senior population and their family members, I think, is so important because they leave such a great legacy and we just want to make sure everyone's taken care of so thank you so much for everything you guys are doing maybe we'll get the walk move to Hollywood we want it in Hollywood since we're making leaps and bounds not out of the question thank you thank you again thank you all
All right, Mr. Superintendent, welcome. We want to welcome our superintendent of Broward County Schools, Howard Hepburn, together with his chief of staff, John Sullivan. They're here to talk about the next generation referendum that's on the upcoming November 3rd ballot. Superintendent Hepburn, it's really great to have you here.
Thank you for having both of us. And first of all, mayor, commissioners, I just want to thank you for your ongoing support of all the schools within your city. When it's time to step up and support, it's just a phone call away. So we appreciate it. It truly takes a village. We can't work in isolation, and those partnerships are key to accomplish what we've accomplished so far. And first, I'm going to talk about some accomplishments. And then John Sullivan is going to come and talk more about the actual ballot language and what we've used the referendum for in the past, what we're going to currently use the referendum for based on current board vote. But to make my lawyers happy, you want to make sure I say this so that I'm here to educate and inform and not to advocate. As a superintendent, I can't advocate in my professional capacity. I always love to talk about our accomplishments first. We are a third consecutive year in a row are at a school district, no Ds and Fs, which is a huge accomplishment. And that hasn't happened since 1999, starting about three years ago. And as I was telling a group of principals earlier today, the state of Florida has probably the most robust accountability system. So it takes a lot of effort to really move student performance and to ensure
that you have no DNF schools.
And we're, I think, probably two of the large school districts in the state that can actually say that. Palm Beach County is the other. And Mr. Mike Burke, the superintendent there, I gave him a challenge last year. He stepped up to the plate. So we're doing awesome work. And that's thanks to our teachers, our administrators in our schools, our bus drivers, our custodial staff, hundreds of thousands of volunteers, our admin teams in the cubicles out in our admin offices, and all the partners that contribute day in and day out. It takes a village. Also, we have the highest graduation rate in 25 years as well, 97.5% for our district-operated schools. When you add in our alternative schools and the charter schools, it's 91.4%, but nonetheless still 25-year highest graduation rate. We're also number one in the state of Florida for AP, ACE, IB, industry certifications. What does that mean for the layman? We offer a lot of college courses at the high school level. And so we've opened up more access to our students to earn college credit through college courses and also courses that they can earn industry certification. As a result, our students are performing. And as a result of that performance, they actually garner funding for good outcomes on those actual assessments. And we're number one in the state of Florida for that. And also, we've been blessed to be Cambridge District over the year. Last year, there was only one large district in the whole entire country that has that designation. And that is us for all the work that we're doing in our high schools that equates to that number one funding for the state of Florida. Also, I always love to let people know what the scale of Broward County School is. Some people forget, because sometimes you're just in tune to the schools in your city. If you're a parent, you're in tune to the school that your kid goes to. But we're a very large urban school district. We have approximately 236,000 students, of which 180,000 are in our district-operated schools. The rest are in our charter schools. We have 325 schools, and about 86 of those schools are charter schools, and about 27,000 employees. Last year, the class of 2026, that graduating class, earned $617 million in scholarships. That's actually $200 million more than class of 2025. And that equates to all the wonderful things as far as exposing them to high, rigorous coursework, that college-level coursework. In the state of Florida, we're trying to educate parents on this. If your kid takes a series of ACE courses, a series of AP courses, they actually earn a bright future scholarship. They can go to any of the state universities, pretty much tuition and sometimes room and board paid for free. And a lot of out-of-state scholarships are tied to that accomplishment that those students meet. But we're a very diverse district. Every race, ethnicity, religion, you name it, we have it here. Our students speak over 200 plus languages. So we have it all. And we're proud of the diversity that we represent, which is more than a microcosm of the county that they live in. Also, as I mentioned before, back to back to back, 3PA rating. I started three years ago when I came in. We had our share of DNF schools and a large share of C schools. And for me, being a longtime career educator, not on my watch. It's about providing the best learning opportunities for our students and making sure they can excel. I'm a firm believer that many of our students, the only lever they can pull is a quality education to change their life trajectory, which in turn changes their family trajectory, impacts the community's trajectory and in turn will impact the whole entire county. And so I remind my principals all the time, you have economic impact in the communities that you serve. You are economic impact. It provides opportunities to recruit better businesses in the area and all the other domino effect that it impacts. But as a result of that, of prioritizing our students, making sure they have the right curriculum and instructional resources, and all the bells and whistles that they need to do the magic in the classroom, we've been able to reduce all of our DNF schools, as I said before, to zero. We reduced our C schools by 72%. And we've also increased our A schools by 130%. 87% of our schools are A and B schools. And so we're on a mission to actually increase the achievement at our C schools so we can be solely an A and B school district. It's going to be tougher this year because the state has moved the goal post back or raised the basketball course goal or made the track longer. So those challenges have gotten greater. But as I told people earlier this morning, I'm a very competitive guy, and I hate to lose. And so we're going to need to do what we need to do to support our educators and make sure they can make that magic happen in the classroom for all of our students. And then many of the schools here in the city of Hollywood are steadily achieving. Most of them are A and B schools, very few C schools. And we're providing lots of support to our C schools to make sure they continue to enhance those opportunities for our students. But nonetheless, a lot of positive momentum in the right direction for all the schools right here in your city. And so I'm going to invite Mr. Sullivan up. He's going to talk more about the ballot language, what we've been doing with the referendum in the past, and what we continue to do with it as we also approve that ballot measure for the next four years, and then some other details. And then we'll stay to answer any questions that you may have. Thank you.
Of course, he leaves the tax for me. Well, thank you for the opportunity to not only brief the commission, but more importantly, your residents who will see this on the November 3 ballot. So historically, they've seen in this August primary ballot, but the legislature changed the law, so now it has to be in the general. So that's why you'll see it in November and not this August that passed. So again, this is a renewal of an existing property tax. It's not an increase. Or in addition, the residents are already paying this, so it's just a continuation of that. If it was successful, it's four years. So every four years, we do have to go out. The first one was in 2018. The last one was in 2022. So now we have to go back out. It does expire in 27-28 if the referendum was not successful. That's when our schools would feel that impact. It does generate about $358 million across Briarwood schools, and that does include charter schools. We know there's many charter schools in the city of Hollywood, so they would benefit from the referendum as they do now. The referendum funds three buckets. So our compensation, enhancement, supplements for our employees. So think about everyone that impacts our students from the teacher, bus driver, custodial worker, cafeteria worker, and our site leader. So really all our folks who have a huge impact on our system and our students more importantly. Our school safety personnel and our mental health personnel. Prior to, and this is mostly due to Adam's tough negotiating, prior to the referendum in 2018, the contribution rate for the cities was about $55,000. Through the continuation of the 2022 referendum, we've achieved $119,000 for contribution rates. We understand that the cities, including the city of Hollywood, still has a burden on the SRO program. So we're thankful for the partnership in keeping our schools safe. So if the referendum continues, we can continue to have those conversations of how to increase the school district's portion of the contribution. Again, not a new tax. It's a renewal. So these are the buckets or some of the items that are funded in the current referendum that we'll continue to fund. So about $173 million in those compensations for our employees. And that is really important because the neighbors to our south and north have similar referendums. If we weren't able to offer our teachers specifically who receive anywhere between $10,000 and $12,000 annually in supplements, we would lose to both Miami and Palm Beach schools because they would still have that ability if their referendums were successful and ours were not. And then over 393 safety personnel are funded out of the referendum and about 170, I'm sorry, 1.7 million in software. So we all have our panic buttons. That was funded out of the referendum. The crew show all our employees on our sites have this case in an emergency or an event in an emergency. They press it eight times, and law enforcement reacts immediately, saves times and saves lives. And then also 224 mental health personnel are funded out of this referendum. So I don't have to tell anyone in the room, but there's a difference between the bond and the referendum. The bond obviously has a lot of negative press. The superintendent and the current board has done a good job of closing out that program. But with that said, there's a lot of negative press on that. But the bond is separate from referendum. The bond is for facilities. Referendum is for people. So I just wanted to distinguish that for the residents. I won't read this, but this is the official ballot language that they'll see when they are deciding whether or not to support the referendum. And they'll see this on the November 3 ballot. The board has voted on the allocation if it was successful. About 90% would go towards those teachers supplements and eligible staff, and 10% would remain for mental health and school safety. The referendum is really the only mechanism that the board has to raise additional revenue that we do receive outside of the legislature. It's not unique to Broward schools. Many of the districts in the state of Florida do referendums for similar purposes. But the board has taken serious action on our general funds, realizing that we do have to be good stewards of taxpayer dollars. Like many other districts, we are continuing to lose students in our system. This year alone, we lost 11,000. So with that said, the board has reduced, under the superintendent's a recommendation of 1,000 positions. And that was district level, so not school level, which generates about $54 million annual recurring, and then another $46 million for our health care plan that we restructured for our employees. And we've closed seven schools. All that has generated a little over $100 million in annual savings. But again, that really is to deal with the shortfall as it relates to the declining enrollment. So what does this mean for the average homeowner? Again, this is a continuation. So they would continue to pay for the average. It would be more or less if your house is worth more or less. But for the average, it's $418 a year, about $3,500 a month. Condominium owners, $230 a year, about $19 a month. And that investment generates $358 million across the district, including our charter schools. Again, if it's not renewed, we would lose access to those funds beginning the 27-28 school year. There is no way that the board can make this up in our general revenue. We're right at the required state requirement of 3%. If we go below that, there would be state intervention. So the board would have tough choices. There is no way we would be able to maintain the level of services in those three areas that I described that currently are funded in the referendum. So again, I know there's a lot of information, but we do have a website with a lot of information, everything we just said, with toolkits, presentations. And we're here for any questions, Mr. Mayor.
Well, thank you, Mr. Stone. Depending how tough it is, you'll answer. Superintendent Hepburn, I appreciate it. I know you all have a lot that you're undertaking, and obviously a lot also relies on this particular referendum as well. And so I'd like to recognize city commissioners who'd like to address you, beginning with Commissioner Biederman.
So I have a couple of questions. First of all, it was nice seeing you this morning at the ribbon cutting for the newest building at MacArthur High School. Can you go into the different line items and what they mean for our public? so they have a better understanding. There's so many different line items for the school district and where those dollars go. I think it's important that the public understands it.
Are you speaking specifically on the referendum?
No. On the tax bill, there's multiple different millage rates. If you could touch on that so that people understand that a little bit better.
Yeah, absolutely. So there's a specific millage rate that is required by the state, which we get a portion of that, but we don't get all of it. for lack of a better term, goes into a bucket and redistribute it to districts across the state. We do have some districts across the state that are in very rural areas, and they don't have the tax base to garner enough funding for their schools. And you have discretionary millage that the state actually allows, where the school district usually keeps that fixed or even reduces it slightly. That provides additional funds to equate to our FEFP formula. And then you have this specific millage rate as well, which is the only mechanism that the school board would have for additional local effort to be able to do the things that Mr. Sullivan described, additional compensation for teachers and eligible staff, safety and security, and mental health.
And that's what I thought was important that people understand. Now a hardball question, sorry, since you're here. It's been floated, and we had a community engagement meeting about the closure of Oak Ridge Elementary and Hollywood Park Elementary. One of the things that I brought up at that meeting was the possibility to consolidate the Quest Center into one of those schools, into multiple of those schools, or into the other schools that handle the same population in the county. Is there a possibility of doing that as opposed to closing a community school? Because the Quest Center is all transportation. It's not like kids walk there. And by closing one of the community schools, you are disrupting their friends that might go to a different school as they're split up. It might disrupt the community or the walkers. And once they have to get in a bus or a car to get to the school that they would be assigned to, They might just go to charter school. And it was mentioned at that meeting that parents would choose charter over being disrupted going to another school. So that's why I thought of the Quest Center might be an alternative solution, plus the Quest Center. If you're looking to create affordable housing, the Quest Center sits on about 50 residential parcels that could be turned into first-time homebuyers for teachers or for other hero housing.
Yeah, absolutely. Great question. So first of all, the board and myself got to make some tough decisions when it comes to right-sizing our facilities. We have over 60,000 open seats across the district. And just like any homeowner, if you had a five-bedroom house and they were all filled with kids and all of them are adults now and you're the only person in there, in normal circumstances, you downsize stuff so your budget matches your needs. And we're in the same predicament right now. All things are possible, right? That's why we're going out, talking to communities, having these discussions in these town halls to really garner additional feedback for ideas that we probably haven't thought about that we can bring back to the board. We've also hired our set of expertise, too. Since as a school district employees, we're at a certain threshold about possibilities as far as the expert realm. And we've had some experts to look at best use case scenarios for each one of the facilities that we're discussing. One thing that we do keep in mind, too, is the age of facilities. Oak Ridge is a facility that is past its useful age. I want to say that building is probably late 1950s, early 1960s. And we look at how much does it cost to continue to maintain? How much does it cost to renovate? And so we actually have a master planner that will be coming on board real soon through a solicitation that's out there that are actually going to give a holistic more approach to myself and the board about what should we do and consider for all of our facilities. But in a nutshell, all things are possible. We're collecting all of that feedback from the community conversations, from conversations with commissioners, city managers, and things like that. We bring that information to the board and look at the best use case scenarios, look at how we're doing this in a fiscally responsible way as well, but also with the least amount of disruption to our kids and to our families.
And then just to follow up on the Oak Ridge school, the suggestion of moving Oak Ridge kids to Colbert and Olsen, is that where? Am I right about that? OK. Some of those kids go to our aftercare program at MLK, and they would be disrupted in that process. So maybe they can go to Bethune or whatever else. I don't want to steal anybody else's thunder on that, but I was there and I was listening to what parents were saying. So I just wanted to throw that out there. We're looking at all possibilities. And just keep in mind at Hollywood Park Elementary, their kids go to the Boys and Girls Club next door. So that's another benefit to keeping that one open. Absolutely.
Thank you. Let's go to Commissioner Quintana.
Thank you, Mayor. So as a former public school teacher, once a teacher, always a teacher, I want to congratulate you for the achievements in improving the schools and really being able to point to that story of success. I hope that families will continue Hear what you said about for so many of our residents, education is the way that people can come out of poverty and make generational change. So telling the story over and over again about the successes you've had, and hopefully maybe some families will choose to send their kids to public school because schools are closing because you're under-enrolled. And so parents will see this as actually something they're already paying for, and why not? give a high-performing school an opportunity for your child to be educated there. So I just wanted to give you a word of support.
Thank you. I wholeheartedly agree. Thank you. Vice Mayor Coleri.
Hello. Thank you for being here. And I know your job is not easy, just like most of us. But I always have a saying, hate the game, not the player. So you are not hated. We appreciate all your efforts. If possible, can we go to slide 13? Slide 13.
Oh, we control that. OK, I was looking at it.
So just out of curiosity, I also attended the meeting last week at MacArthur. Very well orchestrated, a lot of attendance, a lot of emotions. And sometimes we know you have to put the emotions aside and get down to the business. But where it says recruit and retain, You just mentioned that you're going to be, I guess, cutting off at the top and recruiting teachers. But there was that big concern that was posed as to where are these teachers and principals going if these schools do close. So it kind of almost seems like a double negative. And could you answer that by any chance?
Absolutely. It's a great question. We always are in need of instructors. And so naturally, when we close a school and we have to move the kids to other schools, we need teachers for those students as well. So they're not just absorbed in a new class, and now that new class has a lot more students. The number of teachers that were at the school is normally needed for where the students go. So the teachers will always have a need for teachers. And we have probably about a 2% turnover rate for teachers, too. So we're always hiring teachers throughout the year, principals as well, and assistant principals. So we always have principals that are retiring in the system, moving on or moving out of the area and going to different places in the United States. So every last one of our principals last year, unless they retired or moved on to another system, all of them found a job somewhere else. So that's why I always want to talk about the scale. We are large. We're the sixth largest school district in the country and the second largest in the state. So we always have a need for school leadership and also school teachers especially.
OK. And then with the second question regarding the SROs. So, you know, that's near and dear to my heart as well. Advocacy for it for many years. And now we have the amazing Adam Reichbach, who's done an amazing job as well, along with the Broadleague of Cities. All of that involved. Right. Much love. um many discussions have been had as far as creating your own uh police force within the school board versus sros where are we at with that and where do you see the funding that's been uh set aside which i think is really a small amount compared to what aspirations have been expressed in the past where are we at yeah so we we've uh sunsetted that language and so we've had a couple of cities actually reach out for us to actually um
look at transitioning whatever officers, be it BSO or municipal officers, out of the schools and have us actually go in and police the schools. So we're not going out and seeking out these opportunities. Some of the cities are calling us and seeking it out. Because we're already paying a portion was it 119, about 120,000. We're already paying a portion to actually support the SRO program. So for those cities that have reached out, they no longer want to pay the gap. And so they've reached out and created a plan with our chief of safety and security to transition those officers out and transition our officers in. Hence, they don't have to pay that gap anymore for the SRO program specific to their city. We're not aggressively going out. We're not aggressively trying to expand our police department. It's going to be based on the needs and the ask of the actual city that wants additional support and want to exercise a different strategy to police the schools within their city.
So I'm sure that you could agree along with me and probably everyone that you encounter that safety is the most important thing along with education for our kids. And while this has been a continual battle, I'm hoping that at least we can find that common ground, continue with that common ground, and make sure that we provide nothing but the best for our children as far as safety goes. I think the 10% might be just a shy short, but just my opinion and then if you could go to 16 slide 16, please Actually if you could go back to One more your K through 8 versus your elementary schools. I don't know. Maybe I wouldn't write the right slide down. I Keep going. Let's see. Maybe we're at the end. Go back, back, back, back. It showed the schools that are, I guess, in Hollywood.
Okay, the school grades. There we go. Okay, gotcha.
Okay, go back one more. Forward one. Okay, let's see. So, of course, I have to speak about the school that's in my district that is affected the most, and that is Oak Ridge Elementary. Okay. And you weren't around, but I feel it's important to speak on the behalf of the students and the community. That community where that school lies was promised. God rest Pete Brewer. He fought really hard funding from the bond to improve that school, which never came to fruition. That wasn't on your watch. It wasn't on the school board's watch. But a promise made should be a promise kept. And here now they're faced again with the Expectation of closure You know we worked really hard the mayor myself prior to him becoming mayor worked with Hollywood Hills Civic Association to put together a K through 8 program and thinking that it would be the best to retain our students in the schools that are currently there. And that kind of got a poo-poo on it. And then it was resurrected with one school only, which was Hollywood Central and made into a K-8. Out of curiosity, you probably don't have the information now, but how many of those students from Oak Ridge possibly transferred over to Hollywood Central?
Yeah, I wouldn't have that information.
No, I know. But just food for thought.
Yep, for sure.
Spoke about, and I wasn't going to bring this up, but I just, you know, you have to go with your heart, right? And you spoke about... children who don't have everything and that education is their key to success and I think a lot of us up here feel that way and in this particular school It would behoove us not to invest in those children because they are a transient area. It is nonconforming to build any type of affordable housing or have any type of businesses come in. And these children are the ones that are at the most need from our public school system or charter school, however you think it is. But what unfortunately seems to happen is now that we have these options and these opportunities for children to go other ways, those who can will. And so they've left. And that leaves you with those who can't. And those are the ones who need the most support and the most investment into their education to help them rise above. And I think that because of the history of and the unkept promises and where it is today, it would behoove the school board to not invest in those students the best that they can. And I know Commissioner Biederman mentioned sending them to Bethune. There was a question we had put together, addicts, combining Bethune with addicts and making it a K through 12, or even looking at a K through 8. And with the opportunity for children to go everywhere, but those who can't go other ways because of walkability, because of financial demands, I think that that really should be, I'm asking that that should be something we focus on the most is ensuring that those students at Oak Ridge Elementary have the opportunity to strive and succeed. And the way to do that is invest in them within that area, because where else can they go? And it really bothers me that they'll have to transport.
No, absolutely. You bring up a great point. One of the things that we'll be working on in the future, too, because Oak Ridge is beyond renovation. It needs to be torn down and rebuilt, right? It is very old school. And to renovate that is going to cost more than rebuilding it. One of the things, it's a great opportunity to mention this to the commission and also to the board as far as declining enrollment. And so just to give you statistics on declining enrollment, there's many variables that are impacting us, my colleagues around the state and around the country. It's not a Broward County issue. It's a national issue and definitely a Palm Beach, Broward, and Dade County issue. Dade lost about 15,000, Palm Beach about 7,000 to 8,000, Orange County, Orlando area about the same, 7,000 to 8,000. There are several variables that are impacting us. Number one, declining birth rate. Largest decline in over a couple of decades in the United States, but definitely in the Tri-County area. Number two, immigration policies. We're a hotbed of diversity and immigrants. And they're just not coming here anymore, which is impacting the Tri-County area tremendously. Also affordability. The entry point for a young family with kids is very unaffordable to purchase your first house down here as a result of that. So for our system, we've been reduced by about 5% for the start of the school year, 11,000 kids. The charter schools actually went down about 4.5% too proportionally. They lost about 3,000 to 4,000 kids. Vouchers, the vouchers that families use to go to home school or private school, that has gone down 10%. And so what that's equating to is not that we're losing kids to choice options. We're losing kids out of the region. They're picking up and they're leaving the region because of affordability issues and immigration issues are the two biggest variables that are impacting us the most. And so when we think about this these tough decisions that we have to make to right-size our facilities, because all of my colleagues around the state are having these same conversations now. What does that look like for our county overall? What does that look like for our cities as well? Because these are partnerships and discussing, OK, if we can't keep this school open because the horizon looks like we're continuing to have a decline in school-age kids in the county and in the city period. I'm not even talking about Broward County Public Schools. I'm talking about school-aged kids, period, because it's impacting all of us. What does the future look like? How do we build replacement, state-of-the-art replacement facilities in specific areas so we can make sure kids who are still here that need walkability, that need that leverage point for quality education can actually access it at the same time? So those are all the things we're talking about, as I said earlier. every possibility is on the table right now. And so we don't have all the answers. Working with the community, working with commissions, working with experts that we're bringing in will help us come up with a great solution for this immediate challenge that we're facing right now. So we can't work in isolation on this. We have to depend on everybody to help support what that solution is going to look like.
Well, we are partners. You got me for about another 50-something days. I have no problem working hard for those students, but we have to also think about our community and the safety. So those are my two comments. Thank you so much for all your hard work. You know I love you guys. I'll be a huge supporter, but we've got to make sure we do the right thing every day.
Absolutely. Appreciate it. Thank you. Finally, Commissioner Shuham.
Thank you. Thank you both for coming. I want to just thank my colleagues who went to the event the other night. I heard it was very well attended and very well run, so thank you for that. I want to echo the words of Commissioner Quintana and congratulate you on those incredible upticks and success in our public schools. As a mom of three young adults who have graduated from Broward County Public Schools and all pay all of their own bills today, I'm a big supporter of public school and I am curious based on your talk and I think this again is along the lines of what Commissioner Quintana was referring to is what and this is something our amazing school board member Maura Bowman has talked about as well what are you doing to entice students to come to Broward County Public Schools
No, that's a great question. One thing that we mainly do, we always align ourselves with industry needs. We meet with the alliance. We work with a workshop. We meet with business partners to really understand the needs as far as industry within the community. I sit on the career source board with the mayor as well, really understanding what are our needs here. in the tri-county area, not just Broward County as well, and making sure we're always enhancing our programs, our magnet programs, our innovative programs, so that students can dive in and engage in industry standard and address industry needs now and in the future as well. And we're always providing opportunities different levels of resources, be it new technology, new tech resources in our classrooms, and also marketing to our families. We do have access to, I want to tell my secrets of how we get some of the information out to non-Broward County public school kids. But we do market to non-Broward County schools kids just to make sure they understand what we offer, how we offer it. And I always say, if you come and visit one of our schools and see the level of instruction, the tools and resources that students are actually engaged in, and the opportunities and exposure that they have of working with Junior Achievement, CareerSource, and all these other entities that provide internships, paid internships, so students can have exposure and experience, and providing opportunities for our instructors to actually get out and to real-world industry to understand how their concepts match with the experiences that they can bring back to their classrooms. And so that's what's led to that level of accomplishment, but also marketing that and getting that word out just to make sure our families understand that.
I mean, I think that's so important. Whenever I go to any of our public schools, I'm always struck by not only the level of technology, but the diverse things that the kids can get involved in, whether it's extracurricular or as part of their main program. I would just really encourage you to go down that road even further. People just simply do not know some of the crazy, amazing programs that we have in these schools. So I want to thank you for all you're doing. It's not an easy job. A lot of times we see stuff in the newspaper that's not great. So to hear this great news is wonderful. Thank you for coming.
Thank you so much, Superintendent and Chief of Staff. Certainly all the comments of the city commissioners reflect our joint mission and wanting to see the success of our schools. A city is not successful without successful public schools. So we're in this together in the hard times and the good times. When we participate in reading to the kids, which are career days, we know there's good times and great education happening across Broward County and certainly in Hollywood and our public schools. So thank you all so much. Looking forward to supporting you all and at the same time expecting due consideration for the issues that were brought up with regards to redefining schools and looking forward to continued discussion in that. Absolutely. Thank you all so much. Appreciate it.
Thank you.
All right. Well, thank you all. That concludes our presentations, proclamations, and awards. Let's go ahead with a 130 times certain item, a resolution of the city commission, approving and authorizing the appropriate city officials to execute a loan agreement with Housing Trust Group LLC or an affiliated entity committing $1.95 million of city interlocal agreement funds for the acquisition of 1708 North Dixie Highway for the development of Mosaic Hollywood, an affordable housing development Generally speaking, for everyone's information, that's the corner of Taft Street and Dixie Highway. That's what it could potentially look like, Ryan. So please, this is from the Office of Housing and Community Development.
Good afternoon, Mayor and Commissioners, Ryan Coote, Housing and Community Development. At the July 7th Commission meeting, the Commission directed staff to continue working with HTG to identify a path forward for the proposed Mosaic Hollywood affordable housing development located at 1708 North Dixie Highway. The item before you today is a result of that direction. Staff is requesting approval of a $1.95 million ILA acquisition loan to assist HTG in acquiring the said property. Acquiring the property would make HTG much more competitive for their applications to the state, for the Housing Finance Corporation to be exact, for their 9% tax credits. The proposed development will transform a long-standing problem property into approximately 84 affordable housing units, including units serving households at 30%, 60%, 70%, and 80% of AMI, our most dire needs right now. Without further delay, I'd like to bring up Ariel, who's the project manager for this right now at HTG, who's going to discuss some more about the project. And I'm here, too, for any more questions.
Thank you. Ariel, welcome.
Good afternoon, commissioners, mayors, city staff. Thank you guys for having me. Thank you, Ryan. So as Ryan mentioned, this property was brought for you on the July commission meeting. We've been working with staff to come up with the creative structure the way we did with Village Ordana, which has been a a huge success where we purchased the land prior to receiving our funding and ultimately demolished the property, removed the existing structure that was on there, and ultimately got funding for that on the first go around. And we are approximately 40% complete, and the building's looking great. So a little background on the site. I know you guys are very familiar with it, but 1708 North Dixie Highway on the corner of Taft and Dixie, half an acre property. You all know what it looks like today. I drove by it yesterday.
It looks mosaic to me on the map.
Yeah. I drove by it yesterday. We've been in communication with the owner of the property and the representatives for him. And I will say he's made a little bit of progress, but I will use that term very gently. The current zoning allows for multifamily, allows for the height that we're permitting. The goal is using the acquisition loan funding to purchase this property right away, clean the property up right away, and get this property in a position where it's very competitive for the state funding. On July 4th, on July commission meeting, we're proposing 84 units. As of now, that's the target number that we're achieving in terms of the design and what we believe will be competitive for the 2027 cycle. As you can see, the investment of the acquisition loan funding and the LGAO goes a long way with bringing outside investment of $32 million. And Dixie Highway is prime. We've seen a lot of development that have happened along there that we've been fortunate to partner with the city on. And the site continues to be an AOL, which is an area of opportunity. And the goal would be to hopefully get the approval today for the acquisition loan and get drawings and engineering level documents done right away so we can position this site for the upcoming cycle to be shovel ready. It's a tight timeline, but I believe with the city's help and our skilled architects, engineers, and team, we can achieve that prior to next to middle of the RFA deadline. Ultimately, right now, this site's been blight. It's been an eyesore, and developing into a first-class community is a no-brainer. Here you have just a conceptual render, as the mayor mentioned. We have the ground level and amenity deck. I know Mayor Levy mentioned in the past that we did have a drive aisle that connected to the alleyway. It is still shown there. If that is something that planning does not want to see, we can absolutely close that off and create a dead end there and an ability for the cars to do a circle there access and egress through Taft Street. Ten-story building would have all the first-class amenities that you see on all the HD developments, all the high-end fixtures. Bar none, we'll take the same approach that you've seen on all our other developments. So amenity deck on the fourth floor, community room, library, fitness center, pool deck, so all the bells and whistles. Here you have just a breakdown of the AMIs and the unit mix, so heavy on the one bedrooms and a few two bedroom units. As I mentioned, this is in the conceptual stages. We're working with the architects and engineers right now to define the plan. It is a tight site, but we're having two of our architects working on it as we speak, the architect for Hudson Village and the architect for Villa Jordana. So we are very confident that the plan you see in front of you today is something that absolutely is viable. So from that perspective, I know we can get the job done in terms of the design, even though it is a tight site. And below, you see the income levels that we will be serving. And of course, that will go up year to year, depending on when the project gets funded. And lastly, this slide just shows the timeline for closing, ultimately submitting the application, and getting the project built. So right now, today is September 16th. The goal would be, hopefully with the approval of the acquisition loan funding, to close on this property. I don't see why not within the next 30 to 45 days. The second I get out of here, I would be working with the architects and engineers on the design, go through the DRC process, get our formal approvals with the county and the city. And if the application is the same as last year, where it was in August, ultimately we would submit this application in August of 2027 as a permit-ready AOL LGAO site, which is the highest possible competitive edge that many people will not have. So the goal is to position this site to give it the best competitive edge and use that ILA money for good cause and exactly what it's meant for.
uh thank you guys very much happy to answer any questions but really excited to start working on this project and clean it up it deserves it so thank you thank you ariel our city commissioners may have some questions uh let's go with commissioner hernandez thank you and thank you for continuing and and not giving up on the particular site even though we pick in a competitor to be able to give our money back in july But at the end of the day, I'd like to make a motion to approve. The ILA money is something that it's used for low to moderate income housing, even though we're looking to limit some of that in the district, because we figure the 441, it's also a good fit for this. But at the end of the day, it's a loan, that it actually comes back and perpetuates the purpose. So that's the reason why. And I love the project. There's a house right west of the alley of where you're at, which seems to have significant land. I don't know if you actually approached them to see if you can expand the project to be able to have a nicer sized project with a little more at ease when it comes to ingress and egress. And if you haven't, you may want to consider something like that as well, if it's something that you guys can bring into the mix. Those are basically my comments.
Thank you, Commissioner Hernandez. Actually, before we continue with commission comments, I did receive a late card from the clerk for public speaker. Let's go ahead and ask Ann Ralston to come on up, and then Ariel will get you back up here. Thank you.
No problem. Thank you.
Thank you. I was at that July 7th meeting. I don't remember. I'm asking for money. I brought up, I think it was Tracy and I that both wanted this project to go forward, not the one on 441. But Mr. Polykov seemed to sway you all to go with that one. I think this is a great project. The ALF that my brother's at, I have to drive by it every day. It's a disgusting piece of property. My problem is, how is this loan going to get paid back? I don't remember, and you can correct me if I'm wrong, but I don't remember when you were picking out of the three projects, I don't remember anyone asking for city money. It was to get a state grant of some kind. So I don't remember city money actually being involved. Now, because I guess Mr. Polyakov told you how they can keep working, how we can give them money, that's what it feels like. from a perspective of someone sitting out here. So please, this is my perspective only. But I watch this all day long. And I sit and listen to all these meetings. So if it wasn't asking for money back then, why are we trying to give money now? And we're paying $2.75 for another property. And this is 1.95. Is that the asking price? It's a junkyard. It should be depreciated, not 1.9. So I'd like to know how they're going to pay it back. And will I be alive by the time it gets paid back?
Thank you, Anne. Fair questions. I know Ryan is eager to help explain the evolution of this.
So this is the similar deal to what we did with Villa Jordana, which we've already received our money back for. What we're doing is proposing an acquisition deal. We'll be paid back at closing. Only $640,000 of this money will remain in the project. When we initially came to the commission back on July 7, we were going to award one of the three projects with $640,000 in local government area opportunity match money so they're more competitive for the Florida Housing Finance Corporation. tax credit application. So there was always going to be $740,000 that was given to a project at some point. This loan will get paid back similar to the bill at Jordana, which we did with HTG, at construction closing.
Thank you. And basically, Annie, on July 7th, ALL OF THE PROJECTS WERE LOOKING FOR THE CITY OF HOLLYWOOD MONEY TO PARTICIPATE, AND THAT WAS THEIR ADVANTAGE TO GO SEND TO THE STATE THAT THERE WAS PARTICIPATION. 640,000, CORRECT. BUT THAT WAS MY POINT IS THAT WE'RE ALL ASKING FOR MONEY, AND THIS ONE WE'RE ACTUALLY LOANING THE MONEY. WHEN THE CONSTRUCTION LOAN IS CLOSED, THEN WE GET OUR MONEY BACK. AND THE MONEY PERPETUATES. THANK YOU. THAT'S THE PURPOSE OF IT.
THANK YOU. LET'S GO TO VICE MAYOR COLERI. You seconded the motion to approve. Anything else? No. Thank you. Commissioner Quintana?
Thank you, Mayor. Ariel, I just wanted to say that I'm so glad that you and staff were able to work this out because I went home feeling guilty that this was such a beautiful project and 441 was going to get built and this one not. So I'm really glad that everybody wins by having this come back as an option. Thank you. Thank you. Thank you.
and the biggest win we need, which is at the state level. Let's go to Commissioner Biederman.
I forgot to ask this yesterday. Did the state announce the lottery picks?
There was no positive announcement.
Yeah, they did. And unfortunately, this is a lottery, and it's based on sort of the luck of the draw. And so we did not get any projects awarded in this particular funding cycle.
But that effort continues, right?
Yeah, we'll continue back at it.
That same effort, that same site will, I think, reapply and resubmit. That's OK. We've got to keep going, right?
Go ahead. Sorry. I don't have a problem with the acquisition loan. My problem is with the seller benefiting financially from our desire to create affordable housing, and them benefiting because we're coming in to save the day. And how much of the fines and all that are going to be forgiven, and when is that going to be forgiven?
So obviously, this is a property, a one of two, that has accrued a lot of fines. In this particular case, we are a long way from being able to resolve this issue without this particular solution. Our settlement would essentially be with Housing Trust Group. They are taking on the lien, and we would be working that out with them. The property owner is likely not going to, resolve this issue without some positive intervention. As we know, it's been a decade or more that we've been dealing with this. We're dealing with it on a similar property at Johnson Street, and we feel that this is the best path forward. Of course, obviously, at the end of the day, these are intractable issues, and we have to make a choice as to whether We try to solve it or allow it to continue, and we don't own the property. So all we can do is continue through a process of foreclosure that has gone for a very long time and doesn't have any guaranteed outcome for us.
So my question is, on July 7th, we were told there's a 90-day deadline. time clock on the seller cleaning it up. So does that mean October 7th, this place is going to be all cleaned up? Or October 8th, it's all going to be cleaned up?
So it was 90 days from the effective date of the contract. It's September 28th. So we're 16, so he still has a few more days.
And if not?
And if not, he's fined within the contract. So the purchase price is reduced by $100,000 off the top and then $1,000 every day thereafter until it's cleaned up and in code compliance.
Starting when?
And at that point, HGG also has the right to go in and clean up the property.
Starting when? October 28th?
September 28th. It was 90 days from the day we signed the contract with him.
And when was that?
90 days, so September.
Oh, so September 28th is the... September 28th right now is going to be the 90th day. 90th day. Okay, I'm fine.
Yeah, yeah. And at that point, the fines start accruing, and we have the right to go in and clean it up.
Okay. Thank you. Thank you. I know you'll find a metal recycler. Let's go to Commissioner Shuham.
Marielle, I just want to also thank HTG and you for your efforts to make this happen, and Ryan's department, Raelynn. I mean, all of us, I think, felt that day, as much as we loved the other project, that this was such an opportunity. So I personally am so grateful that it's actually happening. Just a couple of small points. I think all of us maybe see, I know I do out on social media, People talking about cities investing in these types of things. It's such a great investment for so many reasons But one is that we are creating tax revenue in the long run in almost all of these instances We're creating a better return and a great return on our investment So financially but also for the people of the city and so I just want to again raise a point that I raise often and that is to make sure that that those, because this is a city investment not subject to, as far as I know, legislation that precludes it, I want to make sure Hollywood residents get first dibs to the extent possible. And I also want to make sure that that screening that you're showing on the second story does not go away.
Because this doesn't- It wouldn't be called Mosaic without it, right?
I don't know. We've all seen it happen. We've even seen it happen on some HTG projects where we see these beautiful renderings.
I think it looks great. So do everything in our power to... to keep it within line of what you're seeing today. But as I mentioned, it's very conceptual. We got this site under contract very quickly, worked very hard to get it to the position it is now. And now with your guys' approval, we're going to own it, we're going to clean it, and we're going to start the design process formally. So I agree, the render looks great. And the goal is to make it look as much of that as possible, if not nicer. Correct.
OK. Then my last question is, in light of what's at that site, is there any concern about soil issues and all of that is something- 100 percent.
I'm already teeing up the phase one, the phase two to get out there as soon as possible. We've hired our engineers for that and we need to get started on that right away because Village Ordana did have a similar situation with a junkyard with cars. So we want to get ahead of that as soon as possible to avoid any delays with the state and our financing. So it's in the works.
And assuming it all goes through, congratulations to the legal department because they really are sick of dealing with this problem.
I can imagine.
Thank you. Last comment, Commissioner Hernandez.
Thank you, Mayor. Ariel, the devil is in the detail. The question that I have is what you just mentioned, that after 90 days, $1,000 a day starts accruing, or you guys have the right to actually go in there and clean up the property? Both.
It's not either or.
I understand. One of the things, my point is, are you planning on going in there and cleaning up the property? or you guys are just going to be very nonchalant to accrue some thousand dollars. And the reason why is because that's the quagmire that the city has been in regarding the individual and the lawsuits and the foreclosure when it comes to this. It doesn't seem to be able to grasp the gentleman when it comes to the fines.
Peter, what would you like the request of HTG with regards to that?
I would like for them to start cleaning out the property as soon as the time lapses.
I would say 100%. We can agree to that and confirm that. And then secondly is, you know, thinking about Villa Jordana and how fast we were able to close on that property after the approval, thinking about it, if we close within the next 30, 45 days or so, I mean, we'll now have title and we'll own the property to be able to go in and clean it up and demolish everything and clean the site. Okay.
I just don't want the thing to continue to perpetuate when it comes to the legal issues because of the contract language. But my point is, if you have the ability after the 90 days to step in there and clean it up because you're under contract, and then that's what I'm really looking forward to. So I'm not sure if I need to condition it, but you're agreeing to what it is that we're asking for, correct?
It's already covered within the agreements that we have.
But just so there's not a broken telephone here, Ariel, you kind of nuanced that. You said once we have a closing, then you feel like on that day of closing, the next day you can go ahead and exercise your right to clean. Or do you plan on doing so during day 90, which seems to be about 30 days prior to closing?
Right now, day 90 is September 28. We have every intention to start working and hiring someone to start cleaning that property up. But if I were to tell you, I think we can close in two weeks, depending on how fast we get documents and all that, then is there really a need to clean it up or just wait until we close on the property?
No, and you also need to find out what's happening with the environmentals. At the end of the day, the environmentalists are going to tell the story whether you want to continue or whether you want to not continue. But we just wanted to know if we agreed and we are.
Immediately after closing? Correct. You know, from 90 days or immediately after closing?
Yeah, 100%, yeah.
Okay, we'll start fining you $1,000 a day. Okay.
It won't be on my bill, but yes. Yeah, yeah.
All right. Thank you.
Okay, sounds good. Understood.
Appreciate it, everybody. Thank you all.
Thank you.
All right. Thank you. All those in favor, say aye. Aye. Any opposed? Hearing none, the item carries unanimously. That will be a day of hallelujah for the city when that happens. All right. We have a 2 p.m. time certain item. It is just 30 minutes past 2 p.m. It's a resolution of the City Commission of City of Hollywood considering a request to review the Planning and Development Board's decision approving a variance to reduce the minimum off-street parking requirement from 12 spaces to one space for the adaptive reuse of an existing building located on 1980 Grand Street in accordance with our zoning and land development regulations. This is an item from... Department of Development Services and I will invite the city attorney to make any inquiries as regards to quasi judicial proceedings or with regards to this item. Go ahead, Damaris.
Thank you, Mayor. Florida courts have determined that there are certain types of matters, including item 18 on today's agenda, which are to be treated differently from other issues considered by the commission. Most decisions of the commission are legislative in nature, meaning that the commission is acting as a policymaking body. However, in quasi-judicial matters, the commission is applying existing rules and policies to a particular factual situation and is therefore acting like a judge or jury in the courtroom. In such cases, courts have determined that due process and fundamental fairness require that more formal procedures are followed. Therefore, in quasi-judicial matters, all witnesses are sworn in subject to cross-examination by the parties. In addition, the decision of the commission must be supported by competent and substantial evidence presented at the hearing. However, in Hollywood, we have adopted a rule that allows for the waiver of quasi-judicial formalities. Waiver can only occur if agreed to by staff the applicant, and any member of the public who is present. Therefore, at this time, I ask that the chair inquire as to whether there is anyone who objects to waiving quasi-judicial formalities.
All right. Does staff object to waiving?
Andrea Winget, Director of Development Services. Staff waives.
Applicant, just your name and if you waive.
Good afternoon, Mr. Mayor. Rachel Streifeld, 7275 Northwest First Court. On behalf of Brook and Sun LLC, we are not waiving.
All right. So we will continue in a quasi-judicial manner, in which case, as the city attorney had mentioned, the findings will have to be based on competent and substantial evidence to support the request for the variance. So at this time, let's go ahead and disclose any ex parte communications by any members of the city commission. I'll start. I received, I think, a phone call from council yesterday. We talked about this CRR procedure and about the general substance of the matter. With regards to the variance, I obviously spoke with staff, but I don't think that that's a required disclosure. I don't think I spoke with anybody else about this item since it was just brought up as a CRR request Commissioner Hernandez at that one city commission meeting. And so that's my only communication. Let me just go down the line. Commissioner.
Mayor, before you continue, I would just like to note that council for staff is running a little bit late today. I think that we can continue with the disclosures at this time. However, before we actually begin the proceedings, I would like hopefully to give her the opportunity to arrive.
Do we know how is she not on property or is it going to take a while? If that's the case, I'd rather reopen this later.
Hopefully she'll be here in about 15 minutes.
Yeah, so what would you like? I mean, we can continue or we would?
I think it's better to continue the item to time certain, perhaps 3 o'clock.
We have a 3 o'clock time certain. So Mayor, there are a couple of items on the regular agenda that you all may be able to go ahead and take on, beginning with item 24.
All right, so we did open the quasi-judicial hearing. Let's go ahead and just finish ex parte as the city attorney recommended, and then can we pick up where we left off later in the agenda? Yes, we'll continue the item, and that will continue where we are. Where we left off, okay. So Commissioner Shuham, go ahead with any ex parte?
No, only conversation with staff during agenda review, but my question is I don't see on the agenda that it's noted to be a quasi-item.
It has not been noted on the agenda, but it is a quasi-judicial proceeding because it is one that you are reviewing in your appellate capacity as the commission.
But is there no requirement to note it on the agenda as a quasi-item?
I would have to check, again, our particular procedures.
I mean, normally, unless I'm wrong, normally when we have something on here, it says that.
Normally, it would denote that. However, I believe that even if it's not been noted, that does not in any way take away from your responsibility to treat it in the quasi-judicial manner that it is.
OK. Thank you.
Thank you. Let's go ahead to Commissioner Hernandez for any conversations about this item.
Thank you, Mayor. Yes, I did. I actually came to the prior board meeting, the P&D board meeting, and I spoke on the item, not necessarily of the merits of the item, but how upset I was from staff not bringing this issue to our level rather than anything else. And the reason that I was is because we have different tools
In order to be able to address those things. Any ex parte disclosure?
The ex parte communication that we had regarding that, I've spoken with staff. And I just, when we came here to sit in today, as the attorney addressed us and spoke to us here.
And no one else, no emails?
I believe I spoke with the members of the staff, one member of the staff.
All right. Thank you.
Commissioner Gruber? No, nothing. Just going over it with my agenda meeting on Monday.
Vice Mayor Kaleri? None. Commissioner Biederman?
A resident reached out to me.
His name?
Jamie Martis.
You could just tell us the general nature of the, I guess you used to talk about the variance, obviously? Yes. All right. Commissioner Quintana?
None.
All right. Then that concludes ex parte communication disclosures. So at the request of the city attorney, we'll go ahead and, is the proper word, table the item, and then bring it later?
Yes, it would be tabled to a time certain Or just continue to later in the meeting.
Yeah. All right. Let's do it at how about for now? We'll table it to 255 and then we'll see if we can well we can take it up as soon as he or she gets here And then we'll go ahead from there. All right Let's go ahead then city manager want to go ahead with 23 on down I
Sure, we could do that. This item 23 is an ordinance on first reading that is revising the city's chapter 38, which is largely our procurement codes. Each of you has met with our director of procurement and performance management, as well as special projects administrator Dave Keller, and gone over these changes thoroughly. Most of them are administrative in nature, but Steve Stewart is here should you have any questions.
Good afternoon, Mayor, Vice Mayor, Commission and staff, Steve Stewart, Director of Procurement and Performance Management.
Steve, you had us at modernization, modernizing the procurement code, right? Yep, yep, yep. And everyone had the opportunity to go ahead one-on-one? Yes. All the members of the Commission? Yes. Thank you. We have. Thank you. Are there any speaker cards on item 23, Pat? All right, this is an ordinance on first reading. I'll just go ahead and read it into the record. An ordinance of the City of Hollywood, Florida amending Chapter 30 of the Code of Ordinances entitled City Policies, generally amending Chapter 38 of the Code of Ordinances entitled Finance to modify sections relating to budget, procurement, finance, and economic development, providing for a celebratory clause, repeal of provision, codification, and an effective date. This is from the Office of the City Manager, as was mentioned. I'm going to go ahead and open the public hearing. Any speaker cards? None. Public hearing is now closed. Any questions to staff or a motion, please?
Motion to approve.
We have a motion from Vice Mayor Kaleri, a second from Commissioner Gruber, recognizing Commissioner Shuham.
Thanks. So I've spoken with staff about my concern on this, which is I think all of the updates, everything, the administrative changes is great. But there's an opportunity now under the new language for the commissioners to wave the cone of silence on particular procurements. And that, as far as I know, is very unusual. Our cities that are similarly situated just don't do this and what I think has been just a gift of being a Commissioner and I believe it will be the same in Broward County is that these procurements remain in a cone of silence and you can correct me if I'm wrong but And what that does is it prohibits us from discussing the procurement until it's brought to us publicly. And it's just great. I mean, it keeps the commission out of the procurement process. As I understand it, this idea came about because of maybe some complex procurements where there's multiple proposals and maybe some commissioners want to discuss it individually with vendors and I think that's much better handled in a workshop so while I have no issues with 99% of this I think it is not a good idea to give the City Commission an opportunity to remove the cono silence and so I would make an amendment to approve it subject to deleting the last sentence of 38 54 1 B
So let's just let Steve explain the staff perspective on why they felt that was an important provision either way.
Yeah, absolutely. So we added that language just to give the commission that option, right? You know, on a case-by-case basis, there may be upcoming procurements where the commission may want to, you know, cast that vote to remove themselves from the cone. So it really was given options, but we defer to, you know, guidance from the commission on how you guys would like to proceed.
And that would require a majority vote of the commission to actually enact the waiver. It's not just that one commissioner can decide for themselves that they're going to, on that particular procurement, waive the cone of silence.
Correct. It's a majority vote.
Give some protection and a discussion of the city commission to see if there's a majority that finds good reason. Correct. Yeah. I mean, the general spirit of what Commissioner Shum is saying is understandable. I've enjoyed also being hands off and not, you know, needing to get any phone calls about any procurement until it does come. This really just provides an option for the city commission to vote on. So let's go ahead to Commissioner Biederman and then Commissioner Quintana.
There is a request for an amendment, but go ahead. So honestly, I was fine with everything, including the waiver. I mean, I think that the cone of silence is more of a hindrance to our ability to do our job than anything else. And the way the cone of silence is now, it doesn't end until we vote to approve it, not just hearing it. So, I mean, I understand what you're saying, but This is one of those rules that was put in place because of one or two or three limited bad projects or bad actors. But as commissioners, we have a responsibility to do our due diligence and to have meetings with whoever it is so that we're prepared to make decisions when we're up here and not wait till we're up here to find out things and start to go back and forth. This is what makes four and five hour meetings.
So if you don't mind, I agree with you. I think it is up to us to be prepared, but I think a better way to do it is in a workshop where we can have all of those participating in the procurement in a public setting. My concern is that then we're going to get lobbied to break the cone of silence. We're going to get lobbied to allow lobbying.
Isn't this one of those rules that we could just By a super majority vote, waive anyway? Why does it have to be in the... We could waive anything in our code of ordinances at any time with enough commissioners voting. Why does it actually have to be in the...
Ordinance, I'm sorry. Just let me ask a clarifying question to the city attorney to Commissioner shoe hams Suggestion that a workshop could be held if the Commission so desired but without actually waving the cone of silence Having a procedure for that. How can we even have a workshop even if it's in the sunshine? It's generally speaking, you know outside the cone, right and
I think that that's accurate. I would need to look back at the cone language specifically, but it does seem that even having the meeting where all of the commissioners are speaking to a vendor.
We'd have to waive first and then have a workshop as an example. So let's just hear from Commissioner Quintana, and then we'll see if there's a second to the amendment, and then we'll move on. Go ahead, Commissioner Quintana.
I was just looking for clarification on whether it would be – automatically waive the cone of silence or if it's something that would have to come before us?
Correct, number two. So it would have to come before you guys to vote to remove or exclude you from the cone.
Otherwise, the cone of silence is in place.
Correct.
Yeah, so that, I mean, I totally understand what Commissioner Shuham said. I do not want people asking me to choose me, choose me for a contract. But if that is already, the code of silence is in place, unless we waive it, correct?
Correct.
Okay, then I'm all right with that.
All right, so it doesn't sound like there was a second to the amendment. So that fails for lack of second. Commissioner Shuham, did you not, go ahead.
Yeah, so I understood from our meeting that we could have a workshop. So how does that work? Let's just use an example of a P3. We receive all of these proposals, and we want to have a meeting with everybody. Can we have that while the cone is in place?
Correct. So you can have public meetings when you guys are all present. That's fine.
You can.
Right. But if you're having individual sessions and right.
And that's what we don't, for the most part, we don't want. But during the cone of silence, you can have a public discussion with your vendors.
Correct.
That's what I'm saying. It's like this is a solution without a problem, in my opinion. And we are creating a problem because I see people coming and saying, hey, Mayor, Can you break this? Can you get a group to...
Ask for a waiver.
Yeah. And right now, all we have to do is say to the city manager, give us a workshop.
Right.
So that's my... I just feel like we have a great thing and we shouldn't mess it up.
I got you.
All right. Well, let's hear from others.
So, again, I raise my motion.
We have conflicting, you know... Statements with regards to whether or not for example a workshop, you know about the procurement can nonetheless Break the cone of silence just because it's a publicly sunshine meeting But I mean the Maris do you wanna I Want to look at the cone language specifically to confirm before I give you advice as to that okay, so maybe we should table this but Commissioner Hernandez go ahead
Thank you, Mayor. My understanding of this is that procurement has given us the ability to be able to ask the commission to waive because we have questions regarding a particular contract. I don't think that that is contradicting in any way of what we currently have right now. It just gives it the ability for the public to realize that we're asking to be able to get some more information about a particular project or particular issue when it comes to the vendor. It has happened in the past where we have asked the participation of the commission and we have never had a problem. I don't foresee an issue when it comes to what it is what we're trying to pass.
I don't have a problem with having the waiver provision in there to enable the commission as a body in public to justify or discuss.
It actually makes it more open, the fact that we have a question and the people have the ability to ask as well. Right.
I got you.
And if I could add to it, Mayor, what we found is we did some research across other municipalities. And the top 10 largest municipalities in Florida nine of them have a cone in place. Now, they tend to kind of leave it silent. I did find a situation with Pembroke Pines where they voted to exclude the city manager from the cone in that case, but most of them don't state it. We just want to put something in right informally so that option is there in the event the commission chooses to kind of take that option.
Gotcha. Vice Mayor, any comments here right now?
So my only concern, and maybe you can, I guess, negate it or put it to bed. So whether we follow what's current or we change it up, there's this constant thought process that we're on the take or we're trying to make it easier or there's behind the scenes deals being made. How does this... prevent that narrative to continue, or does it strengthen it, or does it weaken it?
I mean, as it stands now, we do have a cone, right? This really just kind of puts that language there. If the commission would like to just be removed from the cone, now you have that option, right? So I think what we have and what we're proposing still protects the commission. It just gives you that option if the commission
It's exceptional enough to actually go there.
And prior to that, prior to becoming a P3 or a cone of silence, doesn't the lobbyists have an opportunity to meet with the commission and say, hey, I'm going to jump in and do this? So I mean, it just almost seems like it's a- Right.
Not unless the cone is removed, right? They can't have one-on-one individual meetings. They can have public meetings.
No, no, no. They could have one-on-ones prior to the P3 solicitation or whatever it is. They could have one-on-ones because literally that's part of the reason why we got ourselves into an issue is because a commissioner said, not going to happen, and then it's gone down a path of no return. They can still approach us before it becomes a contractual discussion, correct?
Well, if you can just clarify, just for the public's benefit, when does a cone of silence, for what type of procurement, does it even apply?
So for all types of competitive procurements, typical RFPs, invitation for bids, P3s, et cetera.
Once it gets into that competitive portion.
Right. Once we start to the point of putting this thing out publicly for bid, then the cone's put in place. And we tend to send some sort of notification that a cone is now effective. But that tends to happen at the time when we're putting this thing out there. Now, if it's preliminary, right.
I mean, I think that that's already been the case that it is. So I have no problem with it.
I also just wanted to weigh in on the question that had been asked prior. Looking at the new language that is suggested, nothing would prohibit the commission from communicating with the vendor during a duly noticed public meeting.
OK. All right. So is there a second to the amendment? My amendment fails for lack of second. Do we have a motion on the floor? Any motion? We do. Yeah. All right. All those in favor? Well, let's go ahead and read the ordinance and call the roll call vote then. Item 23.
An ordinance of the city of Hollywood, Florida, amending chapter 30 of the code of ordinances entitled city policies generally, amending chapter 38 of the code of ordinances entitled finance to modify sections relating to budget, procurement, finance, and economic development, providing for a severability clause, a repealer provision, and an effective date.
Vice Mayor Kaleri.
Commissioner Gruber.
Commissioner Biederman. Yes. Commissioner Quintana. Yes. Commissioner Shuham. No. Commissioner Hernandez. Yes. Mayor Levy.
Yes. All right let's show the ordinance passing 6 1 on first reading. On to the attorney here for the previous item. Not yet. All right, let's keep on going. Regular agenda. Resolution of the City Commission, item 24, approving and authorizing the city to execute an agreement with the state of Florida, Department of Environmental Protection, resilient Florida program grant, an amount of $2.9 million and change for the construction of tidal flooding mitigation and shoreline protection phase two projects. authorizing the required matching funds and the city to execute all applicable documents, et cetera, and amendments that are provided for in the agenda item. Are there any speaker cards on item 24?
Motion to approve. No cards.
We have a motion from Commissioner Shuham, a second from, hold on, let me clear the queue so in case someone, Commissioner Hernandez. All those in favor say aye. Aye. Any opposed? Hearing none, the item carries unanimously. Item 25, as well as resolution of the City Commission, City of Hollywood, approving and authorizing the appropriate city officials to execute a construction agreement with the Florida Department of Transportation for the construction of tidal flooding mitigation improvements for Site 21 of the Tidal Flooding Mitigation and Shoreline Protection Project. This is, of course, the general obligation bond project for the lake's seawalls. Are there any speaker cards on item 25?
No cards.
Motion from Vice Mayor Kaleri, second from Commissioner Shuham to approve item 25. All those in favor say aye. Aye. Any opposed? Hearing none, the item carries unanimously. Is the attorney here? No? All right. Let's go ahead then. We'll take it in order. So resolution of the City Commission, the City of Hollywood, adopting an update to the comprehensive schedule of fees. Adam, why don't you come up and just explain CPI nature of this.
Good afternoon. Adam Reichbach, deputy city manager. Every year, we update our comprehensive schedule fees to reflect all the fees for the city of Hollywood. This year, just a couple of administrative changes. Specifically, we've updated our water and sewer rates to match what was approved by the city commission previously. And we also matched our local business tax receipts also based on the action that was taken at the last meeting. There are several fees that are allowed to be increased by CPI. This year, CPI was 2.15%. And as far as a new fee, the only new fee that we've established this year are the fees associated with the new parking garage at University Station.
Thank you, Adam. Would you like to provide any more detail? We have two public speakers, and they might ask for more detail even though it's in the backup, right?
Sure. I will say that as far as for parks and recreation, we did, as I indicated, increase some select fees based on CPI. And also in parking, we updated some of the fees and eliminated the elimination of the access card for Van Buren and Radius garages. And parking also increased fees for parking permits and RV commercial storage. and co-compliance added administrative court fees for special magistrate. In police, we eliminated the specialized city equipment surcharge related to police motorcycles. And as I referenced before, we've also updated the Department of Public Utilities. We updated the fees associated with the water and sewer connections.
Thank you. I have two public speaker cards on this resolution. Why don't you come on up, Ann Ralston, followed by Michael Seltzer, if you'll be ready. This is schedule of fees, item 26. Yes.
He waves. If it's possible, I'd like to get a copy of all of that. I think I went through them, but my comment is, you just keep coming to the piggy bank, and we're out of money. So this residence, you keep raising our fees. And when we get hit with the water bill coming up and the sewer going up 25%, prescriptions don't go down, food costs have gone up, insurance is out of the roof. So any little fee that I may not use any of those. But for the public, I'm not just for myself. I live in a community. And a lot of people can't afford it. And so I'd like a copy of what those fees are and what really went up.
Thank you, Ann. I will say just, you know, I also don't like increasing any fees here. This is a CPI increase, and I just will say some of the lessons we've learned as elected officials and as city administration over the decades is that if the city doesn't incrementally follow CPI increases, one day it becomes a significant increase, and we'd rather know conform to gradual CPI I hate to say increases as as the CPI changes for us all even for the city operation rather than wake up 15 years later and say we haven't touched this in 15 years we now need to double it so that's that's what how I make sense of it everybody so we have item 26 is there a motion to approve We have a motion from Vice Mayor Kaleri, second from Commissioner Biederman to approve. All those in favor say aye. Aye. Any opposed? Hearing none, the item carries unanimously. All right, we have one last item on the regular agenda. Let's go ahead and take it up, item 27, and then we'll get back to that CRR and then we'll get to the beach items let's go ahead with item 27 resolution the City Commission City of Hollywood approving and authorizing the city to execute a renewal of property and casualty insurance with Aon risk services for the 2026-2027 policy period including but not limited to excess liability excess workman's compensation pollution liability marine operators liability etc for all the coverages provided in the agenda item in an amount not to exceed $2.7 million in change in accordance with the procurement code. Thank you to Human Resources for doing such a great job managing our risk and our exposure and our policies for all of this. I know you do year-round work, Tammy, you and your team to get to this point and to really go to the market as often as needed to keep things competitive, prevent increases, and just to value engineer this, to use the term, as best as possible. Are there any speaker cards on item 27?
No cards.
Motion to approve by Commissioner Hernandez. Second from Vice Mayor Kaleri. All those in favor say aye. Aye. Any opposed? Hearing none, the item carries unanimously. All right. So we, aside from the ordinances for the beach items, everyone. We just have one more item to finish up, and hopefully it won't take too long to get through the discussion. I understand the attorney is here for item 18, so I'm going to go ahead and reopen the quasi-judicial hearing. Is that appropriate? Right.
We're going to untable the item since it was formally tabled.
All right, untabling the item. We left off with having completed, after introducing the item, completed ex parte communication sharing. And so in accordance with the quasi-judicial proceedings of the City of Hollywood, staff will have up to 30 minutes to present the application. And then the applicant, correct me if I'm wrong, will have up to 30 minutes, followed by an opportunity for cross-examination of any witnesses from either party. And at the same time, an opportunity to have a five-minute YOU KNOW, CLOSING ARGUMENTS AND THEN DELIBERATION BY THE CITY COMMISSION AND THEN A FINDING ACCORDING TO THE COMPETENT AND SUBSTANTIAL EVIDENCE PRESENTED.
I WOULD JUST LIKE AS ONE HOUSEKEEPING MATTER BEFORE WE BEGIN THIS PROCESS, THERE HAS BEEN A QUESTION ABOUT THE SUPPORT TO INITIALLY BRING THE CRR. HAVING REVIEWED THE RECORDING OF THE PROCEEDINGS BEFORE THE PRIOR MEETING, It is what I saw was that Commissioner Hernandez had initially brought this item to ask that it be brought back for a CRR, and there were two other commissioners who did support, and that was Commissioner Kalari and Commissioner Biederman, both just voted, not voted, but did indicate their support for a CRR of this item.
Okay. And so I guess you had mentioned that the minutes of that meeting reflected myself as having been supported. So will that be a correction that is made just to correct the record, I guess?
A correction will need to be made, and we will bring back a resolution to correct those minutes that indicate currently that the mayor supported the CRR, which was not the case below. It was Commissioner Biederman.
I got you. Well, thank you. I guess you reviewed things and just wanted to write the record on that. All right, so let's go ahead. We have, what, speaker cards? Oh, let's go ahead and swear in witnesses. We haven't done this in a little bit. If anyone here is here to speak on item 18, go ahead and stand up. Pat Surdy, our city clerk, will ask you to raise your right hand, give you a sticker, and swear you in. I don't think council has to swear in, right? Council, you don't need to swear in. Everything you say is argument. I'll go ahead and recognize Commissioner Hernandez for any point of clarification.
Go ahead Thank You mayor I don't know what the confusion was, but you did say that you would support the whole thing coming back, but not in that particular issue.
Right, the broader issue.
The broader issue for it to come back. Having said that, I did speak with, now that Commissioner Biederman brought it up, with Jamie Martis, not regarding the crux of the matter, but just the fact that somebody was coming in. And I also spoke with one of the board members. From the Planning and Development Board. It's her name, Christine Corbo.
Christine Corbo. All right, so that helps to clarify the ex parte, if you will include that, please. All right, thank you for remembering that. Let's go ahead now to swearing in the witnesses. Stand up, please, witnesses that have a sticker on.
Please raise your right hand. Do you swear or affirm to tell the truth, the whole truth and nothing but the truth? So help me God. Please be seated.
Thank you all so much. All right, let's begin with staff's presentation. And enter anything you need into the record as evidence, please.
My apologies. I'm trying to figure out how to turn on this mic. But good afternoon. My name is Alicia Lewis. I'm with the law firm of Nason Yeager, and I serve as staff attorney. So first, I'd like to enter into the record the agenda and all backup materials, including any previous presentation that was submitted at the lower level. So on that note, we'll have Andrea come up. And Andrea, please state your name and your position for the record.
Good afternoon, Andrea Winget, director of development services.
And Andrea, how long have you been in this position?
I've been a director for the city for maybe three or four years.
So since you were two.
And I've been at the city for about 24 years in various planning positions.
OK, wonderful. And can you state if you have any degrees or specialties or certifications?
Yes, I have a two-year college degree in environmental science, a four-year degree in urban and regional planning, and a master's degree in management.
And lastly, do you have any corrections to the record or the agenda and backup materials that have been entered?
No, I do not. Okay, thank you. Thank you. Good afternoon.
Andrea, was everything entered into the record? Yes.
Yes, everything has been entered in. Thank you very much for checking on that, Mayor. The request before you today is a variance to waive the required parking from 12 spaces to one spaces for a business at 1980 Grant Street. It is located just north of Johnson Street and just east of Dixie Highway. You can see the subject property here today is an existing building that is built with pretty much a zero foot setback on the majority of the property, except for along the alley. There is some space there between the alley and the building. The property is zoned what we call ND1, which is a north downtown low intensity multifamily district. But it does allow for some commercial uses in that transition area as well, and particularly fronting along 20th Avenue. Here's some of the surrounding property. It is a commercial warehouse industrial. As you do move further down the east along Grant Street, there is some residential down that street. The applicant originally came into the city to do adaptive reuse of an existing building. So the building has been existing today, and the applicant is looking to put in a coffee roasting business that will also have an education component to it as well. Based on their combination of uses, they were required 12 parking spaces. Because the site is existing with limited availability for parking, it was very challenging and has been challenging in order to reuse this property in some form or fashion. The portion of the building, you could see they have office space, commercial, their roasting area, and some warehouse space. And so just taking a look at all of the various uses, that is where we came to the requirement of 12 spaces. The only condition that is placed on this is that the applicant continue to work with staff through permitting to evaluate the availability of parking that could be provided on site. Right now, there are three legal non-conforming spaces at the rear. The applicant will have the choice of leaving those spaces or bringing those into conformity where they will only be able to fit one, perhaps two spaces there once they take a closer look at that through permitting. They did provide a traffic and parking impact statement for the surrounding area, where they indicated about there would be a 1% impact on the traffic in this surrounding area. And it was really de minimis in regards to this site and the community. The applicant has, while it's not before you today and we are not voting on what the building looks like, the applicant has previously indicated that they intend to do some work on the building as part of their renovations for their business. Staff analyzed the criteria for the variance before you and found variance criteria A, B, and C consistent. Criteria E, which talks about being self-imposed or economically based. We found inconclusive, but we did provide some supporting information within that criteria for the Commission to consider, and variance E is not applicable. As such, staff leaves the determination up to the Commission. This did go before the Planning and Development Board prior to recess. And at the time, the Planning and Development Board did approve the variance. The item before you today is a de novo item that you are hearing. And with that, I turn it over to the Commission.
Thank you, Andrea, for providing evidence on the part of staff with regards to the variance request. Let's go ahead to the applicant for any presentation, evidence, or argument.
Good afternoon again, Mr. Mayor, Madam Vice Mayor, members of the commission. Again, my name is Rachel Streitfeld. I've been retained by the owner, Brook and Son, LLC. They are a small business. There are three employees at the company. They have established operations in Miami Gardens, and they're very much looking forward to their Broward expansion right here in the great city of Hollywood. They did purchase this property. I heard at your June 17th meeting there was a mistake. You all were advised that they are tenants. They are not tenants. They are in fact owners of this property and they are looking to improve the and redevelop with a new use-ish, but not with a new site plan. And so the requirements for the city's application on this type of a variance are that you review the floor plan, or not you, rather, the Planning and Development Board. Review the floor plan. We did provide a statement, a traffic and parking statement from our engineer. The owner provided a very detailed operations plan that articulates the very, very low need for parking as it relates to the operations of our business and impacting neighboring properties. We also provided a supporting statement from our architect that essentially echoes what the owner outlined in his letter of intent. In both of those letters from the owner as well as from the architect, we address all of the city's variance criteria. And as staff points out, staff was found that we do meet the variance criteria. And your planning and development board also found that there's competent substantial evidence that we meet the variance criteria. And that's why they did grant us that variance. I did prepare a very brief presentation. It has an aerial of the floor plan. Andrea just showed that to you. It had a rendering of the exterior. Andrea just showed that to you. The only thing in my presentation that really differs from staff's is that I elaborated in more detail on staff's commentary, where we were found to be consistent with all criteria, especially that criteria number four, where staff said it was inconclusive. The commentary on criteria number four is actually very supportive of our variance, which is why ultimately the conclusion is that we are consistent with all criteria. I know that you all have a much bigger, badder item to get to this afternoon, so I want to be respectful of your time. I'm happy to answer any questions, but with that, I mean, I have a presentation, but I'm happy to waive the actual PowerPoint presentation and answer questions respectfully. We just ask you to go ahead and confirm the variance that was issued by the PDB.
Yeah, it's up to you to use your minutes as you wish to present, but it might instill some confidence in members of the body here if you were to expand on the variance justification somewhat.
Sure. Happy to, Madam Vice Mayor, Mr. Mayor. Next slide, please. So we do have three legal non-conforming parking spaces at the rear in the alley. The owner is very happy to continue working with staff through permitting to see if there's a way that we can legalize those three legal non-conforming spaces, which would allow us to park three cars in that alley. My clients only have three employees in their entire business, and two of them carpool. So we will not need three parking spaces for them to work at this office. Frankly, they're a coffee wholesale supplier. They're on the road 90% of the time anyway. This is a roasting facility as well as a warehouse. So it will mostly be those industrial types of uses. We also, as I've mentioned, submitted the floor plans, our proposed uses, the parking statement, our various letters, and your staff found that we're consistent. Next slide, please. And this is our floor plan. It shows the allocation of square footage. You see those three offices for our three employees. You see the warehouse space, the roasting space, and then there is a small commercial space right at the corner of 20th and Grant that will have signage and it will be open. And that's really how we're going to activate that corner of the block and hopefully be the bearers of some revitalization on that corner. Next slide, please. This is just an aerial of the site as it exists today. You see that the city right-of-way on Grant Street does have room for some on-street parking, as well as on 20th Avenue, there's a sidewalk and a swale. Obviously, the city commission has the ability as the legislative body to implement parking program to direct staff to explore on street parking in this particular area of the rack and anything that you all wanted to do as the legislative body to encourage more parking in this area you absolutely could do my clients just respectfully do not want to be held responsible for making that decision and necessarily making those improvements they purchased this property with the expectation that it could be adaptively reused and they are hoping to be able to operate with the parking that was approved by the Planning and Development Board next slide please this really goes through more of our application our cover letter next slide This is the traffic engineering statement. And I'll just say that our traffic engineer does point to the city's code itself when we're talking about the types of uses that are incentivized and encouraged in an adaptive reuse situation, particularly on 20th and particularly in the RAC. We have this encouragement to take existing buildings and to bring new life to those existing buildings. But there's nowhere really in the code that provides an applicant with a clear path to address a parking deficiency except for the variance procedures. And as you all know, variances are appropriately heard by the Planning and Development Board, and we did secure that variance. So let's move on to the next slide where we're going through the staff. Keep moving. I want to focus on criteria number four, if you could move down to that next one, Omar. Next one. This is the inconclusive portion. So I just want you all to understand, generally, this request is not economically based and better serves the intent of the applicable regulations for revitalization and redevelopment within the RAC. It's a proposed adaptive reuse of an existing legal non-conforming building, and the ZLDRs specifically contemplate commercial uses in this location along 20th Avenue in the context of adaptive reuse. The application of parking standards must be considered within the context of these special adaptive reuse provisions and the urban character of the corridor. Further, we're not intensifying the site beyond its reasonable operational capacity. Rather, the operational realities of our business model generate substantially lower parking ratios. And so the justification is there for you all. I'm happy to answer any additional questions. Thank you for your consideration and your time.
Thank you for your presentation. I believe, city attorneys, I don't have my notes for the quasi-proceedings right here, but the staff have an opportunity for a five-minute sort of rebuttal right now.
We should allow anyone who has any relevant information to submit or to go through their comments at this time.
So go ahead with the public comment. Yes. Thank you so much. Ms. Streifeld?
Mr. Mayor, if I may, just briefly before I take my leave, I would like to specifically request that correspondence that I prepared to your city attorney and hand-delivered to her would be incorporated into the record on this morning's hearing. It covers some really boring legal issues that I don't want to bother you guys with today.
Does the staff attorney object to including that? I don't know if the city attorney shared that with you. Go ahead and respond. If there is an objection, then whoever the trier of objections will decide whether or not that's permissible to submit as evidence, right?
Good afternoon again. From what I'm seeing, no, we don't have an objection to it.
All right, so let's go ahead and enter into the record as evidence. Thank you so much. Thank you. All right, so public comment. I have one speaker card. Let's go ahead and hear from Anne Ralston.
Thank you. I'm just curious why we are so short of parking throughout this city. We would recommend to go down to one. Even if there's three employees and two of them carpool, that's two cars that I can see. And if they're asking for one and trying to get the legal non-conforming ones, that would be a total of four. Where are the trucks going to come in to unload, or if they have a product, and from that picture, it looked like they had almost a coffee shop in there. Then where would patrons park? So my concern is we don't have enough parking. And we spent hours on Washington Park in the industrial area on how they're blocking that. That same configuration on 20th is like that with those businesses in there. Some of them have parking lots and some of them don't. And they'll block traffic. And then there's a school. that comes off of Taft. And that traffic gets ridiculous back then. And that's off of that. They come up that way. So I don't understand why we're lowering for parking.
Thank you. That concludes public comments. I believe staff and the applicant both have five minutes now. And then we'll go ahead and open the floor for city commission questions and discussion. Andrea, please, on behalf of staff.
Good afternoon. In closing, the ND1 zoning district is called North Downtown Low Intensity Multifamily District. And some of the uses that are permitted in here include artesian maker, manufacturing, bed and breakfast, commercial food processing, multifamily, and a few other uses. And next to some of these uses, in particular the commercial and food processing, there is a footnote that says they are permitted for the adaptive reuse of existing buildings adjacent to 20th Avenue. Thank you.
Thank you. Applicant, any closing argument? Just into the microphone if you could just, if you wave.
I'm happy to reserve my time to answer questions from the commission. Thank you.
All right. So that concludes the presentation of evidence. Now we'll have an opportunity for the city commission to deliberate. And I'm happy to entertain, if it's permissible, questions to either staff or the applicant's attorney. Yes, it is permissible. All right. Thank you so much. Let's go ahead to, we have two commissioners right now in the queue. Commissioner Biederman, followed by Commissioner Hernandez. Commissioner Biederman.
You want to go first, Commissioner Hernandez? OK. So I have questions. Andrea? How did the code calculate 12 spaces for this particular operation?
The regional activity center has reduced parking requirements as compared to the rest of the city. So some of the uses were one per 1,000, and some of the others, I think, were three per 1,000. And that was how we came to the 12, just breaking out the uses.
So 12 is the reduced number? OK. type of business calculates part of what the parking is. In our code, we have a provision that allows the purchase of parking spaces.
Yeah, the city does have a parking in lieu or payment in lieu of parking, but that is only available within the CRAs, and this property is on the north side of Johnson Street, just outside of the CRA. So they would not be able today to be part of that program.
Well, there are license agreement programs.
The city does have license agreements where there are times where people come to the city and say, hey, I would like to have a license agreement to perhaps make improvements to the swale and maybe use it as parking. We have a small handful of them throughout the city where people have come to us. It's not very common. And then as we know, we know in some areas of the city, the city puts parking either on street or in areas as well.
OK. And does this area have any on street parking? And is it, this might be a Jevon question, but is it metered or is it just on street free parking?
In this area, there is no on street parking.
OK. There is no formal on-street parking, but there is parking in the swale all over the area.
Some people are parking in the swale, and some people are being cited for not parking properly within that area as well.
So I would love to see improvements to the concrete swale or the asphalt swale, I guess, to have on-street parking and maybe some landscaping. improvements in that area. I mean, I would benefit not just the property owner but the city as overall improvements.
And that's generally speaking for the area, not specifically on this variance request, but it goes to finding a solution.
Yes. And with a couple of license agreements that we have had, in those cases, the applicants have been the one to make the improvements to the swale, and then they pay us, the city, a monthly fee for use of the swale. And those license agreements are actually done administratively at this point, so that would be just working with staff.
Okay, I have a question for the applicant because I'm a little confused. And then I'll defer to the district commissioner. You had mentioned that this is a wholesale business, but there appears to be a walk-in coffee shop also. Can you enlighten us to the operation and why you don't feel that you need the 12 parking spaces. I mean, you touched on it originally, but enlighten us to why you don't need 12 parking spaces for employees that are going to be working in a warehouse or walk-up customers.
Thank you, Commissioner Biederman, for the question. We do have a floor plan that shows a commercial space where folks can come in and try our coffee. The combination of uses is warehouse, retail, office, as well as the roastery itself. So primarily, especially as they get off the ground, they're going to be using this facility as a warehouse and a roastery. And we only have three employees, two of whom carpool. So that is the justification on those two uses. As far as opening up a coffee shop, I know that my clients are looking forward to having a coffee shop open, and they're happy to continue working with the city if additional parking is needed in the area to find additional parking. We also want to be as flexible as possible. Small business owners have to be able to pivot at the drop of a hat. And so the reason that we've included that commercial space in the plan is, one, to show the city that we're committed to reactivating this site, to generating foot traffic, and to revitalizing the corner. But we also, I mean, I can't commit to you today that they're going to be prioritizing the coffee shop when they first open.
but we would like to have the flexibility to do that so yes there is a coffee shop contemplated the primary uses right now are the roastery and the warehouse okay thank you so I'm gonna defer to Commissioner Hernandez but sometime during this conversation I would like to know the If they were to switch from just wholesale coffee to a walk-in business of some sort, does that mean they have to come back for a different certificate of use? And at that time, can we require parking? Or is it now is the only opportunity we have to approve and then we're never going to see it again until it's a different owner or a different use? That would be...
I have to be... I have to be... Yeah, no, I want to be honest about my client's intent. We are not prepared to essentially... How do I put this?
Forego a permit of use?
Our floor plan contemplates all of the uses that we would get a certificate of use for. So my understanding is that once this variance is confirmed, we have approval for those uses, especially because those uses are consistent with the land use designation and the zoning code designation. As far as the parking need is concerned, We are more than happy again to on a continuous basis to continue exploring options for parking if that is needed. We would prefer as small business owners to have as much authority and flexibility on our parking as possible. Obviously, we want to open a successful business, and we certainly don't want to contribute to any nuisances or traffic obstructions in the city of Hollywood. So we will remain open to working with the city to identify additional parking. It seems that there is a recognition by this dais that you have a broader parking in this neighborhood issue, that you all have the tools as the legislative body to direct staff to explore and address, and we would be happy to support you in any way, shape, or form. If that's a complete streets grant or something else that the city is looking for to enhance the ability to fund improvements, landscaping, we're there to support you. But as small business owners, I would be a terrible attorney if I came up here and didn't represent their interests in getting this business open as
Quickly as possible and with the fewest amount of conditions on their parking configuration All right, but as a legislative body actually as a quasi judicial body at this point We have the obligation to make sure there's no impact to the neighborhood As we have in some other areas, you know that is like a historical thing and we need to make sure that Our decisions don't exasperate issues. We have to correct issues. I respect that. I'm going to end with this final note of how do we approve some type of variance contingent on the flexibility of future parking improvements as they be deemed necessary by our city staff. And that would be for Andrea. You can sit down. Thank you.
I mean, I think that that's a hard question to answer. Right now, the city has not contemplated putting in parking within this area. And this business would probably like to open sooner rather than later and not be at the behest of the city. It's not to say they couldn't find parking somewhere else. It doesn't have to be the city. I don't know what the applicant's appetite is for that. And the city, the swale in that area along 20th Ave we know is somewhere around eight feet, give or take. So we haven't done specific measurements and really looked at that area to see what the cost could be and how this could be achieved. Perhaps the commission would want to consider, if legal is OK, conditioning the variance specific to this business or a similar business. so that it's not just running with the land for anybody else to use in the future.
It's legal. Can we require a bond for future improvements to the additional parking spaces that could be added along 20th Avenue and Grant Street?
I would defer to staff's attorney to respond to that.
Good afternoon again. Just to clarify, your question is could you require a bond as part of this variance approval that if they make any changes to the use of the property, the configuration that's being shown to us now, that they would have to make improvements to the swale area or some specific area for parking?
So based on what the attorney already said, they intend to have retail operation. Right. So before they can have retail operation, they need to provide parking for that retail operation. How do we ensure that that's going to happen?
I would say it could be a condition of approval that just exactly what you said, it could be a condition.
How do we tie a financial obligation to that?
We would state exactly what you said, which is that in the future, if that configuration increases, then that is what they would have to do. I just want to make sure I'm responding.
Well, the configuration is already planned.
Right. So you're not agreeing to the variance. You would not be in support of the current parking scenario?
Not yet.
Okay, and the only way that you would be supportive is if they are required as part of this variance approval to do these things based on what you're seeing?
I think so.
Okay, then yes, that would be a condition of approval.
Okay, I'm done. Thank you.
Okay, you're welcome.
Commissioner Hernandez. Thank you, Mayor. I've spoken with staff and I've spoken with Javon regarding the parking. Could I please have the sketch of the, if you go through them, I'll tell you which one I would like to have. There's going to be a couple of them. It's easier to explain if you see the picture. Right here. Back up a little bit. Let's go by this one first. How many parking spaces is required for the internal office administrative spaces? The space that is there based on what's currently there. How many spaces?
Well, there's four spaces for the warehouse and office combined. That's required.
OK. So the storage warehouse and the office would need four spaces, correct? Correct. OK. What about for the commercial, the 1,420 feet?
The commercial combined with the retail was eight spaces.
Roasting plus commercial.
Yes, the roasting and commercial was eight.
No, no, just the commercial itself.
The commercial itself? About four?
No, no, it's more than that.
The commercial itself would be one space, right? Sorry, three spaces.
The commercial that's 1,420 square feet would require.
It's three per 1,000.
So 1,400. So that would be. Three per 1,000. So that would be four. 1.4. I don't understand, and please enlighten me. If you're going to talk to her, just put it on the record if you don't mind. How many parking spaces is a commercial, the 1,400? If it's three per 1,000, that would be at least three parking spaces. Is that not correct?
Correct.
Okay. So we can say, let's just say three. So now we've got seven.
And then the roasting would be the remainder of that, which is five? The coffee roaster requires five parking spaces?
It would be three, four, five, yes.
Okay. I just wanted to know what the breakdown is. Okay. Let's go back to, I'm sorry?
Go ahead, Peter. Go ahead.
No, I didn't understand. Can we go to the aerial of the actual building? Right there. This is a good one right here. The red line is on Grant Street. The red line constitute the property line, correct? Correct. Okay. North of that, before the street paving starts, all of that area, it's currently paved, correct? Correct.
Okay.
But that's actually city-owned property?
Okay. I've spoken with you briefly regarding some of this, and I've spoken with Jovan regarding the parking. That area between the edge of the street and the front of the building would be available for a lease, for a license agreement. Yes. Okay. Yes.
These are some of the tools that I was telling the commission that the Planning and Development
did not have, but we do. And this is something, this gives the applicant choices as to what they want to do. All along the gravel driveway on 20th Avenue that we see right there, currently, People were parking there because they had knocked down the no parking sign and the city actually put the no parking sign back up. I'd like to ask Javon if that's in fact what took place.
That's correct.
Okay. Because I remember one day there was a line of car and even the city manager went by and she experienced people actually parking there and walking towards Grand Street West to actually go to their business. Is that not correct? OK, so my point is how I'm trying to get, and I know that the applicant says that they don't want to commit to any leasing or anything else regarding business, but how many parking spaces could we actually generate on 20th Avenue along their business?
It's 132 feet, and you'd have to take out the corner cords. We haven't sketched it out, but three is conservative, maybe four.
Okay, three to four parking spaces. And in the back, they had the ability to actually do two parking spaces, but because of the radius, if I remember correctly, because of the radius of having the trucks come in and out of the warehouse, they preferred to have only one. Is that not correct?
The applicant can answer to their preference. If they wanted to legalize it, one, maybe two. If they grandfather in the three that are there, then they have the three that are there.
Okay, I would like to ask the applicant that question.
Thank you for the questions, Commissioner. We would like to continue working with staff in your engineering department to maximize those three spaces that we have in the alley to be consistent with our operational needs, as well as with, obviously, the number of three is better than one, I think, from everyone's perspective here.
But that would be... I'm asking you a question. You're not answering my question. We heard your preference. So my question is, in the back, how many legal parking spaces can you have?
That's a question for staff. I actually have a lawyer's position on what spaces are legal and what are not. So if you were to ask me, I think we have three legal parking spaces because they're legal non-conforming. And consistent with the commission's discussion on the vested rights of the Hollywood Beach Hotel, we had no intent and no prior owner had any intent to abandon those parking spaces. And they've always been used as parking spaces. So I would say that they are legal non-conforming.
You're not answering my question. Peter, are you referring to Grand Street, I'm trying to help, or the alley? I'm referring to the alley. I'm asking Peter.
I'm referring to the alley, which is there, which is actually, they have the ability to do two parking spaces, but because of the radius that they prefer to have for the truck, if you could see it, they prefer not to do that. Now, I'm not getting an answer from the applicant, and that's okay. You're trying to maximize the opportunity. I'm doing the best I can, Commissioner. Respectfully, I understand, but if you go back to what you just said you prefer to have, Three legal non-conforming. You only have two legal non-conforming that we can see there. And the third one will probably be up front, but it's not your property. But nonetheless, I just want to get to a point. You're not answering my question. I respect that. It's OK. You're being an attorney.
I believe we have three spaces in the rear, and that's how many we would like to have.
Would the third space block the entrance to your warehouse?
Well, it could be a functional issue, but you could move the car and access the warehouse. I mean, you know, hypothetically.
We would address it operationally, of course.
Okay. I'd like to ask my staff, please. Thank you. Andrea?
I was speaking to my attorney just then, so if you want to just repeat the question.
How many parking spaces do you have in the back on this property?
They were originally proposing one, which was why the variance was for 12. If we recognize the legal non-conforming spaces, then it would reduce it to nine. I believe there are three.
OK. And that includes?
Based on the drawings submitted by the applicant.
Can we see that drawing?
We haven't seen that drawing. I do have a survey somewhere. If not, it's in your backup.
By the way, the evidence that came in, we'd love to be able to have it before you accept it because we have a body to be able to say yeah.
This is their survey, but I believe there might have been another drawing in your backup provided by the applicant.
Okay.
Well, my question is very simple, and that is we have the ability to license agreement for the front for one parking space. And, oh, my other question is for you as well. Does the Planning and Development Board or do we as a body have the ability to exempt an applicant from handicapped parking spaces?
The city does not have the ability to exempt someone. The building was built as it is. And my understanding in conversations with the city engineer and the city's building official is that they could make the decision, their engineer of record and the property owner, to maintain it how it is today.
to maintain for the use that it is today.
With regards to the handicap space, the property owner can decide to do that and the engineer of record.
But please answer my question, because I get a lot of, you're not an attorney, for the current use, not for the proposed use.
Are you saying of the, if I could help?
No, no, no, no, please don't, because I don't want to convolute things. I get what the engineer said, and so for the current use, you're allowed to exempt yourself as a property owner because you're maintaining the same use, which would be a legal non-conforming use. But for the proposed use, now, do we have the ability to exempt handicapped parking spaces?
The city does not have the ability to do any ADA exemptions.
Okay, for the proposed use?
For anybody, is my understanding.
Violating ADA. Correct. So my point is, if the use is being changed and what's being proposed is a change of use, They don't have the ability to exempt themselves from handicap.
Based on their improvements that they're making, their engineer or architect of record can maintain the site configuration as it is. That is their risk and their decision. And the city would accept that. But it's not a decision that the city is making.
Well, if we waive the parking requirements, we will be contributing to that decision.
If they're maintaining their legal non-conforming parking, they have their three spaces that are there today.
But they're not maintaining the same use. And for you to claim legal non-conforming, you have to maintain the same use.
They're looking to maintain the parking spaces as legal non-conforming, not the use.
You can't have your cake and eat it too sometimes. I mean, I get what you're saying. Understood. My point, the reason that I wanted to bring this back is because in the front of the building, you can see where the radius is. Thank you for bringing up this particular picture.
And there is a site plan drawn by the applicant in the backup after their parking analysis. I don't have it available for here. Okay. Sorry.
If you guys look at the top of the picture, you can see that there is Radius from the corner, and then you see the dotted line That area right there could be and that is city-owned property It's actually already paved and that city-owned property the only way that this Applicant can actually have that space reserved for them is through a license agreement through the parking department from the City of Hollywood otherwise the neighbor could park in front of them and they could move the car and Could Jovan please correct me if I'm wrong?
That's correct.
Okay. So I propose, number one, that we provide them with a license agreement for that particular space and designate that space a handicap parking space. So that this is actually to the front of the building where they will be accessible to them. And that's usually where handicap is actually prefer where there's the closest to the actual building. So that's just something for you guys to think about. Along 20th Avenue, I've spoken with Andrea and Clarissa at the time. The width of the gravel, currently the gravel swell is eight feet. They require... Parallel parking it's supposed to be eight feet six inches Some of the parking that we have in the downtown does not meet that but the width of 20th Avenue is 40 feet With the approval of the Commission of the Commission give directive to staff we could actually move the center line of 20th Avenue a little farther west and to be able to provide the legal width of the parking space for them to be able to have another three cars now you have one in the front you have three on the side you have four potentially five in the back that to me is realistic for the particular use that we have versus then to approve in a variance for only one parking space and then having a nightmare for everybody else Having them give the license agreement with the front and have them get a license agreement from the 20th Avenue swell area, it will provide them with at least minimum of five parking spaces and still have the configuration for them to be able to come in and out with the trucks on the side and the back through the alley without hindering anyone else. And this would be legal non-conforming and we'd be able to provide them with a license agreement from the parking department so that would be parking reserved for them rather than for them to have to fight with the neighbors to kick them out because they're parking where they're not supposed to.
So Peter, is that a motion?
That is what I propose and that is my motion to approve the variances of the parking.
So a motion to approve the variance subject to the applicant working with staff to maximize all available adjacent right-of-way or city-owned property. With a license agreement. Parking spaces through a license agreement with the city.
And that is correct. And the handicap in the front.
Including a handicap space.
Hold on Andrea I just want to make mention that no official measurements and dimensions and those things have been done So we are more than happy to work with them and evaluate and we want to maximize do that to maximize that But we're looking at least five parking spaces when it comes to this three on the side one in the front one in the back That's fire parking spaces right and that that to me is
It gives them the ability to control those spaces, and it gives the customers the ability to be there. It gives them the ability to get their deliveries there. We're just trying to make a better product.
Andrew, I see here on the survey that there's a five-foot sidewalk. Is a sidewalk allowed to be four feet to conform with whatever minimum sidewalk width is?
Yeah.
Because we can take, my point is, if it's legal, then the sidewalk there, which doesn't see many pedestrian traffic, if it can nonetheless be appropriate at a narrow width.
The city engineer said the sidewalk can be reduced to four feet and still comply with the requirements.
So there's some options here. There's some opportunities to cut the sidewalk. All right. Well, I like the motion. I like the motion. We have a second. We have a second from Vice Mayor Kaleri. I'm going to go down the queue. If there's any other discussion, I think we have a good favorable motion to balance all the interests here and get this continuing forward. Let's go ahead to Commissioner Quintana.
Thank you, Mayor. Just on the last point about making the sidewalk more narrow, my understanding is that what we were trying to do on the rack is to make it a more walkable, pedestrian-friendly place. And so if we're sacrificing pedestrian traffic to make room for cars, it kind of goes against what our idea was for this area. And I mean it seems to me like the description of the three family members who run the business the roastery That's not really a problem, and I you know I certainly think those were good suggestions Commissioner Hernandez Except I don't think it'd be a good idea to cut the sidewalk, but the the idea of the coffee shop without, I mean, even five parking spaces. I'm concerned that that wouldn't be enough. And I agree with what the mayor said at the last meeting. We have parking problems everywhere in our city. It's not just here. And we did spend a whole lot of time talking about the Washington Park industrial area, which is a nightmare that we don't want to repeat anywhere else. So I really do think we need to take a comprehensive look at alternative ways, the way we're using our roadways, that I think Commissioner Hernandez does experiment on 19th and 20th with one-way roadways to make room so that people can get through and there is enough parking and we're not eliminating swale space where we need the drainage. Really think that that's really what we need to think about beyond this particular situation These situations will are repeated over and over again. We it's a Systemic problem that we can't look at just one at a time so I thought those suggestions were good Commissioner Hernandez in a way to address the applicants immediate concerns given that they've already made this investment, but I really think it's not a It's really a Band-Aid on a much more serious issue.
Thank you. Commissioner Shuham.
I just had a question for Applicant's Council. It seems like a reasonable suggestion. Is there any concerns on the part of the applicant?
The applicant is very happy to continue in good faith working with the city to maximize parking either on the site or off the site on the city's right-of-way. We will continue working in good faith.
Okay. So is that a yes or is the question, and I have no idea on these licensing agreements, Andrea, is it a fee or is it a dollar a year? What is it?
The fees vary based on location and the applicants typically provide the improvement.
OK. And knowing that, I mean, is that a concern that you have?
Commissioner, thank you for the question. It is a very real concern. If the applicant is going to be expected to invest tens of thousands of dollars in drainage infrastructure, pavement, curb and gutter, and to create parking where there is no parking, that would put a real damper on his ability to open his business. And I just don't know if that's going to be possible. So I would just ask the commission to recognize that this is a regional activity center. We're encouraging multimodal. Look, I appreciate that there are parking issues in the city of Hollywood. I'm from Miami-Dade County. We have coffee shops that have revitalized neighborhoods, and the parking is a little bit flexible, similar to what you're describing here, where you have a concrete swale and people are parking sort of on and off the street. But the neighborhood is revitalized, and it's a really successful local business. We want to be good neighbors, and we will continue working with you to improve and maximize whatever parking is available. But we can only do that to the best of our ability. And we didn't know that there was a CRR until the end of July. I think you guys had your meeting on June 17. And we've been trying to get permits in. And we followed up pretty relentlessly. And we were only notified at the end of July that we had to come back before you. So we're eager to open our business. We're eager to submit our permits. But the cost of public improvements is going to be something that we have to seriously consider. So I just have a question.
It sounds like, and I definitely do not want to put words in your mouth, but it sounds like you're comfortable with five spaces. Is that where you ended up? OK. So I would just maybe modify it a little, because I'm thinking like in the back, you could do a double-decker parking. We have those in apartments. It's a lift. It doesn't work.
Our code right now requires those to be concealed from view. So it would create challenges.
And that leads to my next thought is you have a big wide open warehouse space. Maybe your client would decide just put garage doors on there and create interior parking for a few spaces. So my only thought, which I think you did a fabulous job, is to just condition the approval on a total of five spaces.
Not that they have to be on the side or the back or they have to be subject to a lease agreement or anything Just five spaces and they can figure it out with staff So the motion was to maximize the the envelope of the property For available parking on the right-of-way and on property and I think that is the same spirit of what we all want Is different than five Well, I'm not putting a number on it. I'm just saying that we're going to grant the variance as requested, subject to working with staff to maximize all available parking around the periphery. And I think that gives the flexibility.
Or inside.
I mean... Let's go ahead to... Well, the maker of the motion wants to speak. I'll recognize Commissioner Hernandez, and then we'll finish up with Commissioners Kaleri and Biederman. Commissioner Hernandez, please.
No, Vice Mayor wanted to say something. She's been more than patient, so I'm more than happy to... Vice Mayor Kaleri.
Thank you. So here's an opportunity we've been dealing with on the 7, the issues that we have in the industrial park. Here is a perfect opportunity of this area as well with the layout and what is in this area. And so what's good for the goose is good for the gander. My only question is, one, the sidewalk, is there a sidewalk on the west side of 20th currently?
If you could put the aerial back on, I think we'll be able to see it.
I've been by the site so many times, I don't recall that one.
There's not a sidewalk on the west side. No.
Yeah, there is. Look. Well, go to the next aerial. There's one that shows a street view. Keep going. There's one that shows the street view on the other side.
I just tried to pull it up. Sorry, we're both doing it at the same time. You could see it on the bottom left. There you go. Yeah, there is not. There is not. It's paved up until the tree islands slash swale.
OK, so two thought processes is one, the configuration of the streets. This is our opportunity, and it makes sense to maybe perhaps make it a one way. Number two is to, with our sidewalk grant funding that we have, implement a sidewalk on the west side of Grand Street so it addresses the walkability. It helps eliminate the car process. I'm sorry?
Keep going.
And then the third is where the parking is now, it's gravel, that mitigation has to fall on the building owner as far as drainage, because we've talked about parking on the swale a million times and how the compact does not allow the pervious drainage.
The turf block opportunity.
So this is a perfect example of working with the business owner to make sure that that is done properly. And it would not just affect PIPs and POPs and all those great grants that we have to allow funding since it was brought up. But when you're going to come into the city and provide a new service and maybe change You want to do the best that you can for the greater good of all. So while I understand it may be some type of a burden, there is some coordination that can be done with the city and the applicant. But it would be the responsibility of the lease and of the gravel area that it needs to be improved. And I would suggest, as the commissioner, that the sidewalk be placed on the west side and make that street one way. I don't know if that can be.
The city manager, you guys can look into all those options as the engineering helps create as much parking as possible as the motion was made.
Especially with the future of what this supposedly is bringing to the city. And we talked about just Miami putting a coffee shop. So now it's going to create walkability. It's going to create in this area around it may create this energy. So let's be prepared instead of saying, oh, my goodness, we had the opportunity and we missed it.
Thank you. Commissioner Biederman, any closing remarks?
Yes. So once we approve this, they could apply for building permits, and we could work in tandem to get all these things fixed. I also wrote down about the turf block. I think that if we're going to put parking, it should be turf block. I had this conversation with the city manager yesterday about using turf block in more areas. I don't agree with the handicapped spot because we're going to be defeating the purpose of having available parking because theoretically the handicapped spot could just be empty all the time if they don't have somebody that needs it. And the onus is on the property owner if they don't have a handicap and you have all these predatory lawyers out there looking to sue somebody for no handicap. That's on them. That's not on us. That being said, I saw Andrea going over to Joanne, and I already wrote it down on my notes. So theoretically, we have a POP program that could contribute financially to the outside signage or outside parking, turf block, whatever it may be. So I think that the applicant should contact Economic Development and how we can work together to improve that entire area with the owners investment and a city investment and creating some parking and bringing some vitality so I could support this I'm not real thrilled about the handicapped spot but I feel like we can make improvements with what we discussed but there's more parking space because in their diagram I pulled it up as Andrea said they're proposing three in the back Three on the side is six. One in the front is seven. I think that's the number that we should use.
Well, I think the idea is to maximize the available and the opportunity that might exist within, again.
We have to have a number in order to approve this. We can't just leave it arbitrary.
Peter, go ahead. Thank you, Mayor. I believe that my motion was minimum of five parking spaces, only because Andrea said that on the swell, there's the ability to have three to four parking spaces, one up front and one in the back, maybe two in the back. But at the end of the day, I really don't think we want to shortchange a handicap when it comes to that. There's enough room in the front. There's 13 feet wide, and there's 58 feet wide. So they have the ability to have a drop-off pickup, Uber, Lyft, and what have you in the front, as well as have the handicap. So I really would caution when it comes to that. And the swell area. I suggested that we actually move the center line of the street a few inches west rather than to play with a sidewalk, the five-foot sidewalk. It's something that it's amenable to the area. We don't have a sidewalk across the street. By just moving the center line, painting six to eight inches to the west, we capture everything that we're looking for. I think the ability to do this is... My suggestion is a minimum of five parking spaces, including the handicap. But I think that the applicant is concerned when it comes to cost. I think the city has the ability, through the fact that we want to re-up that area, to crunch the numbers to see if the city wants to be able to do the improvement so that the applicant doesn't have to go through the contracting nightmare, the permits and everything else. For the outside area, we're able to put in the turf block and then they can charge accordingly when it comes to the license agreement. My point is to be able to give the ability for them to be able to work that out on their own rather than to be dictated from here.
For the purposes of the motion, let's just remember that I don't think we can... We can choose a number of parking spaces that include off-site parking, I think, because the property is the property. So if we make it, just hear me out, if we make it three, because that's what they're saying, they have legal non-conforming on-site, conditioned on them working with the city staff.
Actually, we can. We can condition outside parking. It has to be in perpetuity. And if we're willing to give them a license agreement from the city to do that.
I'm happy to do it. I just don't know. Legally, can we require parking? You shall have five even though you don't control five?
That's what we've been discussing. So we can condition it, but it has to be based on an actual final number of parking spaces because the variance needs to specifically say that we can't. But we can't condition it on them having to get a license agreement or any parking that's not on their property.
Wait a minute. That is incorrect.
You're saying we need a number, but that number can't be already inclusive of off-site, that we can say number on property plus extra on the swale and on the right-of-way.
We both sat on the Planning and Development Board for many years. It is not the first time. And we have approved buildings here that actually have off-site parking agreements. And that's the same thing we're asking them to get. So why are you standing there and saying that we can't do that?
Because you're conditioning it on them paying another fee, and you're not conditioning it on them having a specific number of spaces because there may be other ways in which they can get those spaces. Thank you. I'm just asking to do that.
I was only trying to give them the ability to do it so that whenever they go to the parking department and says, hey, we want to get this license agreement, the parking department says, No, we don't have to give them to you. And then they will be forced to find parking somewhere else. But point well taken, my motion is for them to have at least five parking spaces, whether they're off-site or on-site. Actually, not inside because we can't verify those.
Including through a license agreement with the City of Hollywood. Including with a license agreement with the City of Hollywood. Yes.
Thank you. You're welcome.
And the city of Hollywood is obviously saying on the record that they're willing.
They're willing to do. I wanted to facilitate more, so I didn't want to hinder them. That was all.
All right. We have a motion and a second on the floor as clarified. All those in favor say aye. Aye. Any opposed? Hearing none. Congratulations. Thank you for seeing this through. All for a good reason.
There were a lot of different drafts of this resolution. And I need to understand if we're being held to five spaces or if we're agreeing to maximize the property and to work with the city. to have as many parking spaces as possible.
You're held to five. That would include, say, three, for example, or whatever the legal on conforming is on property, plus at least two along the swale through a license agreement, either on Grant Street and 20th Avenue. That's really good. You should be very happy with that result, because otherwise the property is... It doesn't have parking. And we're offering you an opportunity to gain parking on city right-of-way.
But what you've done here is that your resolution conditions us to five spaces. So when I submit a building permit showing my site plan with the three legal non-conforming spaces, I can't get a building permit to move forward with opening my new business unless and until those additional two parking spaces are contemplated negotiated the license agreement is signed whatever is paid for is paid for and that parking has to exist so this meaningfully delays my client's ability to open his business i would say you guys are shaking your head no please educate me let me let me clarify right uh usually the parking has to be provided uh ray lynn or whoever at your your designation here
you would need those parking spaces to get a CO. It wouldn't delay the beginning of the construction. So the license agreement is a form agreement that the city has. It's not a long process. There is already paved area on Grant Street. You don't have to do substantial earthwork at all here, I don't think. So city manager, do you want to give the applicant some confidence that the process can work in tandem, license agreement and building permit submission and what have you?
Yes, so I mean, I think that you have heard that we are willing and staff has already been looking at possibilities for how we can accomplish this. So we are recognizing that these areas where we have a desire for adaptive reuse but insufficient parking, that we are going to need to come up with new solutions that don't currently exist. And we believe that this is feasible to help you achieve that.
And it will not hold up her building permit application, correct? She can still apply for all the construction?
It would be done simultaneously. Right. Okay.
So you're protected. Thank you. The decision has been made. I appreciate your time, Counselor, and thank you all so much. I think we achieved the best solution that could be for the property owner in this case. And I do think, I want to say, city manager, obviously the issues that the city commission has brought up here do, as you just acknowledged, you know, require us to be adaptive in our own right of way as well because some of these buildings were built, you know, a long time ago in the way without, you know, the number of parking spaces that today's codes require. And there's also, you know, an issue of obsolescence at some point when the city, you know, imposes requirements on existing buildings to the point where it renders the buildings unusable for specific uses.
We'll get into that another time. Thank you all.
All right, that concludes the item.
I know that from my Spanish teacher when I was a kid. I think it meant class quiet down.
Yeah, quiet, please. Yeah, yeah, yeah. Hispanic Heritage Month. I guess you all know a little bit of Spanish to know what that means. All right.
Does the commission wish to have a five-minute recess or you want to go on?
Five-minute recess before we go on to items 19, 20, 21, and 22 regarding the beach. Thank you all. Are you guys ready? All right. Thank you so much, everyone. Well, we have one, two, three, four items remaining on today's agenda. Of course, these are the 3 p.m. or soon thereafter time certain items. Thank you all for your patience as we had to complete the other agenda items. All right. Item 19. Let's go ahead, though, before I go ahead with item 19. We have three ordinances on second reading from the Department of Development Services. Obviously, we'll read them into the record. But the city attorney, I'd like to call on you to instruct us as to the order of these particular items.
Thank you, Mayor. These three ordinances concern the same proposed regulatory program and have been separately and properly noticed. Pursuant to sections 166.041 and 286.0114 of the Florida statutes, the commission will hear one consolidated staff presentation and conduct one combined public hearing. This is also in conformity with our policies and procedures. During that hearing, any member of the public may address one, two, or all three ordinances. The clerk will identify and read each ordinance as required, or I will. And following the combined hearing, the commission will consider and take the appropriate action on each ordinance separately.
All right, so what that means, everyone, in layman's terms, is that we have three ordinances on second reading. It's for the Tourism Incentive Density Entitlement Program, generally speaking, the hotel pool. Then there is the Transfer of Development Rights Program, and then the Flexibility Unit Program for the residential units. If you're here to talk about height of the overlay program and the different parameters of the overlay program, just so you're aware, even though you're entitled to speak both on the group of three ordinances, and I just want you to know you'll have an opportunity to speak on item 22, which will be second after these three are heard as one to speak about the overlay district and any of the particular parameters of the different six different precincts that allow for different height and opportunity as will be presented by staff for item 22. so um city attorney would you like me to read uh the ordinances into the record or I'm sorry. Let me just have the answer. Go ahead.
You may do so if you'd like.
Recognizing Commissioner Schuam for any point of question.
Thanks, Mayor. So two things. First, I want to clarify. So if a resident wanted to speak on 19, 20, and 21, can they do so? Yes. And will they have nine minutes?
No. Go ahead, City Attorney. Okay.
As it will be one presentation, they will have three minutes to speak on these ordinances. So in your example, 19, 20, and 21, they would have three minutes to address any of these three. As a combined single hearing.
And then three minutes on 22.
Correct. 22 is a separate item.
And then the second thing I want to talk about, which I'm honestly not sure if it should be now or before 22, but I'm going to bring it up now because I think 19, 20, and 21 really, it all goes hand in hand. So 19, 20, and 21 are being created to allow for some of the ideas in 22.
22 cannot proceed without 19, 20, and 21.
22 cannot proceed without 19, 20, and 21. I think that's fair. So... What I am asking for.
Go ahead, Raelynn.
Well, so I just, it's the converse of that as well. So 19, 20, and 21 are not effectuated without 22. Yeah. It goes both ways. You have to have the comprehensive plan amendments and then the zoning provisions.
These things change the comprehensive development agreement, the comprehensive plan, but the overlay is 22. We haven't gotten to the point of...
Well, it's fair to say that it's hand in hand. OK.
So with that, I think that it's important for all of us up here to just talk about the fact that we've never talked about any of this amongst ourselves. So we've had very general conversations about coming up with a bonus program on the beach, which I actually have always supported. My support for a bonus type program on the beach is based in large part on the FEMA changes that we've seen where owners can't take the first floor for living space or anything like that. So the overall idea of a bonus program we have discussed. But we have never amongst the seven of us talked about this overlay program ever.
Well this would be first reading of the overlay program today.
Right. So I think that we just need to take a moment to think of what this means. It's one of the most profound planning and development changes in the eight years that I've been here and probably for decades and yet We've never really discussed it between ourselves. And I think that there is so much, so much information in here that I really can't imagine having a vote, even on a first reading today, without first having the opportunity for the seven of us to talk this through. It could be tomorrow. But I want to know what everybody thinks about this. I want to know. I don't understand all of it. And I can't even tell you how much time I've spent on it. I want to be able to have all of us collectively with no sunshine asking staff about this. And it's just a huge decision for us to make, even on a first reading. without having the opportunity to work through the details together. And it's been said from this day as many, many times, we have a very hard job and we have to make extremely difficult decisions. And I just feel like this decision, along with many that we've had over the years where we've had workshops, should not be made without us first having the opportunity to workshop this. There were charrettes with residents. And those charrettes did not include the recommended height that came to the P&D board. We had almost 100 people speak at the P&D board. We've never had a conversation amongst ourselves about this. So I had asked the city manager for a workshop. She explained to me that I had to get the support of two. But on something of this magnitude, I really believe that, and again, I'm someone who has been supportive of a bonus program, but I believe that the impact to the beach and to the city and to our tourism is of such magnitude that it would really be almost unconscionable for us to proceed on this without a workshop.
So I think to your point, if you feel like after the presentation for item 22 that the bonus program is too complicated, you could move to continue, and we can take it up. But I don't want to not afford us an opportunity to hear everything, see the presentation, and then decide if we need more time. But to do so before we are all gathered here today in holy matrimony, I think is a little too
But the only issue with that is we're here on second reading of all of these other things.
Which without the bonus program mean nothing, even if they're passed on second reading.
Okay. Then after these three, I will be making that motion to table 22.
After the presentation, if you want to do that, that's fine.
So that we, and again, it could be tomorrow, but it's just too much information for all of us to even pretend that we understand what's happening.
All right. So thank you. So we'll go ahead now with item here. As the city attorney had said, items 19, 20, and 21 will be heard as one consolidated combined hearing, advertising and forms of state statutes and city code. These are items on second reading. I'm going to go ahead. Would you like me, Damaris, to read the entire three into the record? Or is it just necessary to read them in full when we take a vote?
It's only necessary when we take the vote that they be read and followed.
All right. So I think staff will be sufficiently descriptive of the three different items. Of course, these are PO 2026, 18A, 19A, and 20A. Go ahead with your combined presentation for the three comp plan amendments.
Good afternoon. I'm sorry.
Counsel, do you have anything to say? If you guys need us to confer, go ahead.
No, I think we're OK. We were talking about presentation or no presentation. So as you mentioned, Mayor, the next three items are specifically related to the comprehensive plan amendments that this commission transmitted to the state several months ago. Since that time, there was Pretty much there was no comments received on two of them and on one of them on the TIDE program. They gave us some technical comments where they wanted to ensure that we were providing some regulations within the zoning code specific to the TIDE program. So the first item on your agenda, and if you would like, I could do a brief PowerPoint or we could just talk about it. It's really your pleasure. I'll do it.
Everyone's here. I would like them to get educated on what
So then having said that, I will introduce our chief planner, Cameron Palmer, who will come up and walk you briefly through the three items that we have before you.
Good afternoon, mayor, city commission, and the public. I'm here to speak to you about the second reading for the comprehensive plan text amendments for the flexibility unit program, transfer development rights program, and the tourism incentive density entitlement program, also known as TIDE. Items 19 through to 21 are here to discuss as read into the record. And providing a little background on these items, in June 2026, these three comprehensive plan text amendments went to the Planning and Development Board and received the recommendation of approval. We had first reading following in July. And after that, we transmitted these comprehensive plan text amendments to the state as is required for these types of text amendments. The state, during the 30-day review, circulated it to external agencies. and as well as those including Broward County. And in that 30-day review, the city received no comments in terms of negative comments, but one technical comment from the state as it pertained to the Tourism Incentive Density Entitlement Program, which Andrea spoke about. The technical comments spoke to creating metrics and controls that would live in the zoning code to ensure that the program had the proper governing structure. Then we brought it back today for second reading to adopt these. And then finally, to transmit to the state 10 days from today. Just a quick recap of what a comprehensive plan amendment is, where it lives in the whole structure of things. We have the county plan at the top end being the high level document that guides the entire county. And as you work your way down, you have the city comprehensive plan where these programs are being established. The beach hotel room bonus, which we call TIDE, the transfer development rights, and flex units. Then from that framework, the zoning land development regulations will build off of those through the zoning overlay, the district overlay, which is a separate item. Item 19 creates the program. And in regards to this item, it has not been changed. It is applicable to the underlying general business land use. And in this request before you, no rooms are being allocated to this program. We're just setting up the program. With regards to item 20, the Transfer Development Rights Program, applicable to residential land uses within the beach area. And the criteria for this program will be established in the overlay district, which is an item to follow in today's agenda. This, again, doesn't transfer any rights. It just sets up the program to function as such. Lastly, item 21 is regards flexibility units. We have this in our comprehensive plan today already. What this does is sets up a program that is scoped for the beach area as it applies to the general business land use designation. And again, this action before you does not add any units. It is setting up the program. Previously, I used an analogy, and I'm going to bring it back again, about the human body. These comprehensive plan text amendments aren't to be confused with the zoning. The comp plan amendments are the bones. It's the structure. There's no allocation, and there's no metric. There's no program metrics. Those are established in the muscle portion, which is the zoning code. And then lastly that sits on top of all that is the urban design guidelines. And those are the following item on the agenda. With regards to those items, staff is recommending you to recommend approval on second reading so that we could transmit onward to the Florida state for final validation.
All right. Cameron, I think it would be helpful, especially for the audience, if you could just quickly just explain what the tourism incentive density and tunnel program is, what a transfer of development rights is, and the flex units, just generally so that they understand if they don't.
Certainly. The Tourism Incentive Density Entitlement, TIDE, is a program to allow for the bonusing of hotel rooms. It's a non-residential program. It's geared for a hotel room bonus. We have a similar program in our comprehensive plan today called the Hollywood Beach Hotel Room Pool. It's a pool of hotel rooms that we can administer through our zoning. This is a similar program. It's separate and apart, and it's strictly for hotel room uses.
And TDR?
TDRs is the idea of transferring development rights from one site to another. And this sets up the parameters of that program, that that action can be performed in the city of Hollywood. And it provides that it has to be done to support public benefit in alignment with the county's comprehensive plan.
All within, from within a sending site and a receiving site, all within the beach? All within the beach.
And the sending and receiving sites are further delineated in the zoning. And this program sets that up. It allows for the zoning to delineate those specific boundaries.
And TDR is actually, just to help people understand, it's actually a preservation tool as well because as you remove and authorize the removal of density from particular sites, then they are limited in what they can do in the future. And so if you're removing density from an area that's, for example, a long surf road or the broad walk, then that's forever stripped, so to speak, and moved to, say, a hotel on A1A. And that's all part of maintaining the character of Hollywood Beach, correct?
That is correct.
Right. All within the beach. Right.
And the specific parameters of that live in the zoning code. Right. Right. And then the last one, the flexibility unit. This is a residential program for residential units. And what it allows is for the application of flex on the beach in a different combination that exists in the comprehensive plan today. Right now, the comprehensive plan requires FLEX to be used in a 50% manner, 50% residential, 50% non-residential. What this text amendment does, it allows for varying mixed uses within the Hollywood Beach overlay district, and again, application of residential units within the general business land use designation.
During the zoning discussion, we can discuss how that helps to retain character west of A1A and also to North Beach, Central Beach a little bit. And this actually enables that. That is correct. All right. Thank you so much. Let's go ahead and open the public hearing on items 19, 20, and 21. If your name is called and you really want to talk about height and the zoning, you can wave if you wish. Otherwise, we're happy to hear what you have to say about the TIDE program, transfer of development rights, and the flex unit. Again, these items do not get to the point of what Cameron referred to as the muscle, which is height, setback, and the different overlay precincts. That's next on item 22, and you'll have a separate opportunity to speak about that. So feel free to speak twice or once. So let's go ahead with Ann Ralston, followed by Michael Seltzer.
If you have a, you can please. I don't know who turns them off. Technically, we should get nine minutes. This is a way to shut the public up again. They're three separate items. They're going to affect this speech for long after I'm dead and gone, after your grandchildren are dead and gone. Because once you open the door, it doesn't get closed. So you sit there and do, don't snide at me, little Kevin. You sit there and do this. No, but I'm sorry. I'm going to get to your point. OK. So you're all making a major decision to change this beach forever. You can gaslight me all you want and tell me this is not going to be sunny aisles, and it doesn't really have anything to do with height, and it doesn't have anything to do with one to another with 1301 saying we're going to take it away and it's going to preserve that. We're not honoring the deed restrictions we got now from the summit to 1301. So why would I believe in any way, shape, or form that future down the road that it was going to be preserved, be the quaint beach we always have been. It isn't a quaint anymore. It's just not. And it's going to get worse. Thank you.
Thank you. Michael Seltzer on TIE, TDR, or flex units.
There were two charrettes to discuss the new Hollywood Beach zoning. The city had 30...
Followed by, by the way, followed by Kat Quinlan and then Elaine Kuser. Go ahead, Michael. Did they hear? You hear me? Yes. Can you start over? Yes, Pat.
There were two charrettes to discuss the new Hollywood Beach zoning. The city had 34 people turn out, 20 of which were employees. Yet at the P&D meeting, over 250 people showed up. 96 people spoke against... and one for, the question is, why using city funds can you not get more residents to attend? What is wrong with your messaging? Just to tell you, as I don't think many of you were in person at the meeting, at the P&D meeting, what I witnessed late at night was in very poor taste. Close to 11 PM, Maitre Polikoff and Eric Fortin showed up. Then I saw Cameron outside in the lobby hobnobbing with the two of them, laughing and having a great old time as the citizens. The people who pay Cameron's salary were inside pouring out their hearts and listening to the goings-on, and I must say, to deaf ears. And if the P&D members are going to pontificate on what they think they know, they should be experts in their fields. It was a total embarrassment, and what they said was absolutely rubbish, and I told them. Between Cameron and the P&D and Polycoff, it was a terrible look and embarrassment for the city. That being said, I'm very much in favor of hotel development in the beach. It brings business not only to the restaurants and retail, but also it brings taxes, sales taxes, bed taxes, et cetera. The more hotel rooms we have, the more competition, the more guests, the more money, and the more prosperity for Hollywood, including the downtown restaurants. In fact, during the months off, hotels must try to stay busy. They have to offer reduced rates, promotions, and many other incentives, but all this continues to feed our restaurants and stores. It's a win-win for Hollywood, our business, and our coffers. In fact, I strongly believe that hotel development should be the only ones entitled to a bonus program and no one else. As a good example, the Marriott, 2.7 acres, 11 stories, 229 rooms. Margaritaville, 5.5 acres, 349 rooms, and 18 stories. Maybe a bonus program could be planned around these metrics, but never higher than 50 stories. And again, condos, which offer relatively little or no benefit to Hollywood, should get nothing, no bonuses. Why make a developer wealthier, especially if he's not a resident of Hollywood? Thank you.
Everyone, please let me just some housekeeping here for the sake of the order of the hearing. No clapping because it just disrupts and delays. You can jazz hand like some of you already knew to do. And using Michael's comments as an example, let's refrain from personal attacks against staff or anybody else. That just diminishes who we are as a community, and I think we're better than that. Let's go ahead to Kat Quinlan, followed by Elaine Kuser, then Pam Borgio. Then Donna Green, Stephanie Burns. So Kat Quinlan followed by Elaine Couser.
Speaking publicly is not something that I do normally, but this is not normal. This is so outrageous that I, an introvert, have to speak publicly against this. They say think global, act local. So here I am. I'd rather be at the Broadwalk enjoying what I like to call my public amenities, the sun, the ocean, and that Hollyweird charm. When Josh Levy was running for his last term as mayor in 2024, he said, as mayor, I have always defended and protected the existing height limits along the Broadwalk area. There has not been one new tall building approved along the Broadwalk during my time as mayor because the investment community knows that violating the height limits of Central Beach is a non-starter for Hollywood and for me. The low rise village scale of the Broadwalk area is one of the main elements that make Hollywood Beach special and feel special. It also forms the basis for the market position of our beach as a standout visitor and beach goer destination in South Florida. I will always preserve that. As mayor, I am focused on property improvement grants that help owners restore and preserve their original buildings of our beach and build within our height limits with many recent and great examples of success. Preserving character of our central beach is paramount. What happened? where these empty campaign promises from a snake oil politician are truthful statements from a custodian of Hollywood Beach. Put it on the ballot for the residents to decide, not just for this board of few council members that can be bought by developers and at least the optics if you are for the overdevelopment of Hollywood Beach. Your reputation is on the line with your constituents. Listen to us.
Thank you so much. That wasn't an article. It wasn't an article. I know where it's from. It's from a questionnaire during the interview process with the Sun Sentinel 2024, I want to say. That's all right. All the statements, I stand by. And we'll tie it in on how that works today, and it's important. Let's go ahead to Elaine Kuser, followed by Pam Borgio.
Mm-hmm. I'm gonna make it brief. I totally agree with Commissioner shoehand I think you need to study this and I also think that the public should be able to vote on it we have Elected you to protect our town and to keep it quaint and that's what people really want and I don't think we need more high-rise condos on the beach. Hotels, yes, tourism is our business. When you do the condos and they're owner-occupied, if the no real estate tax amendment goes through, then you're not going to have any revenue from these condos if they're owner-occupied, whereas if we keep it to hotels, you will get the revenue. And also, I don't think that we need to make the height. It's ridiculous to have the height. It blocks the ocean breezes even to my house on the 1900 block of Pierce Street. You're creating wind tunnels with these high rises as well, which is also a whole other discussion. And that's all I'm going to say. Thank you very much.
Thank you, Elaine. Pam Borgio, followed by Donna Green, then Stephanie Burns.
Good evening, mayor, vice mayor, commissioners, residents. I'm in favor of enhancing the beach. The tide program, from how I read it, is an incentive to the hotels that are currently there, if I'm not mistaken. So I'm not against that. But we have to be realistic about What incentives are we giving and how are they benefiting? Everybody not just the businesses on the beach hotels or whatnot In regards to the transfer of development rights that concerns me a great deal Because it's like oh, let's take this cube from Part A Sell it to Part B. Okay, and Part A can no longer go anywhere, but Part B has basically sky the limit based on what they're transferring. I disagree with that. We need to have restrictions and having a workshop not just for 22, the item 22, but in general for everybody. The Planning and Development Board basically unanimously said that we should have a workshop. And it was important. It can still be done as a community, whether a decision is made tonight or not. But to have the residents give input one-on-one with everybody, not just bits and pieces this month, six months later, that month. No. And we need to do it transparently, as we all agreed, that that's what you want to show the residents. So transparently, it's not happening today, in my opinion. I haven't been involved with this for various reasons, but it is going to affect all of us down the road. And I think we need to be smart about what incentives we're doing, what pools we're creating from going one to another. And we just need to really understand what we're putting forth on a temporary basis. Because that temporary basis, believe it or not, is not going to be temporary. And we know that. I want to thank each and every one of you for being up here. Because your job is difficult. I've had, for years, people always ask me to run. And I see what you go through. And I see the batterment that you take. And I respect each and every one of you. But we need to do due diligence with the public, not during the business days at 3 o'clock in the afternoon on a Wednesday or on a Tuesday night beginning at 4 or 5 o'clock in the evening. That runs till 20 minutes to 3 AM, which I stayed entirely. And I'm suffering from it today because I got sick staying up that late. So we need to do better for the public. Remember that. Thank you.
Thank you, Pam. Donna Green, followed by Stephanie Barnes, then Kat Uden, then Jeannie Covert.
Good afternoon. Donna Green, 526 North Rainbow Drive. I've lived in Hollywood 35 plus years. I don't live on the beach. I love the beach. I know what it gives to our city when I look at reviews of people that come to Hollywood. Every single review talks about the low scale charm and the way you can walk on the boardwalk and go to little restaurants. And it's the most unique area in South Florida. We're not South Beach. We're not Sunny Isles. We're not Fort Lauderdale. Everywhere you look, Things are becoming high traffic, condo canyons, with no ability to see the water and no ability to remember that you're actually on the beach. And I see all of these plans, which I agree that hotels are a very important addition to our city. That will generate revenue, visitors that can brag about how great we are. But if we add all of the other density, which I'm hearing about, the giant condo canyons that are on the books, that's going to take away every reason for people to come and visit Hollywood as a destination that is different from everywhere else. So we can talk about how the plans were getting public input. 34 people coming to presentations in the public, that's not enough. We need to really hear from more residents. And the residents who care about the beach, care about our city. I've done a million things in the city to help our schools, to serve on the Hollywood Education Committee. My husband serves on the Memorial Hospital Foundation Board. We put our heart and soul into being great Hollywood residents and do everything we can to help the city, not just on the beach, everywhere else. I collected books for the Little Free Libraries, Oakwood Elementary. I've done a million things because I love Hollywood. But I also want it to stay a reasonably sized, very homey place, including the beach. The beach is why people talk about us the way they do. And I see the writing on the wall. I grew up in South Florida near Sunny Isles. I used to go there all the time when there were the mom and pop hotels with little statues in front. They were the most amazing, very wonderful, unique places. Of course, now it's all gone, and it's a condo canyon. We can do better. We can be better. We have the magic. I think we need to save that. We really do. This is our last chance. This is it. Thank you.
Thank you, Donna. Stephanie Barnes, followed by Kat Uden, then Jeannie Cobert.
Hi, my name is Stephanie Burns. I live at 737 North South Lake. I think cramming this through right now is just insane, really. The staff mentioned that they didn't get comments. I didn't hear about any of this until recently. And I think most people with busy lives haven't. I was so focused on 1301. And I've been at meetings here constantly and 2.30 in the morning last time. So I really think you should consider just giving a little more time to this and consideration. But I think also all of these proposals, increasing hotel rooms and flex and transfer of development rights, I think they point to megaprojects, a lot of flexibility for developers to give this over here to somebody else. And I think that's really going to be a disaster for the beach. I think that I'm wondering about what problem we're trying to solve. On Zillow, I saw the available units at Hollywood were 29 units at 3901 Ocean, 11 units at 1800 Ocean, 35 units at 1830 South Ocean Drive, 10 units at 3901 South Ocean, 63 units at 3505 South Ocean, 92 units at 3001 South Ocean. So what are we trying to do? Do we really need this density? Also, I think Sunny Isles Beach has been sinking. And 70% of it has sunk. about 1 centimeter per year, and it hasn't slowed down. Eight buildings have sunk between 3 inches and 14.5 inches, Trump Towers. Jade Beach has both settled 9 inches. Aquilina Resort has settled 7 inches in the lighter portions, 10 inches in the heavier portions. The geotech engineers don't know what they're doing. It's more of an art than a science. And this is self-admitted. One of the people on the committee on the planning board mentioned that the cost Assumptions that have been put into these proposals were faulty. I believe it was a cost of $900 per square foot that seemed low. There's a lot to look at. I think we still need to look at it. We have a million gallons of sewage going into you know, the injection wells and into the outfalls. And because Hollywood is the hub of sewage in the area, we don't just have Hollywood sewage. We have other cities. There's a lot to look at. And I think it all needs consideration. So please, please just have some common sense.
Thank you. Kat Uden. Then after will be Janine. Jeannie Colbert. Then Sierra Mano.
Kat Yudin, 1120 Liontree. Thank you, Anne. All right. Thank you so much to all of the residents who continue to show up. And I was so impressed by the number of residents who stayed until 1 AM, 2 AM the other evening fighting for our beach. You can tell that our beach is really special to residents. And the time is always right to do what's right. The first news story that I saw when I opened up my phone today was West Palm Beach scraps 25-story waterfront towers after public backlash. There were so many positive comments on there. And it's because people want to protect their coastline. We could make headlines for doing the right thing today. Wouldn't that be nice, to make positive headlines? Hollywood does the right thing today. And it could be you that made that decision. We should never entertain 40 or more stories. That is Sunny Isles right there. You can't say you don't want our beach to be Sunny Isles and then approve 40-plus stories. Residents, there's an election in November, Districts 1, 3, and 5. Projects are going to be approved individually, from what I understand, project by project by the future city commission. So it's very important, residents, that you look into the past behavior, the past actions, how these candidates running have fought for you and fought for the beach before you cast your vote. From what I understand, the city's beach plan consultant has suggested 10 to 15 stories, not 20 to 49. This plan is so important. It should not be rushed. And I asked staff, I sent an email, will this five-year program, if the future commission can roll it back, can they roll it back in fewer than five years? Never got the answer to that question, or if we have to wait out the full five years. We should be tying heights. and design into a MassBeach Master Plan with a community vision, incorporating resonant feedback from the Beach Feasibility Studies and the Comp Plan 2050. A lot of us spent time at those meetings giving feedback, and it should be listened to. We can have nice buildings and better design without 20 to 49 stories. You don't have to go higher to have better design. Many beautiful beach towns across Florida and in other states are not full of skyscrapers. Key West, Sanibel, St. Augustine, they're not known for their beach skyscrapers. And people go there and they love going there. I've spoken with many residents about this proposal. And even if they are not for, whether they're for preservation of the Hollywood Beach Hotel or not, they would rather have a lower-rise, nice hotel. That is going to serve our beach much better than a 49-story tower. Thank you.
Thank you. Jeannie Cobert, followed by Sierra Mano, then Siobhan McLaughlin. Jeannie, welcome.
Thank you. Good evening. Jeanne Cobert, 721. You usually say your address, right? 721 North 12th Avenue. These agenda items are too complex, and they need to be studied for all future coastal impacts. On August 10th, I expressed my concerns to the planning board and the commission. I only received one response, which was dismissed. Why? I used a form letter. This is a common practice. Not every opposing opinion needs to be handcrafted to express an opinion. I was asked to submit specific facts, studies, or deficiencies, which I provided in detail. And I will speak to them when I get to item 22. I want to highlight now the next response to my detailed description. Jeannie, I understand the concern. I think this is important for the public to really think about this response. I'm a little nervous, sorry. Jeannie, I understand the concern. But there is a difference between establishing what may be allowed under a zoning framework and approving an actual 30 or 40 story building. And individual development still has to go through its own review process. And many of the specific impacts you're asking about are evaluated when there is an actual project to study. So we're not going to study flooding until we start the first building. We're not going to study all the environmental impacts of Barrier Island until we start a building. That's absurd. And then it says, these are fair questions to ask the city professionals at the meeting. I never got that opportunity. I don't think any of us got an opportunity, Terrell's point, to talk about these things. I never got answers to my questions. I just got demeaning emails. And then was followed up with... I understand your position. I don't think continuing point by point over email is going to be productive. When these questions can be answered by professional staff, planners, and attorneys, these issues can be raised and addressed publicly at the meeting so everyone hears the same information and answers are part of the public discussion. When does that happen? When did that happen? We got a 500-page document that we were going to read, like, in a couple weeks, and then we're supposed to understand these three, those three items? I don't even understand them all. They weren't, I appreciate the explanation that you gave. I still don't understand them. I appreciate it. So thank you for listening. Thank you.
Sierra Mono, then Siobhan McLaughlin. Followed by, I can't read it just yet, Lisa. Hi.
Hello, Sierra Mano, 901 South Surf Road. Good afternoon, Honorable Mayor Levy, Vice Mayor Kalari, Commissioners and City Manager Story. I want to thank you guys for everything you do for the city that we all love very much. So I oppose items 19 through 21 in their entirety because I oppose the overlay that they are intended to support. This is the third time in just over a month that I've come to City Hall prepared to speak on these items, you know, rescheduled meetings. I was here in the late hours with several others in this room during the last planning and development board meeting. I feel really strongly that for a decision this important, the public process should be easier for residents and so that they can follow and meaningful participate. These items would create new hotel room and development capacities before the city completes the broader Hollywood Beach Master Plan with meaningful public participation. The city should first understand the long-term effects on the beach's scale, character, infrastructure, and historic resources. I also believe that the city should protect public access and public serving uses along the beach rather than encouraging more of the shoreline to become increasingly privatized. Although the overlay would expire after five years, development approved during that time will permanently change Hollywood Beach forever. I also feel strongly that preservation incentives should come before development incentives, and that full restoration of the historic Hollywood Beach Hotel should be the starting point. So I ask you to please reject these items. Thank you.
Thank you. Siobhan, followed by Lisa. Last name starts with an H, followed by Mark Ross.
Siobhan McLaughlin, 1409 Rodman Street. I'd like to echo the comments of the previous speakers and say that I agree with them. I don't go to the beach often. I've mentioned this before on a couple of beach items. And the only thing I really hear from residents, friends who go, is they complain about the parking or the cost of it. They're not asking for you to change the scope of the beach. They're not asking for you to add canyons of condos and things like that. They love our beach. And I keep wondering what it is with the staff and perhaps the direction that the staff is getting from you. People vehemently oppose these things. And we keep getting this forced down our throats, it would seem. And you do not seem to listen. People stayed till 3 o'clock in the morning on 1301. And you had hundreds and hundreds of people. And I understand, as Commissioner Biederman has said, we don't really know. His people out west did not oppose 1301. But enough people in the rest of the city did. But we'll never know exactly what the outcome was. You can, again, ask the residents what we think about it. But the people who do come out to speak about this project are opposed to it. And I really am at a loss to understand why it keeps being put forward. If the staff wants to make their bones on making the beach some great project, that's on the staff. Let them go someplace else and make a project. Hollywood is fine the way it is. We can do a lot of things. It may be a little shabby. It may be a little bit needs more upkeep. But nobody is asking for you to change the character of our beach. And I implore you to reject the proposals and to leave Hollywood, improve it. but leave the beach alone. Thank you.
Thank you, Lisa. Lisa, is it Lisa Hammond? You'll tell us. Hernandez, all right. She's got some good cursive handwriting there. While Lisa's coming up, we've got Mark Ross. Then the final two speakers are Mark LaValle and Justin Dresler. Hi, Lisa Hernandez.
This is the first time I'm speaking, so I've got butterflies in my stomach. Thank you. This is regarding the infrastructure. Where is the independent study proving that we can evacuate a barrier island and support a 340-foot tower on A1A with one road getting off the island. I mean, these are things you have to think about. And I've been in Hollywood for over 30 years and I hope that the skyline doesn't change. Thank you.
Thank you, Lisa. Mark Ross. Come on up, Mark. Where's Mark Ross? He usually has a lot to say. All right, we'll hold it. Mark LaValle, or LaValley. And then finally, it will be Justin Dresser. Saw him. That's it. Hey, Mark.
Good evening, and I want to say thank you to the city leadership. I know it's a thankless job. It's tough, and I appreciate the fact that you do the hard work for us. That being said, I think it's important to recognize when government is the problem. And I probably should preface this by saying in my sixth decade of being a Hollywood resident. I grew up on Hollywood Beach, South Barrett High School, Hollywood Hills Elementary School. Unprecedented. Unprecedented what I've seen over the past six decades. I think we could mourn for a minute the errors of government in the past. These errors have titles. Summit building. Hollywood condo, Positano, and my personal favorite, Margaritaville, which includes a government error disaster of $10 million gift from the taxpayers that came as a big surprise that I got to learn about in the Sun Sentinel. These are the hands of government, mistakes, disasters that we should have a moment of silence for. We have an opportunity to make another disaster. What makes our beach amazing, what makes my city amazing, magical, awesome, a miracle, is that it's more like Lauderdale-by-the-Sea, and it's less like...
Excuse me, guys. Please be quiet.
Yeah, that's it. Galt Ocean Mile, Aventura, Hallandale Beach, Sunny Isles. This is the goal, to not do that. It's already half gone. And I'm being a little bit hyperbolic. It's not half, but we've got those half a dozen examples I just gave on how we're going in the wrong direction. All of these topics are like drinking from a fire hose. 1301. When it first hit the streets, I wrote an eloquent letter to each one of the commissioners. Not all of you sitting in front of me are those commissioners, but I had a conversation with each and every one of you guys, either in person or over email or over a phone call. Commissioner Biderman, 45 minutes you gave me. I was grateful. I was also surprised how, with the exception of Ms. Schumann, all of the commissioners at the time spoke very clearly to me that they knew better than what the city of Hollywood residents wants. Thank you.
Justin Dresser. And then it'll be last call from Mark Ross.
Thank you very much. It's Justin DelSesto, for the record. And I'm a Hollywood resident. First, thank you all for doing the work that you do. It's much appreciated. And I know it's hard work being in the public. So I want to address the tide, specifically these 19 through 22. because this is totally out of character with the beach. And the idea is that really it stocks the shelf. It stocks the shelf with 2,300 hotel rooms and 500 units. 2,300 hotel rooms with 350 hotel rooms per acre. That's five times the current zoning. Currently it's 70 per acre. So we're going to give them 350 per acre. So we're stocking the shelf because what we want to do, what the city apparently staff wants to do, and some developers, is build a high rise. And they want to build a high rise on the resort site that's 350 feet or 490 feet. And they need the shelf stocked in order to make it work. So it is the, as the city planner says, the bones. This is the skeleton, 19 through 22. We need to get this done so then we can go on to 22 and give them the height. So it's totally out of character with Hollywood Beach. And so when the city planner says that this is with character, it's not. So anybody who lives in Hollywood knows it's out of character. And so we should take it for what it is. It's stock on the shelf. So we can build a big, fat high rise that's completely out of character with the human scale that the beach currently is. And if we want tourism, then we should keep the beach charming and low. And we should demand that. And then we'll get tourism. Because as other people have said, no one wants to go to a beach that's full of high rises. No one wants to go see a city full of high rises. The reason we have Hollywood here filming here, TJ Hooker or whatever the hell the show is, is because it's charming. It's different. It's quaint. So that's what we're getting here. And that's what we have. And we should value what we have and what we've preserved. Each one of you is a steward for this city. Each one of you is here to protect our beach, our beautiful natural resources, And I hope that when you look back and when your children look back, they can all say, yeah, my dad or my mom did that. I notice it's a lot of men here. You weren't here the other night. A lot of the women spoke. And I said at that meeting the other night that the women spoke about common sense and that we should listen to our mothers because our mothers know best. This plan lacks common sense. Calvin and Giordano did a feasibility study, and the feasibility study was 10 stories max on top of the Hollywood Resort current zoning.
Thank you very much. Thank you, Mark. Is Mark Ross here? So that concludes public comment. Thank you so much. Going ahead and closing the public hearing. all right so now we have three ordinances to to get through for the City Commission let's go ahead and discuss them one at a time and then we'll have motions one at a time first one is let's go in order item 19 again presented all as combined but for purposes of organizing the discussion this is of course is a tourism density entitlement program to support the hotel room bonuses and again support the hospitality oriented areas this is specific to those areas where where it's conforming as we'll get into with item 22 so Commissioner Vice Mayor Kaleri
A question for, I guess, city staff just to confirm for public record. Based on approval today, is this considered fluid with exceptions for changes or adjustments as we progress through time? Or is this a done, if we approve it today, is it complete, set in stone, no tweaking? I guess pretty much that's the question that I have right now. My understanding, there are things that can be changed.
The zoning can always be changed by text amendment. Go ahead.
Yep. I just want it on the record. Thank you.
Anand Balram, manager of special projects now. So to answer your question. Hold on, hold on. Sure.
The mayor, I've asked him to please, we cannot have screaming from the audience. Screaming out is just not acceptable. So please, can we not have that? If you cannot hear, then we need to be quiet and not talk amongst our neighbors and have that addressed. I don't have a mallet, but I do have the floor, and I will ask for that to be respected. Thank you.
So Anand Bharam, manager of special projects, for those that did not hear me, and hopefully I am projecting loud enough for everyone to hear now. To answer your question, yes, the commission always has the legislative authority to make tweaks in a normal circumstance. Unfortunately, the legislative landscape has, of course, changed through many different revisions. This would fall under one of the constraints of SB 180 that does reduce a municipality's ability to make changes to both the comp plan as well as the zoning and land development regulations that result in circumstances that are more burdensome or restrictive to the development community.
And SB 180 was implemented on what date and by whom?
SB 180 was implemented I want to say one or two years ago.
I believe it would have been June of 2025. It expires. It expires October of 2027.
Yeah, 2027. Yes.
Thank you.
All right. Thank you. Thank you, guys. Let's go to Commissioner Shuham.
So a non .. So this is, I want to ask along those same lines. So SB 180 basically says that cities during a period of a state of emergency resulting from a hurricane and so many months or years thereafter cannot make development more challenging for developers than it was at the time of the emergency. That's my understanding. Correct. So when we started to talk about the overlay, and I believe it's even in some of the attachments to the agenda item, it was represented to us that these things were being done because of SB 180 and because of the Live Local Act. So in light of what you just said, how is it that these things are helpful in light of SB 180?
So in order to do that, I somewhat need to talk about the next item as well. I mean, really, this discussion is going to the next item.
Well, it isn't, because to the gentleman's point about TIDE, and again, I'm just going to be up front there. I didn't have a whole lot of problem with any of this, but now I'm starting to get a little stomachache about this.
TIDE. Sure.
So my understanding is that the county doesn't really limit the number of hotel units per acre for a comp plan, but we always limited ourselves to 50 units per acre. Is that fair?
So just for the abundance of clarity, the county has two prescriptions. So it does not prescribe at all any density for any general business land use, which the majority of Central Beach is. And none of that portion of the beach permits residential development. On our beach, the county recognizes that even in residential areas, there may be the desire for the market to bring a hospitality or hotel product. Within that regime, it requires a conversion of one residential unit to two hotel units, yielding a maximum hotel density on residential land use of 50 units per acre.
And to the gentleman's point about 350 per acre, what is he referring to? Are we still limited if we pass these three to 50 units per acre?
Correct. And I think that's one of the big things to distinguish between a comp plan amendment versus the zoning. The comp plan just represents the ceiling of things. So even if you have these programs enabled or densities enabled, through zoning, that just represents your maximum. You can always be lower so long as you do not exceed.
Where is the 350 coming from?
The 350, we did a jurisdictional scan of what hotels are demanding in terms of redevelopment across South Florida. And one thing that was very apparent to us is I think the hotel regime that we would otherwise like to see, the more higher end hotels, are not being produced at 50 units per acre. In fact, they're being produced closer to 350, if not above.
OK, so under the TIDE ordinance, I'm sorry? Under the TIDE ordinance, well, that's government property, so probably not. But under the TIDE proposal, where we are allowing greater number of units, is that where the 350 is?
The 350 is enabled as part of TIDE, specifically as part of the bonus. So we are allowing, as part of the bonus, for properties to go up to 350 units per acre. But it's also important to recognize that much of the beach is smaller parcels.
So this allows for- I just want to make sure I'm understanding. You're talking about the overlay, which is item 22. That allows the 350. What about this?
The comp plan enables the 350 by setting the maximum allowable density through the bonus as part of the comprehensive plan. So the zoning would need to conform to that maximum of 350 units per acre.
Okay. And if we were to pass this today and we're in the throes of SB 180, we all have heartburn in a week, and we're like, oh, my God, we only want it to be 250, we cannot reduce it.
For the purposes of the comprehensive plan, if you approved it today, it's really a matter of how you implement it. So that would be a conversation for the overlay. So long as you are below 350, you know, by second reading, if you determine 350 is too much, we already passed the comprehensive plan.
This is second reading.
This is second reading for the comp plan. What I'm saying is if this is approved today, when you're at second reading for the overlay, if you wanted to reduce that density, so long as it does not exceed what is prescribed by the comprehensive plan, it is still lawful.
And is this tide ordinance impacting only the barrier island, or is it impacting hotel rooms citywide?
The tide program specifically is just for the beach.
Thank you.
Thank you. Let's go to Commissioner Quintana.
Thank you, Mayor. So, Anand, don't go. So I think that similar to the question, now that you've said that these are maximum numbers, 350 hotel rooms per acre, and then somewhere else I read a total of 2,300 hotel rooms for the, explain, please.
Sure. And what you're referring to as a 2300 is another item that you'll be hearing, I believe, on October 7. So the way that the ultimate program works is the comp plan sets the density. The zoning implements the density. But as part of that, we recognize we don't want this to be a free for all. So we've created a pool of accessible units. So if you have an acre site and you want to build up to 350 hotel rooms, as an example, there needs to be 350 hotel rooms available as well as the infrastructure to support that before that can be considered.
And within the height that, through discretion, is allowed for. Nothing is by right here?
Nothing is by right. So every aspect of the bonus program, whether it's height, whether it's density, whether it is access to the pool, all requires a separate decision made by the commission.
OK. And then I don't know where I just took down notes, but I've read in so many different places. So forgive me if this is out of context. But I read that our public utilities department said that we had 7,000 units of wastewater available
So and I'm going to look at Alicia, because I also might.
And 3,000 units in water on the beach.
So it might be, I might get this wrong. So bear with me. But the intent is the same. I know the numbers are correct. I just don't know which utility is for which off the top of my head. But we do have the availability for 7,000 units for water I believe, and 17,000 units for wastewater. So in determining the ceiling for our pool, we recognize that there will be a portion of that that will be derived from as-of-right development, and we created what we believe to be the forecasted development through the five years of life of this program that kind of guarantees that infrastructure will be available. It doesn't, however, We can never guarantee because there may be modifications or failures within the system that may prevent that development from being approved. But that is a number that we've worked with utilities and their water and wastewater consultants to determine that gives us a very conservative safeguard moving forward.
Okay, so not necessarily now, but I tried to write down the numbers you said, so I would like to just clarify that at some point. Sure. I might have had them transposed. So I just wanted to clarify that this is not an entitlement program, correct?
Correct. Right.
Can you explain what that means, please, for the public?
So for the benefit of everybody, entitlements are rights that you are entitled to by being a property owner. In the state of Florida, we are very big on property rights and what your property rights are and how a municipality could otherwise infringe on your property rights. So we are very deliberate to structure the bonus to not infringe on your as-of-right development or your as-of-right entitlements. That is all described within the base zoning, which we are not proposing to change through the comp plan amendments nor through the overlay. The only way that additional entitlements are received is through that exchange of public benefit and the satisfaction of criteria for each one of the requests, whether that is height, whether that is density, or any other combination.
So when those, what did you just call them, those public benefit elements are met, then the property owner does have the entitlement?
It's still up to the planning board to make the recommendation and the city commission to determine that the findings meet the criteria to your discretion. And in addition to that, and I know the public benefits, there are some physical ones that we actually benefit that we will, of course, describe in the next item. But I also want to emphasize that the design aspect of this is really critical and is one of the determining factors of whether projects can be recommended for approval.
Right. So I was reading recently about this mixed condominium and hotel in Miami, the Brickell Bay. It's been all over the news, where 75% of the condos are actually Airbnbs, and that it's caused a lot of problems there. And so I just want to be reassured that there is a way to make sure that doesn't happen in Hollywood.
Might be some Florida law limitation there, but go ahead.
Yeah, I mean, I would be interested to hear if legal may chime in on this, but I don't think that we can add that into the comprehensive plan text amendments that we're considering right now. So it's not the appropriate time to do it. But it might be something, and we could kind of think about it before we get to that item, if it's something we could add into the bonus overlay, that if you choose to participate in the bonus, there may be a prohibition on that. I don't know, but we can look into that.
OK, thank you. So we're just discussing 19 now, right?
Yeah, I've been trying to keep it there. OK. Not so successfully, but hey. Sorry. It's OK.
So just to, like, I want to assume that people are not familiar that I think Commissioner Kalari tried to ask this question so that we'd say it out loud, the origin of SB 180, how it came to be. And I had that in my notes as well, that when you presented this before, you talked about SB 180 and live local as factors. Correct. So either you or the city attorney, if you could just speak to that in very layman's terms so that the public can understand what that means.
So for those who may not be familiar, Live Local was implemented by the state legislator to promote the supply of workforce housing. So up to 120 AMI within the jurisdiction to encourage more, of course, people working where they potentially, or living where they work.
Which is $102,000 in Broward per year.
It's fairly high . Yes. As part of that, it contemplates putting housing in areas where housing was never contemplated by the municipality. And that's why many planners and I many jurisdictions have significant heartburn as it pertains to live local projects. These areas are traditionally commercial or industrial. They potentially compromise our employment lands and our long-term non-employment feasibility when it comes to actually attracting employers. Through various amendments, that entitlement has expanded to mixed use zones. So if we as a municipality have permitted use in any of our zones that is above and beyond residential, it becomes live local eligible. And that becomes, again, a very significant concern for what that means in terms of how we negotiate design through a process because, of course, right now we have to facilitate developments through many different approval processes. What this does is it takes the public hearing out of it. It becomes an administrative decision that staff has to make in accordance with the statute, in accordance with what they say we need to review.
Sorry, can you explain the point? It's the genesis of all this.
So what that means is a lot of the beach is live local eligible. And what that means also, not just from a height perspective, because it is a one mile radius. And folks may know we have litigated and we have won, which is beautiful. But it still does not take away from the fact that we are not able to negotiate for the design outcomes that we want for the beach. So what it could result in is more of the Margaritaville, more of the Positano, more of the kind of standard long building, spanning whatever parcel. And that is, of course, not what we want.
But hold on. I have to add that what that means is that, potentially people today have property rights to use live local, even if they stay within the current zoning. Correct. Um, and build a bunch of apartments in central Hollywood beach, whether we like it or not. And we don't have even say on design that much. Um, so what the commission was tasked with and what we brought this all was, you know, what do we want for our central beach? Obviously you would all say that hotel uses properly situated along a one a would be a lot more compatible and, um, contributing to hollywood beach if we can do it in a way that retains hollywood beach's character we would much rather as a community control our destiny and say we want hotels on central hollywood beach not apartments correct workforce or not and so this is a mechanism this whole endeavor here is a mechanism to control and promote actual hotels and hospitality uses on central hollywood beach as opposed to apartments whether we like it or not And the only, it doesn't, but it gives them an economic opportunity that's hopefully more attractive.
All the while we receive a public benefit that we would not otherwise receive. And I think that is also a great thing as part of the bonus that we're able to ask for.
I'm sorry, Commissioner Quintana.
Go ahead.
No, that's OK. I don't know. I mean, it's a lot to absorb if you've never heard what this stuff is. And so thank you for going through it. So I'll stop for now, because the other questions I have are for the other two items.
OK. Let's get to Commissioner Biederman.
So when we merge all these items together, it's hard to differentiate for the public, for us. So I'm just going to go through a couple of questions real quick. I'm going to start for the record. When we talk about what do we want to leave our kids and what do we want to leave our grandchildren, I talk about things that we do up at the dais with my 28-year-old daughter. And she's all for things that we're doing. And she's proud of the work that her father has done. Has any of this restricted public access to the beach?
In no way, shape, or form?
OK. And I know that we heard about this before. And I saw the emergency management manager walk in earlier. I don't know if she's still here. And I spoke to Andrea about this too. But how does this affect emergency evacuation in case of a hurricane? Because that's been brought up by the public also.
Sure. So as you guys are aware, within Broward County, hotels of course have to evacuate much sooner than, mandatory evacuation much sooner than residents, which is more of an optional thing for our residents. They decide whether they want to stay or whether they want to evacuate. So from a hotel perspective, increasing density is not necessarily a factor for evacuation on the beach. With respect to individual application of flex, one of the things that I do want to emphasize is that currently today, there is no criteria associated with flex. And SB 180 equally applies to that. What we're doing is providing more incentive for a developer to pursue flex under our program, whether it's additional density or additional height, which will require them to submit and satisfy evacuation studies as part of their submission and their application and their demonstration to you as a determining body that it is appropriate. So evacuation is considered as part of every residential development on the beach.
Thank you. And I'm just going to end with this, that thank you to the residents that mentioned that our phone calls or our emails, I'm always open to the opportunity to speak to residents, whether it's a phone call, an email, at Publix, at the restaurants when I'm going to eat something and I wind up talking to a resident, or I'm knocking on a door to talk to residents, or wherever the case may be, I'm always available to talk to residents. So thank you for recognizing that. We'll talk about it more further on the next items. Thank you.
Vice Mayor Kaleri?
I'd like to make a motion to approve.
All right. We have a motion and a second to approve 26L18B, which is the TIE program. I'm sorry. Hold on.
19 is the Ordinance of Uncomprehensive Establishment. Right.
The TIE program. Right. Yeah, 19. Right, right, right. I was reading somewhere different. All right, we have a motion and a second. Motion from Vice Mayor Kaleri, second from Commissioner Biederman. Commissioner Hsu, I'm on the motion.
Yeah, I just have a question for Anon. So we have talked about wanting to not just encourage hotels on Hollywood Beach, but to encourage luxury hotels on Hollywood Beach. And it seems that $350 per acre is not that. So what is the typical acreage for, for lack of a better term, a five-star hotel?
So in our review, the 350 was actually in line with what that was. The greatest factor of difference was actually height and whether those properties had enough height to both accommodate the rooms as well as the amenity spaces that are customarily associated with five-star hotels, whether that is pool areas, boutique, retail, those types of amenities that are more grand but also space consumptive.
So if you were talking about a 12-story hotel, for example, a luxury hotel, how many rooms would that be per acre, where they would have all those amenities?
Around the 350. So what we're gauging right now is folks are needing about 15 stories to meet that luxury at the 350 units per acre.
So I said 12. You're saying 15? Yeah. OK. Thank you.
Sorry, just one question. So the word entitlement came up by Commissioner Quintana, which I think was a very valid point. But when you read what TIDE stands for, and it was just brought up by a resident, entitlement is in the word TIDE.
And that's an important distinction. It becomes an entitlement when it is awarded.
Your microphone is on.
Sorry, go ahead. But it is not an entitlement just because the program exists. The program exists as a framework and then the entitlement is received once an applicant submits the request for as many of the bonuses that are applicable and then it is recommended through Planning and Development Board and then received or granted by City Commission.
Perfect. And the last questions that I have is, so one, you marked the box off for fluid because this is a fluid type of issue that is subject to change. Requirements for improvements for infrastructure, is that based per development?
Per development.
That has to come before the P&D board and then before the commission?
Correct.
At which time will be a new commission sitting?
Correct. Thank you.
Because I don't see anyone coming in the next 30 days. Just so everyone knows. And remember, this is, or I want clarification, that this is really being driven by two factors. Home rule being removed by the state with the Live Local Act, the SB 180. And so when I talk about home rule, which I know is a very important this gives us the ability to have at least a stop guard and a stay and what goes in and what doesn't go in our Broadwalk is been declared by this board for trust purposes to be historical that is public use our beach is public use And all this does, eliminate all of the perceptions and the scare tactics and all the mumble jumble. And I respect that 100%, because you have to fight for what you want. But what this does is allow the city to not have something forced down our throats, but be able to have a say. Because it's coming. We are basically fighting. by our hands, and it's going to continue at the state level. So this allows us the opportunity to have a say and to help mitigate certain things that come down our path. Not all, but certain things. So if we could call the question.
Thank you. Thank you, Commissioner Shuham. One last word. Go ahead.
Yeah, I just want to, I guess, clarify that a little bit. Nothing that we're doing here stops a live local project. And nothing that we're doing here helps us under SB 180. So I think that we just have to be very clear. I agree that by giving developers better options than 50 hotel rooms an acre, we are trying creating an environment where they might not choose to do a Live Local Act. But we're not getting back any home rule, right? And I really still don't understand any benefit under SB 180, because we are granting things that are greater than what we have now. We won't be able to take that back. So my only concern, and I like this tide thing, but the 350 is not something we're going to be able to pull back. And so it seems like a lot, like maybe it should be 200 per acre. And that's my worry.
Thank you. Well, let's get to that during the bonus program and everything.
Except that it's once we approve it here.
Andrew did highlight for me something that I do want to correct for the record. Okay. Actually, the way that we structured our comp plan amendment, we did remove the 350 gap. We deferred that to the zoning to establish for the purposes of SB 180, recognizing that after the five-year sunset, everything will get repealed unless re-established by the commission.
So the TIDE program exists at 50 an acre that we had?
So the TIDE program, per the comprehensive plan, establishes the framework and eligibility to leverage hotel rooms as part of a bonus. And then the framework of density will all be established through the overlay.
OK. Is the 350 in the overlay?
350 is in the overlay.
So we can talk about that later. OK.
All right. I see commissioners Hernandez and Quintana. I'm sorry, Hernandez and Gruber. And I was asked to call the question. Let's make this really the last comment, if we could, and then we'll vote on the tide. Go ahead, Commissioner Hernandez.
Well, thank you, Mayor. You can't talk for five minutes and then call the question. I think you need to call the question when you actually get there. But anyway, I've been pretty quiet, and I've just been listening to the questions. The one thing that I wanted to address is when you talk about that this doesn't preclude anyone from building regarding live local. At this time, the live local that they can build is based on whatever exists there, which is probably no more than six to eight stories. What we're trying to avoid, and the reason why they cannot build any higher than that is because in order for them to get higher based on this particular program, is anything that has to do with bonuses or variances does not qualify for live local. So in other words, if they're building the height based on the bonuses, another building next door cannot mimic what's there based on live local because the particular building that they want to mimic was only built because of bonuses. And that's just a distinction that I want the general public to know, that what we're trying to do here, even though we're being ridiculed for, is being protective of the beach. And some people may not agree the way we're doing it, and I respect that. But at the end of the day, is we're trying to be Protective and and I'm good with what was and I just wanted to make sure that we don't confuse people Regarding the live local because they live local the only thing that they Harry will do right now is six to eight stories Thank You Commissioner Hernandez.
All right, we'll take a vote after a commissioner It's on the next topic, but everybody's been talking about it. So you want to wait everyone?
Um Yeah, no, I'll tell you. I just want to come back to Commissioner Shum, your comment that nothing we're doing here is to stop a live local project. But half of the basis of this is to stop a live local project. Provide the alternative. Well, we had litigation, right, which is being appealed. And if they prevail, if you need to stop me and I'm not allowed to speak about this stuff, then there will be –
So I don't want to get into an ongoing litigation, but there is currently an appeal of the live local case that was won at the trial court level by the city. What is correct is that there The point of this program is, in part, to provide other tools that are available for developers, like the developer who sued us, because it is anticipated that the city would also incur other challenges to our development programs.
And if they were to prevail, we would have a 17-story high dormitory-looking type of building, of which 40% of it would pay almost zero in taxes. And if that were to happen, in about 10 years from now, if we didn't pass some alternative, the Hollywood Beach Broadwalk would be a big group of those ugly dormitory looking like buildings. So to get ahead of that and give an opportunity is really where this came from. I'm surprised that you mentioned that we're not trying to stop on, because this actually was born from that. I mean, we all sat in that meeting. I misunderstood. Yeah, OK.
Yeah, I mean, I really want to... Really quick, you're just misunderstanding. What I'm saying is legally, if a developer comes in and wants to put a live local act at 65 feet, we cannot stop that. What we are doing is trying to incentivize different projects so they don't do that. So I'm not disagreeing with you.
Correct.
But we legally can't stop one. The legal risk, everybody, is that if... If the city ever loses or the law changes that allows live local all throughout within a mile and allows Margaritaville and in this case in this litigation to be used as the comparator saying everything within a mile could be as high as Margaritaville even on the darn broad walk right between surfing and the broad walk, then if we if we don't. intercede and provide an opportunity for that litigation to go away through a bonus opportunity, then we are risking the opportunity for a legal decision to be made. And then it's completely, you know, what's the term? No holds barred. No holds barred, free for all. Every build, every property on Central Beach within a mile of Margaritaville could go up to Margaritaville's height and maximum density allowed in the city. Hardly any review, not even design input. That's the risk we're running here. And so bear with us when you hear about the protections that the upcoming item 22 is there and how it was choreographed to preserve character and at the same time provide enough incentive so people choose that as opposed to sue us on Live Local. then just bear with us and let's talk about it. And with that, can I call the question?
Commissioner Biederman, go ahead. No, I'm just curious where you get 65 feet because Hollywood Tower is 200 feet. She's saying current zoning. Hollywood Tower is 200 feet. So you could go up to 200 feet on the live local because that exists there.
Well, that's the whole argument of height allowed within a mile, which is another legal question that the courts are going to have to decide.
All right. So I'm just saying there's other implications.
There's risk, legal risk. So city attorney, please read the ordinance and call a roll call vote on 19.
An ordinance of the city of Hollywood, Florida amending the city's existing comprehensive plan to establish the Tourism Incentive Density Entitlement, TIDE, program and to provide clarifications to the hotel room pool program and associated hotel room densities within the land use element and the coastal element, as more specifically set forth in Exhibit A, providing for transmittal to the Florida Department of Commerce and other reviewing agencies, providing for severability, and providing for an effective date.
Vice Mayor Kaleri? Yes. Commissioner Gruber?
Commissioner Biederman? Yes. Commissioner Quintana? Yes. Commissioner Shuham? Yes. Commissioner Hernandez? Yes. Mayor Levy?
Yes. All right, let's show the ordinance passing on second reading, item 19, unanimously. On to any discussion and a motion on item 20, which is the transfer of development rights program.
Motion to approve. Second.
We have a motion and a second. I'm going to clear the queue. So if anybody wants to speak on the Transfer Development Rights Program, you can enter the queue. Otherwise, I'll go ahead and take up the motion. City attorney, please read the motion and call, or read the ordinance and call the roll call vote on 20.
An ordinance of the city of Hollywood, Florida, amending the city's existing comprehensive plan to establish a transfer of development rights program within the land use element as more specifically set forth in exhibit A, providing for transmittal to the Florida Department of Commerce and other reviewing agencies, providing for severability, and providing for an effective date.
I'm sorry, let me light up the board here so the mics can be on. Go ahead, Pat.
Vice Mayor Kaleri? Yes. I'm sorry, I had a question.
I already called the, can we reserve it for the next one?
It's about this. It's just a quick. Go ahead, Carol. Okay. So during the P&D board meeting, Bob Glickman asked the question on this as to can a receiving site take units from more than one? Is there any restriction?
It can take more. And is it in the zoning or in the bonus program? Yes.
What is it? So yes, you can, one singular property can receive density from multiple sending sites. The only caveat that I have with respect to that is we've built in a number of safeguards. So for example, we as planning staff want to ensure the sending site still has viability to it with respect to redevelopment or its existing use. So we would require the developer who is proposing to receive prepare a tertiary plan, which effectively is a conceptual site plan for the sending site. They will have to do that in addition to satisfying a number of other criteria associated with transfer of development rights. And the other piece of that is if they decide to remove all density from a specific property, they need to convey that property to the city as parkland if Parks and Recreation determines it is appropriate for parkland.
Okay, and then my last question is it is also constrained by the allowable density at the receiving site, correct?
Not necessarily. So this was less of a concern for us because the county has no restriction because it's more of a rebalancing of existing density. So it's not creating new density. It's just saying density exists on the left side of the island. Let's move it to the right side.
Right, but in our own self-imposed regulations in the overlay, is there no limit to the residential density?
The height would be a limit. The boundaries, the setbacks would be a limit. That's a physical limit.
Yes. So we have not proposed a specific amount of density that should be capped as part of transfer of development rights. Application basis. Exactly. But the physical constraints of the property Setbacks, height, et cetera, will naturally constrain it. But I do want to say we did that very deliberately, because we do recognize on the beach there is a heavy appetite for hotels, specifically in residential areas. And the only way to overcome the county's residential cap is through increasing density. So the two to one ratio will still apply to those residential land uses, which again hopefully creates the incentive for more hotel growth on residential designated land uses.
OK. So just for me, if I am accepting 100 units on my site, but I'm in a location that restricts it to 25 units an acre, I'm accepting 100 only to the extent that the bonus overlay bonus program is going to allow me to use those 100, whether it's restricted by height. What else in that program would limit it? And that would also be 200 hotel rooms.
City commission's discretion, too.
It would be city commission's discretion. Yeah. There is no cap on residential transfer of development rights.
And at the county, it's the same?
It is the same. There's no restriction because, again, it's just a rebalancing.
Thank you. So I don't recall, did the city attorney read? Let's go ahead and reread the ordinance on 20 and take the roll call vote.
An ordinance of the city of Hollywood, Florida, amending the city's existing comprehensive plan to establish a transfer of development rights program within the land use element, as more specifically set forth in exhibit A, providing for transmittal to the Florida Department of Commerce and other reviewing agencies, providing for severability, and providing for an effective date.
Vice Mayor Kaleri? Yes. Commissioner Gruber?
Commissioner Biederman?
Commissioner Quintana?
Commissioner Shuham? Yes. Commissioner Hernandez?
For Hispanic Heritage Month, si.
Mayor Levy?
Si. Si. Yes. All right. I'll show the ordinance passing unanimously on second reading. And following the next ordinance, we'll go ahead and have citizen comments, everybody, if you're here for that. All right, this is the flex units ordinance. Again, just do a quick primer for everybody here on what the flex units are, you know, just so they understand. All within the same pool.
Go ahead. So the city, of course, has flexibility units that are granted to us from Broward County. All municipalities are granted this. We are, I think, one of two municipalities within Broward County that still has them. This creates the framework for utilization specifically on the island, but also recognizes the application citywide. In the next few items, we provide again the criteria, which to date has not existed for citywide application of FLEX. which again are another safeguard for the application of flex on the beach. And then a future item will provide a finite ceiling of application of flex for the beach specifically in relation to the bonus.
So as an example, like the side streets in Central Beach, and you have a basically economically obsolete motel that you're losing money on because insurance and everything else is so high, and you'd love to either build for yourself or sell it to be a North Beach-type three-story townhouse, that would need, for example, an allocation of a residential flex unit to change from motel to the North Beach cottage, right? Correct. And that's what this would facilitate, correct? Correct. And as well on the west side of A1A, where right now there's just commercial zoning and you see asphalt lots with rental boats behind it. This would allow those lots to be, for example, like the beautiful cottagey King's Project and those townhomes that are appropriate and within the appropriate height on the west side of A1A, correct? Correct. I just want people to realize what this flex tool gives and what it could lead to, which is without it, you're stuck. only being able to build another motel or keep a commercial use, which some of them are not viable given how small the lots are and how narrow things are.
Specifically along the Intracoastal, there's a lot of opportunity properties specifically for commercial redevelopment.
So this does give- Too narrow for a hotel, can't meet parking requirements for restaurant, we'd rather have you know, cottagey, you know, basically townhouse. Correct. Or mixed-use development. Thank you. All right. I see I have a queue now. So let's go ahead to Commissioner Shuham, Quintana, and Vice Mayor Coleri. Commissioner Shuham.
And also, I think if I recall our conversation about this, these flex units exist.
Flex units.
And so those folks that the mayor is referring to, they could apply and get those today.
Correct.
We are just expediting that process. We're pulling some of them and putting them on the barrier island.
Tweaking some of that, though.
So they're eligible on the barrier island irrespective. Citywide? What we are trying to do is, in addition to some of the density and height aspects of the bonus program, are trying to calibrate the outcome. So for example, if you want to produce a mixed use project within that northern portion where we've identified, now you have the ability to achieve the height that makes your program more economically viable while still producing an outcome that we would want to see. So a 10-story mixed-use hotel with a couple of residential units within them is perhaps a lot more viable for the pro forma as opposed to doing something else that would otherwise be as of right.
And are the flex units purely residential, or do they count two to one for a hotel room also?
They also count two to one.
OK. Yeah.
Thank you. Let's go to Commissioner Quintana, then Vice Mayor Kaleri.
OK. Thank you, Mayor. This one I'm a little bit worried about. So in my notes, I have 500 dwelling units between Carolina and Garfield Street. Tell me where I got that from. And is that right?
Sorry, I did not hear your full question.
I know, it's OK. So I just have in my notes from this item on flex units, 500 dwelling units between Carolina and Garfield Street. Can you give me some context for what I wrote down?
So that will be discussed in more detail on the next item. But just for a little bit of context in advance of that, we were very deliberate as planning staff to recognize that we do not want necessarily a prolification of residential across the beach. So we were very deliberate to delineate a very specific area that could accommodate it. So this area is a transition from an existing residential land use to a commercial area, the northern portion of the commercial portion of the beach. So within that area, we've identified a maximum of 500 residential units that could otherwise be applied. And that would be the ceiling of application of number of units that could be applied or requested within that geography.
And would the new commission be able to make a determination as things come in? Absolutely. Yeah.
Yeah.
OK. And then I also had a question. There's a public parking component of the flex units.
There's a public parking component to everything. So every development will have to produce 10% public parking of the underlying rate.
We'll explain it in the next presentation, if that's OK. And then I had written down that there's a recommendation in the feasibility study to conduct a transportation and evacuation strategy in this plan. Is that in the next part too?
So what I want to emphasize as part of this recognizing the short-term nature of it, we're relying on the concurrency requirements that the state as well as the building code requires for the approval of each individual development. So through the development review process, each discipline member must create a finding of completeness or the availability of infrastructure, whether that's transportation, whether that's utilities, whether that's fire, whether that's police, planning, urban design, landscape, et cetera. We all, based off of our respective professions, need to make a recommendation for ultimate approval. And that's where we would prepare a report to planning board and say, everyone signed off on this from a concurrency perspective. We have the available infrastructure to facilitate this development. What the study was requesting or recommending as part of the master plan when we're evaluating everything very much holistically, that that transportation analysis be better understood because that of course addresses things like level of service, mitigation to our streets, traffic calming, complete streets, and gets into a different level of detail for infrastructure improvement.
But that wouldn't be until we do the master plan.
Until we do the master plan.
And in the meantime?
In the meantime, we're able to manage the impacts of each individual development on a case-by-case basis.
OK. OK, thank you.
Mayor? Vice Mayor Kaleri.
Don't sit down, don't sit down. So in reference not just to for the record on the we're talking about the intercoastal side with any development that goes in they will be expected before approval to infrastructure to provide infrastructure that meets the current code such as seawall elevation remediation. Correct. Drainage, infrastructure improvements to the area. I just want to make sure that that's on the record.
So no part of this circumvents any of the resiliency objectives through FEMA. Every application, every development must comply with those rules and regulations. And in addition to FEMA, of course, because this is the beach, they must also comply with the coastal construction line if applicable.
Thank you.
Is that a motion to approve, Vice Mayor?
I already did, but motion to approve. I think it's already been approved.
Do we have a motion? No. Motion to approve. Motion from Vice Mayor Clary, second from Commissioner Gruber. Let's go ahead and read the ordinance and call the roll call vote for item 20.
I believe it's item 21.
I'm sorry, 21.
No problem. An ordinance of the City of Hollywood, Florida amending the city's existing comprehensive plan to provide clarifications and modifications to flexibility unit provisions within the land use element as more specifically set forth in Exhibit A, providing for transmittal to the Florida Department of Commerce and other reviewing agencies, providing for severability, and providing for an effective date.
Vice Mayor Clary? Yes. Commissioner Gruber?
Commissioner Biederman? Yes. Commissioner Quintana?
I don't like this one, but I'll say yes.
Commissioner Quintana? Yes. Commissioner Shuham? Yes. Commissioner Hernandez?
Mayor Levy?
Yes. All right. Thank you. That concludes the combined hearing for items 19, 20, and 21, all passing unanimously. Let's go ahead to citizen comments. If you're here to speak on something other than an agenda item today, citizen comments is an opportunity to do that. I'll go ahead and take the cards. And then we'll hear item 22. And maybe we'll take a five-minute break before 22 for the sake of everybody just stretching for a second. Ann Ralston, followed by Michael Seltzer.
Bring a happy hour to citizens' comments. Yeah, baby. Okay, but this is what the chief would have to say.
Happy golf, Tease.
This is 1101 Diplomat Parkway that we're buying that I discussed last time that put me at happy hour. It was 2.75. The property is worth 1.345. I do have my wine drinker and my beer drinker with me. We have 1,100 Diplomat Parkway. That value is 1.237 million next door to this supposed pump station. The one on the dry lot on Funxton, that value is 2.388. And I'm rounding. I'm not doing the hundreds. And then 1111 Diplomat Parkway, which is to the north of it, is valued at 2.238. 258,000 Island. And the dry lot on Diplomat is valued at, oh no, the south side of Diplomat is $3832 million. So you're going to take a pump station and take off what could be a $3 to $3 million house that does have a permit pulled. And you're going to put a pump station between these expensive homes. I wouldn't want to live next to a pump station per se on that kind of property. The pump station that exists now on 14th Avenue It is at 1350 Funxton. It does not stop flooding at Moffitt, which is what this is supposed to fix. It doesn't address any flooding further up. I have showed Raylan the pictures of just a half-hour thunderstorm, what Jackson, Van Buren, Monroe does on 14th Avenue. This is even further away. This pump station would be further away than the one on Funxton and and 14th. This is Diplomat and Funxton at the dead end on the intercoastal. So I have no idea why we're taking off property and ruining values when the pump station, I don't see how it's going to work. That being said, that's on that value. taking off value when you keep insisting we have to put value on. This is a list of permits pulled that three of them are residences that don't call for finals. The property appraiser's office needs a certificate of occupancy to put it on the tax roll. There is such a thing as substantial completion, but you've got to go through headaches. This is dollars, but these things are from 21 to 26, but the permit was pulled in your, thank you, and somebody could yell at me for talking into the mic, because most of you don't, especially Peter, you go like this. 921, 922, these are all permits that are money for the budget.
Thank you, Ann. Okay.
So just for the record, I did speak with Annie. Come on up and get your cocktail glass. But you can stay there for a second, Annie.
Or golf team.
If you don't mind. So publicly, even though I spoke to her off the record, I do want to apologize for the comment that I made, even though it made you famous and we had a discussion, but for actually saying you were at happy hour when we were talking about this exact topic. So I apologize for that because we all get snarky. Thank you.
But see, I can't be at happy hour. I'm here.
I know. But hold on.
Michael Seltzer.
You did have a recommendation, which I'm surprised you did not provide. I ran out of time. It's okay. I'm going to allow you to provide that information because I always say to every person who comes, if there is... If you disagree with the situation, bring a solution. And I think Annie had a solution. So would you kind of please provide it?
OK, on 14th Avenue at Moffett, there is an apartment building. Oh, I printed it out, too. I'll have to go get it. And an apartment building on Hallandale. the property in Hollywood owns this kind of vacant, useless lot. It's kind of gravel and grass. I'll bet you that they'd be willing, or at least we could attempt to look at, to see if a pump station could go there, which is directly at Moffett, and I bet you Hallandale, it doesn't just flood on the north side on the Hollywood. I'll bet you it floods on the Hallandale side, and I'll bet you Hallandale might negotiate with us to manage that pump station and put it that could do something a lot more than paying way over for, and you still have my property on 326. Thank you.
The problem, just to say, just for the record, the problem with that lot, and city manager will correct me if I'm wrong, and mind you, we have been speaking with the ownership, but In order for the pump house to be effective it needs to connect to an outfall And we'd have to then put we'd have to then put if we were to use that lot outfall pipe throughout the golf course a very long distance which would be way more expensive than the Residential lot so it has been looked at the other one is right on the intercoastal and where's the pipe for the 14th that already exists pump station and
because it doesn't help me at all. It doesn't work. I don't want to get into too much of it back and forth. Right, but I'm just saying.
Thanks, thanks. Kat, Uden, come on up. Mark Ross, Siobhan, and finally will be Pam Borgio.
Kat Uden, 1120 Liontree. I urge you to look at the photos of comparisons between Hollywood's Barrier Island and some others in South Florida. You will see that Hollywood's Barrier Island is very narrow. It will erode and only get more narrow over time. The sand bypass project is stalled, and we don't know where we will get sand from in the future. The city commission recently voted to increase the budget for attorney fees another $275,000 to continue to force the Broward County Commission into allowing hundreds of new residents on our public oceanfront land where they may be hit by a hurricane or stranded by floodwaters. and need additional resources. This is not a smart use of our tax dollars. Sea level in South Florida is projected to rise by 21 to 54 inches, up to 4 and 1 half feet by 2070, above the 2000 mean sea level. The regional guidance expects a short to medium term rise, reaching up to nearly 4 and 1 half feet on the higher end of the projection curve. Moderate projections often cite an average expectation of about 3 feet of sea level rise around this time frame. Higher sea levels dramatically worsen king tides and groundwater table elevation. meaning heavy rainfall combined with a 3.3 foot rise can lead to severe inland and coastal flooding. There are at least two more years of pump installation on A1A. At the last Broward MPO meeting I attended regarding A1A, they said that eventually all of A1A will need to be raised. A strong hurricane could completely wipe out roads and sea walls. Lands east of Federal Highway have had major flooding issues, and it will only get worse with a high water table. Packing population density on the coastline is irresponsible and unsafe. Hurricane evacuation routes have been flooded and blocked during regular rainstorms. Cars have been stalled on Sheridan Street and Hollywood Boulevard, and rescue vehicles are unable to get through. If A1A, Sheridan Street, and Hollywood Boulevard are impassable, what happens if there is a high rise fire or if someone has a medical emergency, such as a stroke or heart attack? If the barrier island is destroyed, how long will it be before residents can return? As for the process regarding the September 8 planning and development board meeting, the entire way the public was treated was wrong. Several controversial beach items were placed after several regular agenda items. Even simply the beach overlay program could take hours and be a meeting in itself. We warned that this was too much for one meeting agenda and that residents would not be able to participate because it would run past midnight. 13.01 was placed last on the agenda, and the meeting ran till 2.35 in the morning. Most residents could not stay that late and had to go home. Residents tried to use the link to complete the form to speak virtually and even before the deadline to sign up the previous day, and the link was not working. Not a single resident spoke in favor of 13.01, and residents pay very high property taxes for this dysfunction and disrespect. This does not create trust, and it needs to change. Thank you.
Thank you. Mark Ross. He's not here. Siobhan McLaughlin. And the final speaker is Pam Bourdieu.
Thank you again for being here. A couple of things I'd like to bring up. We have a great David Park facility, and it's tennis. And I think we can expand that. I think we can bring in competition like Del Rey does. And we have the capabilities right here at David Park. And the old police station, my recommendation would be a nice hotel that can house the tennis players and their staff and everybody right there. There's plenty of room. So that's one thing I wanted to mention. The other thing is we in Hollywood Hills are experiencing so much flooding continuously with the everyday afternoon rainfalls. I've reported a couple issues via the Help Me Hollywood app. And this just boggles me. You create a ticket, and then it gets closed. And it's just confusing to the residents. I've asked this for many years. Please change this program, because the residents don't get the response. And then we're having to go and find out. I just get saying, OK, it'll be forward on, and then I don't get acknowledgment. For an example, 441 on Park Road going east. That road is horrible. Park Road, east of 441, going from 441 to 56th Avenue, which is West Park Road. So that road, and I reported that. Potholes like you can't believe. We need, as a community, maybe we need to do street sweeps. I don't know what it takes, but I'd be happy to go around with any of you. And let's try and build our community back to coming out of slums, because it's horrible. Too many people are coming in and just not paying attention to their own homes and codes. So I'd like to suggest that we try and work together with the community and let's build up our property standards again because it's just crazy. I know the Airbnbs are still here and that's okay. They're no longer in my neighborhood because I keep calling on them. I just want to say again that I love my city, and I love each and every one of you. We don't always agree. We don't always see eye to eye, but there's mutual respect, and it has to go both ways. And when I say this dearly, transparency. Everybody needs it. Everybody expects it. You all say it, but we're not receiving it. Thank you.
All right, that concludes citizen comments. How about a five-minute break before we take up 22? We'll all get set up and stretch our legs. Let's recess. All right. Thank you all. We are resuming our city commission meeting after that much needed recess for a minute. The final item on our agenda today is item 22. This is the ordinance of the City of Hollywood amending Article 4 of the Zoning and Land Development Regulations to establish Section 4.26, which is the Hollywood Beach Overlay District, including Part 1, which is the overlay zoning regulations and the optional bonus programs, and Part 2, which is the Hollywood Beach Overlay Urban Design Guidelines, adopting the official Hollywood Beach Overlay Regulation Plan Map. Establishing the public benefit and resilience trust fund and amending the applicable sections of the city's rooftop amenities and zoning map to reflect the boundaries of the overlay district and to provide a five-year sunset of this provision 4.26. providing for findings of fact, codification, conflicts, scrivener's errors, severability, and an effective date. This is an ordinance on first reading, advertised as a public hearing in conformance with state statutes and city codes. There will be a second reading on October 7, and that's it. So let's go ahead and have the staff go ahead and introduce the item and present. Commissioner Shuham.
Yes, as I mentioned before, I am looking for support to table this. If you want to have staff give the presentation. But I feel very strongly that the fact that none of us have had the opportunity to sit and talk through this and understand each other's concerns what we like about it what we don't like about it to bring back to us an ordinance that matches what each of us has um discovered through their research is um is bad i think it's really bad i think that we've had i've had an opportunity to talk to staff I've gone through this to the best of my ability. There is a lot in here that strikes me as off. And there is a lot in here that I like. And there is a lot in here that I still have legal questions about. I have questions for staff about. And I guess one of the most fundamental concerns I have is the actual whole underlying premise for the heights, which we can talk about now. But the bottom line is I think that we would end up with a much better ordinance, a much better bonus program. and a much better sense of transparency as many of the residents here have mentioned if we first the seven of us gathered with staff with these presentations with the experts that they've hired to give us collectively in front of each other a chance to ask these questions And if the answer to that is, well, Carol, you can do it tonight, I think that's not a good answer, because it's almost already 7 o'clock. We're already going to be here for a while. It's much better, I believe, to do it in a workshop. And the fact that we workshop so many things, we workshop septic to sewer, we workshop the stormwater management fees, we workshop things that are much simpler and less impactful than this. and the fact that we're being asked to go through 500 or more pages of background information without ever having discussed this openly in the sunshine with each other seems inappropriate and so with that i would like to table it and ask for support for a workshop so is there a second to the motion
All right, we have a second. Just to discuss, I tell you, I want to hear the item tonight. I don't want to table it. I think this is an opportunity for all of us to hear it, to have the presentation, to ask questions, to hear questions, and we can take it from there. So I don't support the motion at this time. I don't hear anybody else. All those in favor of tabling the item, say aye.
All those opposed, say opposed. Opposed. All right, motion fails. Let's go ahead with the presentation.
Good evening, Mayor and City Commission. My name is Cameron Palmer. I am the Assistant Director of Development Services and the Chief Planner here. And I'm here to speak to you all about the Hollywood Beach Overlay District and the associated urban design guidelines. The item was read into the record. And I'm going to move forward. So I want to provide a little bit of background on how we got to this point, and then we'll jump into this presentation. I'm going to be with you for a moment, so let's get it comfortable. With regards to the background, on March 25, the staff did an informational presentation to this commission regarding the preliminary findings of the feasibility study and was directed to conduct a zoning overlay exercise as an interim strategy. The following with this, July 7th, the first reading of the comprehensive plan amendments took place for TDR Flex and Tide. And then earlier today, we read it in the second, we had second reading. And then the Planning and Development Board passed a recommendation regarding this item before you on September 8th to bring it forward to you with a recommendation of approval with several conditions. Since Planning and Development Board, there have been several refinements to the text as per the conditions of the Planning and Development Board, including the limiting of the maximum height of Precinct 4, which is a Hollywood Beach resort. The defining more clear criteria for bonus height and flexibility application, which was something we heard through the outreach at the Planning and Development Board and through the community. creating standards for the transfer development rights as it pertains to city rights, refining the design waiver criteria, providing new parking in lieu options for the broadwalk and surf road areas, providing standards for beach equipment when we're designing those public spaces, and adjusting the block eligibility structure to be more fine-tuned. And I'll go over what those are more in the presentation. But backing up a step is the discussion how we got to where we are today. And the discussion of heights on the beach is not a new one to the city of Hollywood or to this commission. Dating back as far back as 2002, where the ordinance set the height for certain portions of the beach at 50 feet. And then ordinance in 2005, which spoke about 150 feet limit on the beach tapering down to 60 feet on the broad walk. At this time, staff presented an option to city commission that demonstrated a tapering effect and the results of which. However, an alternate resolution was adopted implementing a 65 feet blanket height minimum on the beach. Later on in 2007, there was a CRA master plan done to continue the work of studying the beach. Then in 2019, there was a beach heights workshop where, again, the idea of tapering heights was brought back to the table in a workshop format. Most recently, in March of 2026, the informational presentation brought forward by staff provided an economic lens to understanding the beach and the existing limitations and challenges of the beach. And that presentation brought us to where we are today. Now, there's a lot of questions as to the why are we doing this. And really, the key here that we want to discuss is that a home rule in the state of Florida is changing, and the planning landscape is changing, often month by month. In regards to this, I'm speaking directly about Live Local and Senate Bill 180. And while those preemptions exist, staff is working to create a path forward that allows collaboration, allows intentional design, and one that incentivizes cooperation with staff instead of circumventing staff. It's a proactive approach. But beyond just having a collaborative environment, It's now tying public benefit to that discussion, bringing together the needs of the community with the incentive program to incentivize development through the city, not going over the city. And it brings back that planning control to the city of Hollywood. So we then went forward with the feasibility study, which outlined several key themes and key elements, including that the beach is built up of character areas, that design is important to the value of the beach. There was case studies on how other cities handle height and the incentivization of height, resiliency elements, and the building conditions that exist today on the beach. This preliminary study was presented in March and then led to the findings that was one of the factors that staff used to craft the overlay district that's before you. As a quick reminder, the study found different scenarios in baseline, medium, and medium-high, and heights that were associated with them ranging from 10 to 15 stories in the medium scenario and 20 to 30 stories in the medium-high scenarios, advising that higher heights than that would yield more public contribution. So after reviewing the report, staff went out to approach the community through community charrettes, through public engagement events. So there's two charrettes that happened, one on the west side of the city and one on the east, in addition to two public information centers that happened here at City Hall, where staff walked through this overlay in a presentation format, answered questions, and allowed for the community to air their concern, but also to be educated on the overlay to understand this very large document. We had online surveys, which we received responses, and we met with stakeholders and business owners throughout the process to better understand the needs of the beach community. And through that process, we heard some very important things. We heard that preservation of scale is important, open space is important, resiliency is paramount, and the need for transportation and parking on the beach mobility concerns rose to the top. Understanding these items, we created the guiding principles for this effort. And these guiding principles outline how we proceeded with the overlay, understanding the value of walkable communities and environmental protection, being very strong on architectural heritage, and avoiding a monolith. Design is very key and important. maintaining scale, but ensuring that we are getting quality growth. Using these eight lenses, staff approached this overlay district to ensure that not only was it a smart and incentivized approach, but it was carefully calibrated for the unique character of the Hollywood Beach. So where we are today, we're on step two, which was our instruction was to advance a near-term solution, develop an overlay. In this case, staff is proposing a five-year term for this program as we advance the long-term master plan for the beach, which will dive deeper, as Ann said, into some of those studies and the continuing the visioning work that we began. Understanding the background and where we are, before I dive into the semantics of the request, it's really important to note that the overlay was designed with the intention of what Hollywood was built off of. Joseph Young had a vision for the city, a vision for everyone, accessible. But above all, thoughtful. And this overlay, while there are many moving pieces, it is thoughtful. It is carefully calibrated block by block to ensure that we are maintaining the character of Hollywood Beach. And while height is really important, and I understand that, it's not the only consideration that we're talking about today. And the bigger question is how the beach functions, how it feels, how it operates, and eventually how will it grow. And growth is important, and managing that growth is equally important. So what is an overlay? An overlay is an additional layer of zoning that sits over a geographic area of land. In this case, I'm going to use the infographic on the screen. We start with your base, which is the existing properties at the bottom. The layer above that is what we call the underlying zoning. You're going to hear us refer to that a couple of times in the presentation, or the base zoning. That is what exists today on the beach with its existing limitations, standards, et cetera. On top of that, what's being proposed today is a Hollywood Beach overlay district. You may see it shortened in this presentation to HBOD, H-B-O-D. It's an optional and voluntary program that sits over top the existing zoning layer that is proposed as this five-year interim strategy. It's really important to note what the overlay does not do, and that helps frame the conversation of where we're going to go tonight. The overlay does not approve any projects in of itself. The overlay does not replace the base zoning. And it's really important that we understand this. Some overlays in other cities work by replacing the base zoning or requiring to be opted in. This is a voluntary and optional program that sits on top of the zoning, which means the underlying zoning standards still apply. It does not automatically grant bonuses or automatically grant reductions, and it does not produce public participation because the overlay program lives within the existing DRC process that has two public outreach meetings in addition to the Planning and Development Board, in addition to City Commission, when it comes for final determination. It's intended to function as a tool to enable, to incentivize healthy growth. It's important to note that nothing is automatic. Bonuses are earned in exchange for public benefit. So let's talk about the bonus framework. We have on the screen the wheel, which is the four pillars of the program. And I'm going to go into each pillar in a little bit more detail. But before I do that, on the left side of your screen is the requirements for all bonuses. And I'm going to walk us through those requirements. And you're going to see this box reappear throughout the presentation. These are the requirements that must be met as a minimum requirement to participate in the program. In addition to this, each bonus pillar will have additional requirements that are calibrated to that request. It's important to note that one bonus pillar doesn't automatically entitle you for another bonus pillar. If someone is seeking height and hotel density, then they're applying for two bonuses. They provide the requirements for both bonuses, and they have to meet all the baseline requirements. And that's really important to note because a lot of the calibration of the incentives or the public benefits, that allows the city to have multiple opportunities to receive public benefit for one particular project. So the first item is compliance with urban design guidelines. This cannot be understated. Urban design guidelines are how the building feel, operates, and how the space interacts with its surroundings. While zoning tells you how high, how wide, and how deep the project can be, design guidelines shapes where the shadows are cast. how the at-grade is supposed to feel. What are you supposed to do in your setbacks? What's the expectation? And through those requirements, that further shaves down what the zoning permits. So just because the bonus precinct may have a certain height maximum, it doesn't mean that it's necessarily achievable if the design guidelines are not properly met. And those really shape and carve the developments to be appropriate and tailored for each individual context. Then there's compliance, and I kind of went into number two, compliance with blocks, assembly, transitioning, step backs, shadows. That's part of the design guidelines. Compliance with LEED silver standards. If you're requesting a bonus for sustainability, in that lens we're looking at ensuring that LEED compliance is met. And lastly, city discretionary approval. Bonuses are not automatic. They go through several layers of review, staff, then planning and development board, and then ultimately resting with city commission. the criteria for which are also in this document. And I'll talk about those in a bit. Now, speaking of the bonus pillars, we're going to walk through them. And you're going to see the exchange for each bonus, what it brings to the city. And those exchanges are directly tied to what we heard from the community, parking, public spaces, resiliency hardening. These are elements that we heard, we took seriously, and we tied them to bonuses. Bonuses are not just being given for the sake of bonuses. They're being exchanged for public benefit. So let's talk about applying the overlay. So the overlay works by using block structure. And this is how we ensure that development is responsible and done in a manner that is sensitive to its context. Every block on the beach is divided into several cells, or several thirds, rather, with A1A being on the west and surf road being on the right. And that defines what a block is. To be eligible for the bonus program, there is minimum assembly requirements. And those assembly requirements ensure that projects that are accessing the bonuses can adequately mitigate and adequately and properly design their sites to match their context. So to achieve the bonuses in the A1A block, you would have to own 1 third of that block or assemble 1 third of the block to participate in the bonus program. This means that the program may not be the right fit for every single property on the beach, and that's OK. The intent is that it's intentional, it's carefully thought, and the developments that are coming through make sense for the context. Then the middle block is what we call the transition block. And that's divided into the north and south. Again, same rule applies. To participate in the transition block, to achieve those bonuses, ownership of this one-third of the parcel needs to be achieved. And lastly, we have our surf road block, which is north and south again, and this allows for bonuses to be applied on surf road if those minimum sizing is achieved. We do have a GIS map database of these, and these are actually mapped in real time. This is just a schematic. In the event that an entire block is owned from A1A to SURF under one ownership, this would qualify for a landmark site. Landmark sites are sites that are, due to their size, have the potential to make a real impact on the city, not only in terms of the height, but in terms of the at-grade experience. These sites are subject to higher design standards, both architecturally, but also at-grade. In doing so, there is an extra 50 feet bonus on these sites. But that exchange comes with the provisions of at-grade exchanges for public benefit, open space, public parking, contributions to the resiliency fund. And we'll get into that a little bit further. So the first pillar is height. Let's talk about what height means in this case. Height in the overlay district is broken down through the precincts and further broken down into character areas. Character areas is the map on the bottom of the screen where you see multiple different colors. And you'll probably notice that each block has a bunch of different colors. And that's because each block has several character areas within the block. And height is then further delineated and at a finer grade in those blocks with height limits, step back, setbacks, and transition requirements. And we have transition character areas from historic broadwalk, surf road character area, transition zone, A1A, and north intercoastal. These names are the same as those cells that I showed you earlier on the screen that divide up the blocks. But going back to the slide for a second, to access the height bonus, not only do all the baseline requirements needed to be met, which is box number one. I won't go over those. But number two is the additional requirements are a resiliency fund contribution to the fund that's being set up as part of this request, and a provision of 10% of publicly accessible parking. And this calculation is done based on the underlying zone requirements. So based on what the zone requires for parking, 10% of that has to be provided publicly accessible. And this is in direct response to the transportation or mobility concerns we heard on the beach about how difficult it is to access public parking. And this way, when requests are coming in for height, the city is not only getting a resiliency fund contribution, the public is getting an access to public accessible parking. When we're talking about heights, let's dive into exactly what is being proposed, because there is a lot of discussion on it. You'll see on the screen what is being proposed in terms of the bonus. So we're not talking about the base zone right now. We're just talking about the overlay, what sits on top. This is what the program is proposing. And you'll notice in areas like North Beach Village, And on the historic broadwalk, it says not applicable, because no bonuses are being proposed along the broadwalk for heights, and no bonuses are being proposed for height south of Boboa Street in North Beach Village. Then you'll take a step down and look at the intercoastal and surf road, and you'll see up to 10 feet. This means that only the bonus program, once you meet those block requirements of assembly, then you're eligible to access the bonus, in this case, of surfboard or intercoastal of 10 feet in addition to what exists in the code today. Again, an incremental and gentle approach to height increase. Then as you step back through the transition zone, which we saw in the graphic is the middle block, the step up is a bonus of 50 feet to what exists today. And along A1A in select areas, up to 131 feet in addition to what exists today. The intent is to have a gradual and incremental approach to height, one that is extremely sensitive of the historic broadwalk and also sensitive of the intercoastal waterway. And that was intentional because of what we heard both in the community engagement, but also what we know of Hollywood Beach being a unique and not only being a unique and a destination because of the broad walk. Moving down the line to the TIDE program, the baseline requirements also are all applicable here. But in addition to the baseline requirements, there are several other very notable requirements for the hotel bonus program. And that is the provision of privately owned public space. We're going to call these POPs for short. POPs are spaces that are carefully designed, and these are outlined in our design guidelines, to be public respite areas with benching, seating, park-like amenities, art, lighting, et cetera. In addition to that, a 10% provision of public accessible parking is required. And this program is capped at 35 rooms per acre. It's really important to note that there's a sliding scale of how much POPs have to be provided for how many rooms per acres are being requested. That way, the bonus request is in proportion, or the public exchange is in proportion to what the request is. Now on the screen, you'll see the map of where the TIDE program can be used. And at the bottom, you're going to see images of other POPs that exist in Florida. It's important to know POPs are not leftover landscape. They're not leftover setbacks. They're not afterthoughts. They're carefully designed. And part of the guidelines is tasked with ensuring that when applicants come forward, that they're meeting the guideline requirements for POPs and they're providing meaningful contributions to the public realm. Then we have our TDR pillar, which is the third pillar of the program, transfer development rights, moving development permissions from one site to another in an effort to maintain scale and character and conservation on one side and allowing development where it's otherwise more appropriate. This, too, comes with additional requirements in that the receiving site has to be able to have the capacity to implement those units or those rights that are transferred. So it's not a carte blanche approach where you just transfer freely. Staff remains in control of reviewing the receiving site through the site plan review process and the sending site providing a tertiary plan to ensure that the site will not be void of function and use and will not be a eyesore on the sending site. In addition to this, their provision of 10% publicly accessible parking is important. And both sites have to enter into the bonus program in terms of review. Again, it's really important to note that this program is brokered through the city. It's not a program that's handled privately. To access transfer development rights, you need to enter the program, participate in all the baseline requirements, and meet the intent of the design guidelines. And that's really important to understand so that we maintain not only control, but the inventory of the rights that are being transferred. And on the map, you'll see the sending and receiving areas of transfer development rights. It's important to note, area number one is hatched in the green to indicate that that area is a sending area only. No receiving can happen south of Balboa Street in precinct one. And then lastly, we have flex units. And flex units are not a new tool to the city of Hollywood. We have them in our comprehensive plan. We spoke about them in length in the previous item. But what this tool allows is the city to finally incentivize the use of these units, units that are already available today through this program and a scoped application of flexibility units in precinct two. I'll show you a map in a bit. It allows for flex units to be used through new development and through the provision of 10% of publicly accessible parking. And again, the intent of the FLEX program is that most of the beach is density capped with the land use as it exists today. The FLEX program unlocks value in lands that are designated general business in our comprehensive plan, which is limited in scope to Precinct 3, where you see the hatched area on the map. Again, really intentional application of flex units. A careful portion of the beach has been chosen, one that will not degrade the function and viability of the economics of the hotel industry in Central Beach or throughout the rest of the beach. And lastly, we have the COAST framework. While this is not a bonus in itself, think of it as a toolkit to help sharpen these bonusing tools to achieve better or more efficient results, ranging from things such as parking reduction and commercial frontage reduction. Right now, our code has certain requirements for commercial frontages that may be less than optimal for the market or may draw attraction away from the broad walk. This enables developments, once they meet the requirements, to receive parking reductions for non-residential uses. So residential uses will continue to provide full parking. But for hotel uses and tourism uses, where we know there is a different travel pattern for these types of end user, parking reductions help enable smarter floor plates and more efficient designs, which then allows for more public benefit to be happening in the public realm. as well as active liner reduction. We've also made a refinement to the base code as it pertains to rooftop amenities. Right now our code has a limit of 10%. We're expanding this to 40% of the floor area to be enabled for rooftop amenities. Another attempt to activate these spaces and contribute to the tourism and character of the beach by activating underused spaces. So what is before this commission? The package before you, I know it is a lengthy package, many pages understandably. But that's because there's a lot of important language and direction in here that describes how the City of Hollywood wants to grow. Chapters one and two, or the main portion of the document, speak to the overlay, how it functions, what is a bonus request. It defines the character areas and sets up the maps to be the guiding body of this document. Chapter three, very important, is the urban design guidelines. And this establishes how buildings look, feel, and operate. Sections four and five, the bonuses that we just spoke about, TIDE, FLEX, TDR, and HEIGHT, and the voluntary nature of these programs. But in addition to that, the public benefit. How do we calibrate parking? And how do we calibrate those publicly open spaces? That's in that section. And lastly, there's review and accountability. The last portion of this text talks about the criteria that the commission will use to evaluate these requests. The timeline of the request being five years, and the public participation portion. It's really important, again, to say that it's a voluntary program. It's optional. And it creates development opportunity where applicants can meet the requirements of the program. where the site assembly cannot be met, or public parking cannot be provided, or where the trade-offs cannot be done, then those sites are just not candidates for the program. Let's take a moment to talk about our special focus here, which is the Hollywood Beach Resort. In our last presentation in March, we went into detail about this site. And it's really important to note that this is a carefully crafted portion of the code. Precinct 4 has a whole chapter of specific guidelines in terms of design, but also in terms of how height is supposed to work in this area. It's also important to note that because it is in the historic district, it will still be subject to the historic board reviews. Bonuses will still go through the board, then to city commission. We spoke about this at our last presentation regarding the cycle of deterioration this property is in, regarding its existing condition, the other factors that affect its condition, finances and existing debt, and that to break that cycle, there needs to be reinvestment. Understanding the city doesn't own the property or the lands around it, how then do we participate in our own vision? And that's through the framework and the policy and adjusting the levers that we do control. And Precinct 4 speaks primarily to creating a shared vision, one that has coordinated investment, stronger working relations, and a vision that enables landmark development in a place where landmark development was always conceived. There are two ways for development. It's really important to know that this juncture, the Planning and Development Board did proffer a recommendation to height limit this precinct to 300 feet as a maximum. On the screen, you'll see that highlighted. That is a Planning and Development Board recommendation that we are bringing forward for your consideration. There are two means for development, one through a unified master plan and one through a non-unified master plan. The intent of both of these strategies is to bring all owners to the table, because it is in the city's best interests that a master plan is developed for this area. With the non-unified approach, Tide, Coast, and TDRs are not applicable. Through the unified master plan, the additional Tide and Coast framework that we spoke about earlier are eligible and are applicable. The public open space requirement is still applicable for both pathways. And through the unified pathway, prior to the Planning and Development Board recommendation, city commission had the ability to authorize additional height. It's important to note that the Planning and Development Board recommended that that be struck in from the text and that a maximum height of 300 feet be applied. I'm presenting both for you so you have the understanding of what the board recommended and what the text previously to that outlined. Now I'm going to take a moment. We're going to stop talking about the wiring of zoning and take a moment to talk about design and the importance of design on the beach. And not only what it does, I just want to take a quick precursor that design is something that typically doesn't lead these kinds of efforts. And for the first time in a very long time, staff working internally and externally with stakeholders have taken a serious look at design, not how it can be done as an afterthought, not how it can be done as a what if, but how it can be done as a must have. And Nicole's going to walk us through that.
Good evening, mayor, vice mayor, and commissioners. My name is Nicole Moyo. I wear many hats, but today I am principal of urban design and long range planning. I'm going to be speaking to you about the urban design guidelines. So the importance of the urban design guidelines is very, very critical. It's really about building a vision. Right now, the planning department is dealing with developments on a case-by-case basis, which means you're really relying on staff to negotiate the best design conditions possible. What the design guidelines then do is standardize these so that we have guidelines that supersede staff and are a standard that are applicable to any development that comes through for the beach through the overlay program. So all developments will need to be in compliance with the urban design guidelines. So just to reiterate why they're important, we need a cohesive vision for the community. We recognize that Hollywood is unique. So how do we reinforce that through design guidelines? How do we improve the quality of the public realm? How do we continue to promote walkability, safety, and accessibility? There was a question earlier, does any of this development prohibit access to the beach? Absolutely not. And the guidelines are there to really reinforce that, but in an even better way, which means the quality of the walk and access to the beach is even better. How do the guidelines also support sustainable and climate responsive design and provide clear expectations for high quality development? So what are guidelines? I'm just going to break them into three clear buckets. The guidelines are broken into the build form. The build form speaks to the architecture and your massing. What does it feel like from the ground floor plane? What does it look like from a car? And how do buildings start to shape the skyline? Our open space speaks to those lingering spaces. We understand there's a large beachfront, but we also heard in the community engagement that people want more park-like spaces to walk their dogs, or to go to when they're not at the beach. So how do we start to build that into private developments? Then circulation. How are people getting around the beach? We can think about this from the pedestrian standpoint. We can think about it from the biker. a car, but even ecology. So we even think about birds on the beach. Embedded in the guidelines are mitigation against a lot of birds even dying on the beach, on high rise skyscrapers because there isn't mitigation for good glass design that stops them from flying into it. So none of this really exists today and they've been baked into the guidelines. So I'm going to take you through a series of images and these are for illustrative purposes. So if you're like me, I understand the text is very complex, but what does that text then start to look like? When we start to implement the zoning, the guidelines then help us understand what that zoning looks like. So you're going to see a graph that comes up, and I'm going to go through each character area. You're looking at the historic district right now on the right. It also shows you that the height is not changing and that all developments that are in the historic district still need to go through the Historic Preservation Board. What you also see is that there is a FEMA flood line that we need to consider when we are looking at these developments. So the image above that, again, which is for more illustrative purposes, shows you what can happen on that FEMA flood line, your base flood line area. So it allows for canopies or flexibly usable space. Sorry. or it really gives us opportunities to really activate the broad walk. And I have another example that I'll speak to. So on the surf road character area, which you heard about earlier, we move up to what is allowed today. So this is your six stories, but you still need to consider your FEMA baseline. So what you see then in the image for illustrative purposes is how to treat that area to ensure that it still activates the street, to ensure that the architecture is still very much refined and speaks to the boutique-like architecture that we would like to see. So this is a much smaller scale. development. And we spoke about the flexibility of being able to have more of a hotel-like function or a residential. And the guidelines call for design mitigation in this way. The transition zone is where we now see a change in height. So that's only at the 2 thirds. of the block from A1A. Again, I'm now going to speak to an area called the podium. The podium is the first four stories of any building. This is what defines your public realm. This is what the eye can see. from the ground floor plane. So this is where we really call for active frontage. And as you can see in the image there, you have lots of light. We have lots of transparency. And then you start to set back the building. So you start to see the buildings getting a little bit slimmer over there. What you would see in a code, or what you would understand in the code, is just the graph. But what the guidelines then further ask for is clear articulation of the balconies so that no building looks the same. We don't want to see any similarity in architecture. But what we do want to see is a reinforcement of art decor and coastal modern design. So this is what the guidelines help us here with. Then on A1A, where we allow for the most height, again in response to public comment, how do we activate the ground floor? How do we ensure that we have clear signage and really use these as gateway opportunities? When we did our public outreach, we really understood the A1A to be part of the gateway and first impression that people have of Hollywood as they are driving along that road. So how do we get people to slow down a little bit and say, hey, actually, it looks like there's some cafes here. There's some art. Let's park, and let's spend a little bit of time here. And so with this diagram here, you can also see, for illustrative purposes, that the building gets narrower as it goes higher. Again, this is to ensure that we are letting as little shadow onto not only the streets, but also to the beach. So if you look at the entire cross section here, which then also includes the intercoastal, we've really set back where the height comes in. We've also done some 3D modeling testing to ensure that we're not getting any shadows projected onto the beach from the A1A corridor. So again, this is a graph for illustrative purposes so you can understand the transition of height and where height is applied, and then a clear understanding of what the requirements are at the FEMA floodplain level and then the podium. So I'm going to use this image again for illustrative purposes as an example of how the guidelines help us. So just for your information, we haven't had urban design guidelines updated in the past 20 years. So this is really an opportunity for us to look at projects that are existing and seeing how they could have further been enhanced. So this is an example. As of right, you can see that is the FEMA floodplain elevation. However, it's resulting in a lot of blank walls. It's not just this example on the screen. We see this in many projects that come in, and we have to negotiate. We recognize that the broad walk is so unique to not only south of Florida, but one of the only broad walks on a beach in the whole country. So how can the design guidelines really help us activate something so special. So in the bottom slide or bottom right image, you can see what the potential of that same site can be. It can be activated through public art. It could have an active use on it. It could have landscaping. So these are all things that are embedded directly into the design guidelines. I think there's a slide that I, OK. Oh, there it is. Oops, sorry. Let me go back. There we go. So I'm going to end on this again. This is about creating a clear vision and what the actual outcome of the design guidelines starts to look like. I know there are questions. What are the implications of this? So the guidelines have clear direction about the expectations of landscape. clear expectations about public art and just want to reinforce public art is not just sculptures and murals. Public art is architecture. And that is why many people travel to many different countries around the world, because of the unique architecture that you find in those areas. So that is also part of the ask. And then in the open space, we've thought about turtle lighting, additional seating, and allowing for a lot of the landscape to help us with the water absorption, and not just having asphalt treatment to those publicly accessible spaces within the setbacks. So really, again, this is about building a vision and something that we are really excited about. And I'm going to hand back over to Cameron.
Thank you, Nicole. I really appreciate that. And I just want to take us back to, as we're rounding up the presentation, on the screen is the criteria for text amendments in Article 5 of our code. And then on the screen is our recommendations. Before I go further, I just want to really bring back home that from Planning and Development Board to now, we have tightened our requirements in the text regarding shadowing. A lot of discussion has come up about how do we avoid the same buildings being repeated down A1A, this canyon effect. What about shadows on the beach? We don't get how it's not going to be shadowing on the beach. The reality is there has never been shadow guidelines and mitigation standards as strong as the ones that are proposed today, which means that if to mitigate shadow mitigation means that if you are not able to meet the expectation of no shadows on the beach, the building shape, form, and size must be adjusted. That's what mitigation means. And through that adjustment, because each side of the beach is different geographically, buildings will naturally have a different look, shape, and feel. Before you is a recommendation for approval from the Planning and Development Board for the Texas Amendment with the condition of limiting the height in precincts 4 to 300 feet or 30 stories. Or sorry, 30 stories. The overlay approval of the map set and approval of the rooftop amenity changes in Article IV, Section 4.22 . And before I leave you, I really do want to emphasize something. Being the leader of the planning division, I'm a development planner by trade. I've worked both in this context and abroad. And one of the hardest elements to get from the development community is good design, especially in an environment that is lacking of guidelines. On the screen is what you will see. Some may say these are pretty pictures. And they are indeed pretty. But those pretty pictures are impossible to achieve without guidelines. Staff has to negotiate very hard for the conditions that we get. But without guidelines, without direction, without expectation, there's no way to achieve them. So yes, they are pretty pictures, but they're important pretty pictures. They're an important element of this document. And that's why we're making them part of the zoning text, so they become a law and they become real. It's no secret that change is going to happen. Change must happen. We're facing change at the legislative level. The question here is, how are we going to shape this change to make it tailored to a Hollywood approach? How are we going to take control of that change so that we are proud of that change? And lastly, how will we craft that change in a meaningful way? And by meaningful, what will we get from it? Will we get public spaces? Will we get public parking? Will we get contributions to our resiliency fund? Or will we get told how high, how wide, and how much? That is what we're bringing forward toward this commission. And we trust that you're able, we're here to answer questions, but we trust that you're able to see that both elements of this request, the zoning and the guidelines are equally important. Thank you.
Thank you, Cameron and Nicole. Great work. Great job with the presentation. I think everybody here in the audience on both sides of the room can be very proud of the professional staff that we have. This is very complex work. As you see, it's the result of over a year of them taking in public input, whether you want to admit that or not, and putting in a plan that really tries to strike that balance, that important you know, very critical balance between preservation and economic and tourism investment, and to present them not as competing goals, but both as a combined objective within the same ordinance. And I think they certainly achieved that here, given how everything that's been presented demonstrates how it's been carefully thought out, not applied uniformly to the entire beach, but rather specifically within character areas. divided into six of them, six precincts, and also within those character areas where you allow for potential height and potential additional investment, namely along A1A, and then scaling very down quickly to preserve sunlight, to preserve the feel and the charm and the pedestrian experience that we all know the Broadwalk is. And so I appreciate everybody's work. I want to just say that. How many? I'll take the speaker cards, Pat. thank you for submitting a speaker card let's go ahead total of 38 cards let's go ahead and Ralston followed by Justin del Sesto
Number one, live local. As well as this commission is going to change drastically, hopefully, in November, so will the governor's office. We live local may go away. Who knows? We don't know. Because just like this, and you're saying it can sunset, it could go away. Who knows? So that's one thing. I think the scare tactics are coming from all you. Oh my god, we're going to have Live Local, and it's going to be a box, and it's going to be ugly, and this is how we can do it. I personally just don't like changing the feel of that beach. And that's what this is going to do. Also, number one, I don't see a bike path there. It is a pretty picture. I don't see a bike path. I'm not sure that a wheelchair could get through there with people walking or a bike coming. I don't know any building that's going to do that. And man, I can tell. just barely see the ocean through those trees. So that doesn't entice me. When I want to walk down a broad walk, I want to see the ocean. So that's one thing. There is no trust, period, in this group on what's been said. And I'm sorry to say that, but I don't trust a word of it. I think it's gaslighting. I think it is because you've rushed this through. You're pushing it on us. And I think changing that beach that's been this way for 100 years, minus the hurricane of 26, that we get, I don't know what we get out of it for public space. Three parking spots that I'm going to pay $40 to park at? I don't know. It's unknown figures and unknown layers. I've been told for 40 years. that the budget that we had to build all these tall buildings so we can keep our taxes low. But the infrastructure wasn't taken care of. Those buildings did not lower my taxes. I pay more in sewer. I pay more in sanitation. I pay more in taxes. And now I'm really paying insurance. That's what should be looked at as opposed to taxes itself. So I live in an overlay district. Here's what happens. I live in the historic overlay district. I have to follow the rules. But gee, the MIPFA didn't have to. It wasn't deemed historic. Well, neither was my house. Yet I had to follow those guidelines to get a permit. So when you tell me it's an overlay and they have to follow things, I don't know if it's historic or not or if it's in that overlay or whatever. So there's no trust here. And I am sorry to say that because I voted for a lot of you at one time or another. But I'm really sad to say I just can't wait for the commission to change. And I'm sorry to say that.
Justin DelSesto followed by Michael Seltzer.
All right. Again, thank you all for everything that you've done and what you're doing. Unfortunately, what the woman said, I kind of agree with, that the credibility and the trust of this group is kind of diminished. And it's disappointing. And the problem is that you say you want to use Live Local because you're going to save us from Live Local. Unfortunately, 1301, you pushed through our throat last week, and that was under Live Local. So you're saving us from Live Local, but you're using Live Local to put up 1301. You can't have it both ways. Are you going to save us from Live Local or are you going to use Live Local? So that's where your credibility gets crushed. So I'm the grandson of a former governor, a former state governor. And in all the years that I've lived in the state as a child, not one person ever came to me and said my grandfather had done something against the public's interest. Just the opposite. Everywhere I went, people of every background told me how honest he was and how much he did to care for the state. I've never had to carry the weight of a decision he made. I ask you tonight to think about your own children and their children who will walk this speech and what they'll carry. Because overwhelmingly, the people of Hollywood do not want what happened in Hollandale and Sunny Isles. This speech has been protected for decades. Voting now to dismantle that is not a public good. I can't imagine that approving a 340 to a 490 foot tower at the end of Hollywood Boulevard is a decision people would be proud of. Now, he mentioned that maybe it will only be 300 feet. But who knows, with the 150 bonus on top, it won't be 450 feet, because we don't even know what to trust anymore. But that's a crazy height. And so that's not using live local to save us to put a 490-foot tower at the end of Hollywood Boulevard. And I don't understand how the city staff can argue with a straight face that a tower of that height is keeping with the character of the beach. It isn't. It's plainly out of character. It's not a live local defense. So I can go into Calvin and Giordano and what they said, because they said that the height should be about 10 stories on that land, 125 feet capped. And everybody says, well, the public wants this. They want parking. They want this. What the public said is that they don't want height on the beach. It's that simple. They just don't want height on the beach. So to this day, I've never once felt embarrassed by a decision my grandfather made in office. I hope years from now, your children will be able to say the same of you. So please make the right decision.
Thank you. Michael Seltzer, followed by Terry Cantrell. I don't know. Followed by Terry Cantrell, then Felipe Carey.
Hear me? I want to discuss the Hollywood Beach Resort, and the question must be asked, how does Gary Jaffe, the property owner in front of the Hollywood Beach Resort, get four stories when the Hollywood Beach Resort gets 34 stories and possibly more with bonuses? But I'm told if Gary makes a deal with the Hollywood Beach Resort, they both get 49 stories. But Gary doesn't want to make a deal because they don't want to pay up. He already has a deal for much more than they offered. So he's being penalized. You are all opening yourself up to a lawsuit. And it's totally unfair. And who in their right mind could ever agree to something like this? I want to know who came up with this nonsense. Someone whispered into my ear the other day that the staff that works here wasn't devious enough to think of this scenario. They told me who they thought devised the plan, but for the moment, it'll remain silent. From listening to the citizens, no one wants 30, 34, 35, or 49 stories. No one wants a commodity condo with between 600 and 900 units that allow daily, weekly, monthly rentals. It will be nothing more than an Airbnb with few or no full-time residents. It'll be a disgrace to what we were all striving for, that five-star condo and hotel, a catalyst for the beach redevelopment. In fact, most of you who I met agreed with me. They were outraged when they heard of that Gary Jaffe situation. And please, you all know who I'm looking at. I'm outraged as I talk to you. I hope the city cannot mandate economics No, I was told the city cannot mandate economics, but you can surely mandate height. I urge all of you, yes, all of you, to mandate 20 stories, maybe topping off with 25 stories with certain bonuses, and enforce no rentals shorter than six months on this property. We don't need another Airbnb in the beach. Hopefully, we will have plenty of hotels. Related, who has the Hollywood Beach Resort under contract with two other people, are building a five-star condo in Bal Harbor. They are building one as we speak. on Hillsboro Beach, the Rosewood, the Ritz-Carlton, and West Palm Beach. Related and BH is building a W Hotel and condo in Pompano. Related built the SLL Hotel on Brickell. Tara and another partner is building a luxurious Hyatt Convention Hotel in Miami and the Doval Hotel on Mid Beach. Clearly, all three have extensive experience building five-star condos and hotels. But if they are proposing in Hollywood, it is a disgrace. Thank you. And all of you should be embarrassed if you pass this.
Thank you. You haven't seen anything proposed yet, but yeah, you still have an opinion. Terry Cantrell. Hold on. Terry Cantrell, followed by Felipe Carey, followed by Alex Riccio.
Good evening. At last, Philippe Carrier, 1201 South Ocean Drive. At last Tuesday's planning and development meeting, Bob Glibman made some very interesting comments. The staff and board refused to take into consideration regarding the Hollywood Beach overlay, especially new building heights. Based on their findings, a developer building a six-story building on Hollywood Beach with around 45 units would lose $2.8 million. The staff was using $900 per square foot. This is incorrect. Based on the current three Hollywood Beach properties, Hollywood Moon Icon on a Beach, Eturna. The current square footage for a new building on Hollywood Beach is $1,200, not $900. This drastically changed the scope of this analysis from the staff study. Attachment C, page 32. If you use the same number and just change the square footage price to $1,200, the developer would make $21.4 million profit on a six-story 45 unit. If the staff just created this study and used current info from the LMS, we would not need to build a 10-, 15-, 20-, or 30-story building on our barrier island. I am not asking you. I am please begging you. to review this overlay survey and to make the appropriate height changes to six stories on the Hollywood Beach barrier island. Thank you.
Thank you, Alex Riccio, followed by Danny Gulf, then Karen Kermis.
Good evening. My name is Alex Riccio. I'm a Hollywood business owner, Hollywood Hills resident, and a candidate for City Commissioner District 3 this November. Given that last title, it should come as no surprise and perhaps selfishly that I would like to vote on this in a couple months. But we're here now, and so I'll pose this question. If you are going to pass these items, How can we improve them to ensure economic modernization while also prioritizing the city's ability to protect Hollywood Beach's character and history? These are not simple issues. Show us the possibilities, including AI-generated videos that take these concepts off the page and into the real world, depicting best case and worst case scenarios. What could be built? Where could it go? How high could it be? What could it look like from the broad walk, from the street, and from neighboring properties? The purpose of this effort is to support reinvestment while protecting the beach's unique character and history. I think that goal is worth pursuing. I watched the budget hearing. We need the money for good infrastructure for our great staff and our services. I also understand the city creating a framework in response to changes in state law, including the Live Local Act. So to the extent this helps combat Live Local, I'm for it. Live Local is dangerous and should not be used by any party in its current form. But precisely because the stakes are so high is precisely why we need to get this right. For example, are we doing everything possible to preserve important historic buildings like Hollywood Beach Hotel? Are those protections clearly spelled out? Do they require verifications by independent third party experts? Are we encouraging the inclusion of surrounding parcels into this project? in an effort to diffuse the proposed height and density laterally as opposed to vertically? With transfer of development rights, how are these transfers controlled? What safeguards prevent credits from being overaccumulated and from ultimately producing buildings that are 49 stories high and completely out of scale with Hollywood Beach? If a project receives additional development capacity, could they provide parking for older properties that do not have enough? Could developers lease spaces for a defined period, create parking for day trippers, or make meaningful improvements to surrounding properties? Hollywood Beach needs investment. Our businesses need to succeed, our hotels need to remain competitive, and we need more of them. Controlled modernization and intentional preservation do not have to be enemies. So let's revitalize Hollywood Beach. But let's prioritize Hollywood Beach's unique character, charm, and history, because at the end of the day, that is what makes us special. That is what differentiates us in the marketplace of South Florida beaches, and because that is who we are at our core. as a beach and as a city. So let's not lose sight of what makes Hollywood Beach the Hollywood Beach we know and love for the past 100 years. Thank you.
Thank you, Alex. Danny Golf followed by Karen Kermis.
I'm Danny Golf and I'm a board member of the summit. I want to talk about safety. Everybody else talks about other issues.
I want to talk about safety.
Narrow barrier island is ecologically fragile in this narrow piece of land between the beach and the intercoastal. It is subject to severe beach and dune erosion. The infrastructure is already constrained. The area suffers routine tidal and saltwater flooding. The addition of additional 20, 30, 40 floors buildings through the overlay zoning could cause buildings sinking. just like in Sunny Isles. And I think we heard that name about 10 times today, Sunny Isles. We don't want to be Sunny Isles. No, we don't. And building shifts. On another subject, if you build such tall buildings, you need at least a third of the size of the height of the building underground. Do we have the room for that in our fragile structure on this narrow piece of land? The Army Corps of Engineers has been highly involved in the beach protection and long-term erosion along the Hollywood Beach. Their conclusion is a warning that packing massive concrete structures onto the fragile, narrow sandbags barrier then dangerously vulnerable to sea levels rise and storm surges. Did you guys read this report by the Army Corp of Engineers? Did you guys read this report? Evacuation. Enveloping the summit with two huge 20 and 30 floors new construction will force the building to add those two new buildings, to add elevator concrete layers to the existing sites, as to leave the summit in a valley between them. Flooding from the rains and hurricanes can cause unbearable evacuation attempts, and even worse, destruction. Mayor Levy, you looked me straight in the eyes on your last re-elections, and you promised me. You said, Danny, that's me. We would never build anything over seven floors in front of your buildings. That was your words, and you looked me in the eyes when you said that. Thank you very much.
Thank you. Karen Kermis, followed by Kat Quinlan. Karen Kermis. Let's go to Kat Quinlan. Elaine Kuser. Pam Borgio. Followed by Donna Green. Then Mark LaValley.
You can't see it, but I am smiling under here. In regards to the beach overlay, it has its pros and its cons. And I'm concerned that, well, let me just back up a second. I was just mentioning to a fellow resident that from West off of 595 and University Drive, you can see Miami skyline and you can see Fort Lauderdale skyline. What I don't see is Hollywood skyline. And that's what makes it awesome. And the bigger we build, the less air we all receive. There are problems. And I understand that the city wants to revitalize the beach, which I really don't understand 100%, because the beach does well on its own as it is, because that's what we hear all the time. The beach is our tourism, and it's there. So why are we changing it to higher density when it's working? If we want it to work and you want to build higher, don't go higher than the Margaritaville. It's that simple. But I think as a suggestion from the P&D board, they said 15 max. And I like that idea. I was actually rooting for 10. But I'll take the 15 if you so agree to that. My concern is that you're going to put the mom and pop motels out of business. Because the developers are going to come in, and they're going to build these big buildings next to the mom and pop motels, which is why people come to the beach. They want to stay at a mom and pop resort. You go to New Smyrna Beach, it's the same thing. It's gorgeous. I was just there two weeks ago. And it has its unique charm. Ours is better. And we need to keep that unique charm. And I ask you and plead with you to reconsider having a workshop before we make a final decision. And let's come together with more ideas, more ways, without having to set a permanent structure, even though we know it's temporary for five years, which I don't believe it's going to stay at five years. Why don't we start with a five-year minimum, but start at 10 or 15 stories in a certain area, and then see how that works? Why do we have to do the entire beach? As staff said, it's only a mile long. What are we doing to ourselves? Right now, people can't even drive on A1A. We can't even park on the beach areas because too many things are wrong. And I just implore that we get together and let's rework out some of the issues that the public wants. We understand development has to continue. Smart development is what we need. Thank you.
Thank you, Pam. Donna Green. Followed by Mark LaValley, then John Fowler.
Hello, Donna Green one more time, 526 North Rainbow Drive. I appreciate all the work the staff has done. But what we residents keep hearing is that all of this planning is to prevent bad development. But everything we see and hear looks and sounds exactly like bad development. It feels like a rush job, and the height is disturbing. The pictures I see look very pretty, but I don't see Hollywood. I see skyscrapers and storefronts that look like a mall. No unique character. Nothing about Hollywood, which is why people come here. So we're going to sanitize, beautify, and lose everything that we love about Hollywood. The city's public outreach for this overlay attracted 34 people at two meetings and 196 responses online for a city of 150,000. There might be a good reason for poor turnout, though, because I looked at the data, and the majority of responses stressed the importance of low-rise development. Yet this high-rise development five-year plan is what we got. So the community engagement is really not considered from what I can see. I don't see an accurate reflection in this five-year plan. Beach improvement does not have to mean overdevelopment. Our city has the upper hand because we have beachfront property in South Florida, which is rare. We can demand reasonable development that fits our city's character. Plenty of money can still be made without destroying our beach with extreme height. We don't know what the next step is with the changes the legislature is going to do. When we say that we can't worry about using the changes from this overlay to get extra height based on the bonus, that could change next year. So all these changes could change again. So I worry about so many people on the beach. Just for example, on my street, people get two, three, four Amazon deliveries a day, Uber Eats deliveries. Imagine the number of people, wealthy, in these buildings getting that many deliveries, that many extra cars and trucks, which have to go back and forth to add to the traffic. Just that alone is going to be a nightmare. So please, please consider a redesigned plan. Thank you so much.
Thank you, Donna. Commissioner Gruber has a point of order or question for staff.
For staff, just a quick question because people are talking about 490 feet, but in the presentation I just saw a max of 300. Can someone just give me some clarification on that?
I mean, we're We can get into the discussion afterwards. We're going to get to the details afterwards. If we interject with questions now. Sorry. Go ahead, Nicole.
Sorry, because that's what I saw, 300, and people are mentioning 490. I just want clarification if there's something that's 490 in there that's
Well, the bonus program right now allows that, and we're going to discuss that. The Planning and Development Board recommendation was 300, but the current proposal was a base plus, if it's unified, the opportunity to go higher as a unified site. Correct. On Hollywood Beach Resort, which is a separate focal point property. Right. Right. So that's the PDB recommendation, correct?
That's correct.
Right. Mark, Mark, come on up. Mark LaValle. No. John Fowler. Followed by Stephanie Barnes. Then Sharon Tulatron. Sean Tulatron. Hello, Mr. Fowler.
Hello, Josh. You guys, some of the staff knows me from campaigning in the past. I've only been here for the first time tonight. And I'm also a civil engineer retired. And what I found through your staff is that there's a lot of things missing on the structural and that type of thing. It's like listening to a used car salesman selling you a used car without tires and telling you it runs good. And there's a lot of missing things, too, on the impact on cases of hurricane. You build those buildings. The evacuations are getting them out of the area. The roadways aren't wide enough. Excuse me. I've got a horse tonight. And the bridges aren't wide enough. So you guys are looking for a disaster. You put more buildings up there. Plus the fact of the water and the sewers, the electric. Who's going to pay for all of this when they increase the cost of these utilities? It's not going to be those buildings. It's going to be everybody in Hollywood. And right now, even my property taxes have gone up out of sight. And my electric, my water, it's just crazy. You guys need to get your crap together.
Thank you, Mr. Fowler.
Thank you.
Stephanie Barnes, followed by Sean Tillitron, then Sierra Mano.
Hi, my name's Stephanie Burns again. See those pictures, like everything's like two stories? This is what you're going to get. This is the height of the Hollywood Beach Hotel. Actually, it's a little bit taller at 49 stories. That's what you're going to get. There's only one block from the frickin' beach to A1A. You can see they have a nice little planted area in there. So they definitely put lower development at Sunny Isles Beach. This is what we're going to get by these standards. There's so much obfuscation. You can't even tell us the actual heights. When you had that one slide with the heights, it was the bonus heights. So what? Can they combine bonuses? Is there any limit? Can you tell us, staff? Is there any limit? We don't even know. Do you guys know? Is there a limit on the height? Live local. OK, you guys passed 1301 before live local was even enacted. So that's a joke. And if live local, they're building to whatever the highest is. Now you're going higher. The trade-offs, they just favor mega development. you know, using all these things from smaller landowners, that's just going to build things higher and higher. And did you guys, did staff review the University of Miami report on the sinking buildings? Did you look at the article in the Herald? that went and reviewed other information. The homeowners in those buildings can only sue the developer for seven years. So what's going to happen when those high rises are sinking and sinking and sinking? This is happening in San Francisco right now. It's very real. And you better believe it's costing the city. You better believe it. And San Francisco has deeper pockets. So if the staff hasn't involved us in these discussions, why do we believe on a case-by-case basis that we would have any input? And when 1301 presented, they had zero setbacks for 30 stories. Zero setbacks. And that was what the staff was presenting. That was what the staff had approved. We heard that the Hollywood Beach Hotel was sold at auction the day after the planning department meeting, and 1301's probably trading bonuses for more height.
Thank you. Thank you. Sean Kilitron, followed by Sierra Mano, then Kat Uden. Hello, Sean.
Good evening. Flamingo Pool. I think you want to try to remember that. I've sat here for I don't know how many hours now, and I have listened to the different proposals and the ordinances and this and that. And the people have come up here, and they have talked about why you're going to build a building so high. My question is, why would you want to set yourselves up? There is all kinds of abuses already built into these ordinances. And then we're going to have to take the word of the people up here that they're going to do the job properly and make sure that the beach remains the way it's supposed to remain. And we're going to have to take the word of your staff that they have done the research and done the work that they're supposed to do. We sat here and we watched the abuse happen this evening. Young lady over here at the end, she wanted to put this on a hold and do a little bit more research to figure out exactly what needs to be done and how this all works. OK? And I think she was right. I think you guys have rushed this project through, just like you've done for 1301 and some of the other places. And we're going to be finding ourselves not in the city of Hollywood anymore. So I'd urge you to take some time and some effort and take a look at what you have now placed on the law, placed in the ordinances, and maybe want to think about changing that before it becomes too late. Thank you.
Thank you. Sierra Mono.
Good evening. Sierra Mano, 901 South Surf Road. I'm a Hollywood Beach resident and board member of the Hollywood Historical Society, and I'm speaking tonight on its behalf. The HHS's full letter was previously sent to the commission. We respectfully ask that it, along with these remarks, be entered into the record for this item. HHS asks you to reject the Hollywood Beach overlay district ordinance as drafted, specifically its height provisions for the Hollywood Beach Hotel and historic overlay district. Joseph Young opened the hotel in 1925 as the crowning achievement of his new city. It is the most historically significant building that we have left. We appreciate the staff's work, but our primary objection is scale. The proposal allows 340 feet with an incentive potentially permitting 490 feet. A tower of either height would overwhelm the historic hotel and permanently change Hollywood Beach. The Surf Club and Hotel Del Coronado demonstrate that historic hotels can be restored and expanded with new construction remains subordinate. We asked the commission to, one, reject the proposed height increases. Two, make retention of the hotel's significant structure and interiors the preferred treatment. Three, prohibit demolition wherever preservation, rehabilitation, or structural incorporation is feasible. Four, limit east side construction behind the hotel to the hotel's height. Five, place taller additions north and south and keep the historic hotel visually dominant. Six, require independent preservation, structural financial feasibility, view and shadow reviews before considering height above 340 feet. Seven, require historic preservation board and public review of the complete preservation plan and the precise location and massing of every tower. Eight, tie every height incentive to enforceable preservation, construction, maintenance, and stewardship obligations. and nine, require the property to remain at least partly a working hotel with restored historic interiors accessible to the public through amenities, exhibits, event spaces, or tours. Hollywood Beach is irreplaceable. New development should support the grand lady, not use her to justify a skyline that overwhelms her. Please reject this ordinance as drafted. Thank you.
Kat Uden, followed by Kathy Friedman, then Jeannie Cobert, Alyssa Alfonso.
Kat Yudin, 1120 Lion Tree Street. I mean, this plan, it really is crazy. It's insane. I just always have to mention that, how insane it is to even think about 40-plus stories on our barrier island. It is just insane. So I go to the beach almost every day. I kind of consider myself a beach expert in that respect. It's the whole reason why I moved to Hollywood. Public access, yes, it does. It absolutely affects public access. Margaritaville, ask Jenny Wenchel if she can scuba dive at Yellow Brick Road as easy as she used to be able to do now that Margaritaville's there. I cannot park in the Margaritaville garage with my $180 a year annual resident pass. I also cannot park at Magnolia Terrace with my annual resident pass because too many condo owners park there. Guarantee you, mark my words, it will affect public access. So you cannot say that it won't, because it already does. Urban describes a city. Let's please keep the city and the city and the beach at the beach. Let's not use urban when we're talking about a beach master plan. A1A is Ocean Drive. It even has the word ocean in it. A1A is the beach. Let's not say A1A is not the beach. Five years. Can we roll it back before five years, or can we not? That question has not been answered yet. I have so many. I don't even think I'm going to get through everything today. And I go to these meetings all the time. Another reason why we should defer. We should not rush this. I don't even think I can get through all. Every time somebody speaks, I have another question, another comment. The beach master plan should be a community vision. And I really appreciate Alex Riccio and all of the people from different districts who have come here to support each other, support our beach. We need to be less divided as a city and support each other. So thank you to everybody who came who this is not in your district. All seven of these members of the commission are going to vote about our beach, that every seat matters to the beach. The review process. You say, oh, there's going to be a big review process. You mean like the 1301 process that you're trying to shove down our throats? I mean, you talk about open space is really important to you. But you also say, with all due respect, that 30 stories with zero foot setbacks is open space. It's just insane. And Mayor, you said public input. We advertise these meetings. You have not posted about this even once. on your social media. Not one time did you post about the beach feasibility meetings or any of these meetings about rezoning the whole beach. And you call it, it's not a rezoning, it's a rezoning. All of these developers are going to be buying up all these blocks and they're going to run their properties into the ground until we get their way or make campaign donations until they get their way. This is what's going to happen. This should not be rushed. I haven't even gotten through half of what I'm going to say right now. Related group, I'm really disgusted by this whole, Deal with, you know, let us build 49 stories and Gary Jaffe. It is really disgusting. If it is true, I mean, we should be ashamed of ourselves. Please vote no on this. Defer until we've had more time. Thank you.
Kathy Friedman, followed by Jeannie Cobert.
Good evening, Mr. Mayor, Vice Mayor, and Commission. Thank you for this opportunity to speak. I am here to speak out against the beach overlay program and against increasing the height density at the beach and on A1A or Ocean Drive. I believe that raising heights on Hollywood Beach and A1A dramatically goes against the longstanding work to preserve the historic charm of our city. Some of you even ran on the promise to preserve this historic charm, especially at our beach. The entire reason me and my husband picked Hollywood was because of its overwhelming uniqueness, the charm, and the beautiful beach, and the low height density. We did not want to live somewhere that felt like Miami. Excuse me. I'm a little nervous. This is only my second time speaking. Thank you, Vice Mayor. Additionally, the infrastructure that is already struggling in that area would suffer alongside the beautiful wildlife that call our beach home. The turtles that nest here and are supposed to be protected would be severely impacted. I've been to meetings and listened to many opinions, and I have not heard any arguments in support of this project. but rather an outcry from residents and neighbors against increasing the height density on our beach. Instead of pushing out small businesses, consider a revitalization initiative, which was kind of promised, for current property owners, especially for historic buildings, so that they can keep the charm and make the needed updates to preserve these unique buildings that continue to bring many, many tourists to our beach and broadwalk. P.S.
Oh, I still have time.
P.S. Where is the master plans that residents can vote on about our beach? I agree with Commissioner Schum, and I'm sorry, I'm going to Quintana, that this topic needs way more consideration than it has gotten and should be opened up for a workshop and much more consideration than it's already gotten. Please, please, I'm begging you, vote to save our beach.
Thank you, Kathy. Let's go to Jeannie Cobert. Followed by Alyssa Alfonso, then Rick Goldman.
Good evening, board members. My name is Jeannie Cobert, and I live at 721 North 12th Avenue. I'm here tonight to formally object to file number 26Z18. The city is attempting to fast track a sweeping zoning overhaul that dismantles historic 65-foot height caps on Hollywood Beach. In doing so, administration has failed to perform the fundamental due diligence required to protect public safety, property values, and our coastal environment. This application proceeds in direct defiance of state mandates and physical science, leaving three critical vacuums unanswered. First is the defiance of mandatory coastal management under Florida Statute 163.3178. This binding state law dictates that local plans must redistrict development that puts populations at risk in coastal high hazard zones. Utilizing a voluntary overlay loophole to incentivize massive high rise density is an unlawful end run around the strict restrictive intent of state law. Second, the city has ignored severe evacuation and concurrency vacuums. Our barrier island has finite bottleneck bridge egress, yet the city's calculations rely on generalized traffic data instead of an independent modern evacuation study. Forcing extreme density onto a barrier island without proving safe hurricane clear times creates a catastrophic public safety vacuum. Third, the city has neglected microclimate destabilization, specifically seaward venturi effects and shadow gaps. Walling off A1A with towers will create hazardous wind corridors and cast massive shadow vacuums over a public broadwalk and beach. I don't think the setback is going to prevent the shadows. It's a nice idea, though. The city has accepted superficial developer checklists instead of commissioning independent, rigorous, aerodynamic, and atmospheric studies. Treating mandatory public safety laws and environmental impacts as optional hurdles is a severe breach of municipal due diligence Until the city provides exhaustive scientifically validated answers to these statutory and structural gaps file number 20 Z 18 must be denied Thank you Thank You Alyssa Alfonso Followed by Rick Goldman
followed by John Brunk, followed by Siobhan McLaughlin, then Lisa Hernandez, John Ellis, Hello, John.
I'm Rick Goldman. And I did like some of what I saw on the overlay. Thank you for that. What I don't like is higher buildings on the beach and certainly not skyscrapers. If I wanted to live in a place that looked like Sunny Isles Beach, I'd move there. The first time I got to speak with all of you, it was maybe five years ago. You were at Young Circle up on the stage. And I stood there in the rain, all excited for my chance to get up and speak. And I thought, if I just make my points clearly, you'll listen. And on that night, there are some people in the room now that were there that night. In fact, that was the first time I met Kat Yudin. She was speaking against giving public land to a real estate developer for a private condo, and so was I. Not too long ago, there was a lawyer in this room representing a real estate developer. And he said something like, 26 people shouldn't get to tell City Hall what they do. And he was referring to all of us that were speaking against his client's project. I just want to explain something about that. I texted some of my neighbors about the importance of being here tonight. One of them said, thanks for the reminder, and he chose not to be here. Another one, she told me, do you think it's going to matter? I mean, I'm feeling a little discouraged about this whole beach thing. Like, no matter what we do, it's not even going to matter, and it makes me tired. And then another one of my neighbors replied, I believe 300 people can make all the impassioned statements. And when it's all finished, they will vote yes to all of it anyway. They don't care. They know nothing can be done to them. It's truly a sad state here now. Well, I replied to him. And I said, I'm going anyway. And he said, I get it. That's why we went the other day. And after 100 people spoke, including the past two mayors, they just voted yes on all of it. My point is there's a lot more than 26 of us. The rest are just really discouraged. They feel like nothing they say here will matter, so they stay home. And maybe, Kevin, you were right that time you referred to us as a vocal minority. But it makes me wonder, where's the vocal majority? Where are those people demanding taller buildings on the beach? In any controversial issue, there's always people saying, I hate it. And there's other people saying, no, it's going to be awesome. Where are those people saying, ignore that vocal minority? Ignore Kat Yudin. We want taller buildings, and we want them now. Where are those people? I think we all know that group doesn't exist.
John Brunk. Siobhan McLaughlin. Lisa Hernandez. John Ellis. Rachel Schoenfeld, followed by Sherry Wells. John Ellis. Welcome.
Thank you. Good evening. So the new proposal, as I understand it, from the P&D board was 150 feet or 15 floors along A1A. And this evening we learned that there are bonus points and various other things. But let's just start with the 150 feet and 15 floors. Years ago, we had a first meeting, those of us who live at the summit, with the 901 Project folks, the Hollywood Moon. And they swore up and down at the Hollywood Beach Library that they wanted to be good neighbors. They were happy to follow the current rule of 65 feet. Awesome. Well, if the new current rule is 150 feet along A1A, this is 2 and 1 half times the previous rule of 65 feet. Why would they or anybody else need higher? And why on earth would the city grant such a variance? Along the same line of thought, why would any builder be granted a variance above 150 feet? Our beach is far narrower than other local beaches, sunny isles, Fort Lauderdale. We have only one main artery along the beach, far less able to absorb the greater density. We are risking choking our beach to the point that nobody's going to want to come to the beach. You guys say you want to develop the beach. This is just going to drive people away. I can't park. I can't cross the bridges. When I'm there, I just turn around and go back home again. It's terrible. Do you really want to do that to our beach? Can our beach, bridges, and infrastructure even handle such an increase in density? What about evacuations? Do you guys want that on your consciences when you guys are given the green light to create a really dangerous situation? Regarding being a good neighbor, is Hollywood Moon asking for more than the rules allow of being a good neighbor? How about maintaining a FedEx truck parking lot on their property? Is that being a good neighbor? What more will they and others attempt? Hollywood Beach is unique in South Florida as a low rise beach. If the city is going to allow up to 150 feet along A1A, which is already too high and will spoil our beach, at the very least, they should be firm in holding all builders to that limit the entire length of the beach, not an inch more.
Thank you. Rachel Schoenfeld. Followed by Sherry Wells.
Good evening. My name is Rachel Schoenfield. I live at 5119 Roosevelt Street in Hollywood Hills, and I'm a beach goer. I'm speaking for family and friends who could not stay for this marathon process or who were too demoralized from last week. I got a text from one of them. Last week's hours-long hearing, nobody spoke in support of building 30 to 50 story buildings on our mom and pop quaint Beach, except for an attorney representing somebody who wanted to make some money. The planning board didn't stand behind its own vote at 12.15, 12.30 AM at the end of this marathon process. They were absolutely exhausted. You could tell from how disjointed it had become up there. their vote, they kind of were stepping back from it. And they said, it's just temporary. It's just a framework. But after you build one or more 30 to 50 story buildings, they don't come down in five years. The public concern is about keeping the unique quality of our only boardwalk and keeping it low rise, not camouflaging tall buildings with teeny setbacks. Because when we transition from 3 quarters to A1A and to A1A, that's just not that far. Because of the time that I'm saying I want to discuss the subsidence issue and put a face on it, there are absolute studies about the buildings sinking and about the vibrations caused by them, and a recent study saying there should be a moratorium.
The brothers who perished at Surfside were friends of my family.
They had Shabbat dinner regularly with my parents. And we don't want to see that kind of tragedy. And the only things we know about this are barrier islands are constituted in a way that don't hold these buildings and are sinking, but we're going forward and ignoring that. With all due respect, I don't think it's right for an outgoing commission to make such an impactful decision. As I understand it, three of these positions are up for election in November. Three votes could change on a seven-vote decision here. And it's just not right. Instead of public surveys that all show nobody wants this but people aren't listening, first of all, we are your constituents. If you're the ones voting, please listen to us. But what would be better is a real public survey, which is to put these giant hype ideas onto the ballot. Thank you.
Thank you, Rachel. Sherry Wells, followed by Julie Greenfield, then I think John Fowler, I think you already spoke, right? Yeah, thanks.
Hi, good evening. I, too, am an introvert, but forced myself to come up to talk. I represent friends and family who are also disappointed. A lot of us were here last week. Nobody listened. Sorry. I live in North Lake, Taylor Street, between a beautiful new golf course and North Lake Basin. I walk to the beach all the time. Please do not change the charming focus of the feel of the beach. Please say no to these height bonuses. Focus, if you will, on condos made in a five-star boutique Nice height, 20 stories, I think somebody said, or 20 feet. And forcing massive concrete footprints onto a vulnerable barrier island defies environmental logic. Please say no to that skyscraper look along A1A, and please listen to us. Thanks.
Thank you.
Julie Greenfield, followed by Diana Pittarelli. Is she here? No.
Isis wait Hello mayor commissioners Julie Greenfield Hollywood North Beach. I do live on North Ocean Drive and I'm here to urge this commission to vote no to the Hollywood Beach overlay plan as it is proposed right now. This plan is being deceptively marketed as a temporary five-year trial to guide balanced reinvestment. But let's be entirely honest. This overlay is a permanent upzoning Trojan horse designed to turn our low-rise, family-friendly beach into a concrete canyon of luxury skyscrapers. Nowhere is this corporate giveaway more shameful than what is planned at the historic Hollywood Beach Resort. For a century, Joseph Young's 1925 grand lady has stood at 101 North Ocean Drive as a testament to Hollywood's unique heritage. But under this new resort precinct, You aren't protecting history. You're selling it. You're establishing a baseline height of 340 feet with a loophole historic incentive that allows the height to a monstrous 490-foot mega tower. That is nearly 50 stories on our barrier island. The related group and BH Group have the property under contract for a rumored $100 million, and they're not buying a historic hotel. They're buying the massive hype bonuses that this beach overlay is handing them on a silver platter. If you vote yes to the 490 feet at Hollywood Beach Hotel site, you destroy our city's strongest legal shield. In March, we just won the landmark victory against Condra Property enforcing that 65-foot baseline height limit. That is our supreme defense. By aggressively rewriting the rules to allow 20 stories along Ocean Drive, and another 50 stories at the resort precinct, you're creating a new dangerous entitlement baseline. You are handing private developers the ultimate legal roadmap to bypass our local zoning forever. Our roads are aging, sewage infrastructure, our parking, our emergency evacuation routes absolutely cannot handle this sudden wall of hyper density. Let me be clear. We want restoration. We support guidelines. We are not looking for total redevelopment into private luxury condos at these heights. If we allow Hollywood Beach to be mutated into another generic skyline, we are causing the death of our heritage and what makes Hollywood Beach unique, and we will never get it back. Listen to the hundreds of residents who packed the planning and board meeting until 2.30 a.m. to say no, protect our history, protect our low-rise character, and vote no on this destructive plan.
Thank you, Julie. Thank you. Let's see here. Isis Wade is not here. Steven Buscala. Come on up, Steven. Sylvia Meyer. Jeff Bodell. Jamie Friend. Bruce Soloway. And finally will be Tom Lander. Steven, welcome.
Thank you very much. Well, I have to say I've been coming down here to City Hall for about two years now for these meetings, and there's a common theme that I've noticed. Y'all never look very thrilled when we come up to speak. I don't blame you. Full transparency. It's not really fun to come up here and speak, but it's a double-edged sword. We come up here and speak, we get ignored. We've been mocked, eyes rolled, laughed at, all nine yards. But if we don't speak, you all will sit there and say, nobody cares about these things. We can just push through whatever we want. I've watched residents come up here now and voice their opinion for protection of the beach, whether it be 1301, whether it be this beach overlay plan. And I've seen residents come up here and pour their hearts out We've had scientists actually come up here and provide scientific reasoning for why this is a bad idea, whether it be ruining the character of the beach or safety concerns. And it still gets ignored. And I will tell you that that is very disheartening to see that. Again, I'm asking myself, why am I even here right now? But I can tell you right now that this beach overlay plan, it's hundreds of pages long. I don't understand it. I think that the majority of the folks in this room would be willing to admit that they don't understand it. And I say this with due respect. I refuse to believe that all of you fully understand it. And that's OK. But take some time to fully understand it. We don't have to rush this through. All we're saying, pump the brakes a little bit. and take some time to actually regroup and fully understand this. Because I don't trust it. The majority of the folks in this room do not trust it. This plan, this beach overlay plan, is opening us up to becoming like Miami Beach. All of these people are leaving Miami. And they're coming to Hollywood. And they're coming to Hollywood because it's not Miami. That's a genie that once you let that genie out of the lamp, you can't put it back in. So all I'm saying, like all the other folks here have been suggesting, please do not vote on this tonight, at the very least. Thank you.
Thanks, Steven. Sylvia Meyer, followed by Jeff Bodell.
Hi, poor Steve. You guys always butcher his name a little bit. What is it?
Busaca? Yeah. All right, Busaca.
But anyway, I have notes all over the place from things I've heard tonight, so I'm not saying bye. what I'm reading anymore. But I heard the words complex. I heard a lot to absorb all at once. Yet you vote not to defer it and not to have a workshop. So I don't get that, and I don't understand the rush. We have Amendment 3 being voted on. We have other elections coming up that live local maybe will change in the long run. So I don't understand the rush, except it occurs to me, and I don't say this in a bad way, but it's the expression, three of you are lame ducks. I too am curious how Alex will vote if he's elected. For 100 years, a little bit more now, Hollywood Beach, and in fact most of Hollywood, has grown around a particular scale, character, architecture, neighborhoods, streetscapes, and quality of life. What I'm hearing today is what residents will gain. More height, more people, more traffic, more congestion, more commercialization, more flooding, more garbage, more sewage. Maybe the sewage will be addressed. What I see is less history, less character, less quality of life. I'm going to skip the other things. I don't think I need to be repetitive, but something else really stood out to me. First off, when I see that, it's nothing I like. Pretty pictures, yes, as others noted. My last safe place to bike these days is on the beach. I don't see how I would do that in a picture like that. It's not why I go to the beach. Also, I heard that the beach will remain for public use. The last I checked, 1301 was deeded for public use.
Jeff Baudel, followed by Jamie Friend.
Hi, I'm at the Summit 1201 South Ocean Drive. I don't know if I can stop or we can stop this train out of the station or not, but I want to introduce something that I haven't heard for any kind of buildings or tall buildings, and it's called the Living Building Challenge, LBC. This is something, and I want to talk about using the water in the building. It's called brown water. The Living Building Challenge treats wastewater as a resource rather than something simply sent away. Underwater pedal projects must minimize potable water demand, manage storm water on site, and when pursuing the full water requirement, treat and manage all gray water and black water through reuse, a closed loop or infiltration system subject to stated exceptions. Under LBC 4.0, the water pedal has two main imperatives, responsible water use and net positive water. The first core is imperative. It requires the application of the use of gray water. What this calls for is a small wastewater treatment inside the building structure so it doesn't burden our wastewater treatment system. It's the use of gray water. We should look into it. If things do go your way and high rises go up, let's put this into play. At least it'll save some of our wastewater or less burden our system if it ever gets developed. The other thing I want to talk about is, again, I was there at 9-11. I've seen terrible things. And what I saw, about 400 North Surf Road with the fire that we had in that building. I don't understand why we don't have fire captains speaking here against this project. Why don't we have EMS here to talk about response times and things like that? What higher density will do to traffic? Hook and ladders could not get here in time. A woman passed away as a result of that fire. We're not talking about hurricane evacuation. One hour lead time, that's great. But we're talking about fires. Nothing could be done. I was stuck in traffic on A1A, fire engines behind me. I panicked. I was worried. And they couldn't get there in time. In addition, sprinklers didn't work right. The fittings didn't work right. There was a whole slew of mishaps. I'm just supposed to get up here and read these quotes from the mayor from 2016 about never building higher than a certain height. And we see where we're at right now. Please don't do this to our lovely community. Thank you.
Jamie Friend. And Jeff, it's already been read, so you're good. Jamie Friend, followed by Bruce Soloway.
Good evening. My name is Jamie, and I am a native and resident of Hollywood. And I'm going to spend my time talking about political accountability. I wanted to ask you, which one of you guys ran on the promise of changing our coastal skyline? No one? No. How about the promise of a 30-story high-rise on our public lands? Who ran on that? You did? OK, well, good, because I'll write that down. Thank you. How about being the next Aventura or Sunny Isles? Did any of you run on that? That's what I thought, because I researched it. And I was surprised. I didn't see where you guys ran on that. I didn't get that at all. But it's interesting to learn. In fact, with the acceptance of Commissioner Schuman and Quintana, you've all voted against your promises. Commissioner Hernandez, you won your seat by promising the residents a direct voice in redevelopment. and explicitly campaigned on protecting public lands from lengthy private developer leases. We can see where that went, right, with the 1301 vote. I'm not going to waste my time with everybody else, so I want to move right to Mayor Levy and perhaps the most egregious betrayal of our trust. You didn't just promise to protect Hollywood's low-rise charm. You explicitly sold us on a strategy you called smart growth focus. You stood before us and argued that you would preserve the neighborhoods and our beach by directing heavy development into existing land that transit corridors, like downtown and the RAC. Moving a 490-foot megatower framework to our barrier island isn't smart growth. It's abandoning the very strategy you used to win the trust of our community. And watching you here tonight, roll your eyes and shut down Commissioner Schuman and the rest of us by saying we're just going to move on and we're not going to have a workshop. You just blew everybody off. It really confirms the fact what everybody else said, that our voice doesn't matter. And I appreciate you at least not rolling your eyes right now. I had to wonder what would make you all abandon your principles that you fought so hard to win the seat for. And it didn't take but a moment to find 100,000 reasons. that you might have abandoned your principles. And that's the amount of money that the Bright Future campaign, the Bright Future PAC donated to your campaign and several others who put out flyers with an endorsement slate and attacked the commissioners who voted against the related group projects. We may have short memories, but we do have smartphones. Hollywood Beach has consistently been voted one of the best beaches in the country, specifically for its low rise charm and small town feel. These plans don't just rob Hollywood residents of the reason we call it home. They rob the entire world of a national treasure.
Thank you, Ms. Friend. Yeah. Bruce Soloway. Commissioner Hernandez wants to go ahead. Commissioner Hernandez. Jamie.
Ma'am. With all due respect, yeah, I'd like to address your comment that you made regarding me. Number one, I did not vote for the 1301 project because I was not under commission at the time. And I happened to be the chairman of the charter review that actually made the pivotal point to make sure that there was no more 99-year lease for that so it would go to the resident. So if you're going to speak about and quote one of us, please be correct on it. That's all.
Let's not go back and forth. Just setting the record straight. That's all. All right, Bruce, you've been here, patient. Thank you.
Well, good evening, Mayor, and to all the commissioners here.
All right, I'm talking in the mic.
BRUCE SOLOWAY, Good evening again, commissioners, mayor. My name is Bruce Soloway, and I'm with Tropic Survival Advertising, which is located now in Nova University. And I basically have been a brand marketer my entire career. And I look at this quite differently than everybody here so far. It's an opportunity to make Hollywood great again. hate to talk like that, but the point is what's going on right now with the redevelopment of the beach is directly going to help what's going on in Hollywood town. And I believe that the businesses that are suffering in the town right now will benefit tremendously from new people coming in here who might have more money than the people that live here now. I understand the passion. I use the broad walk. I ride a bike back and forth as many times as I can. I don't think that broad walk is going to change. But I do think that the opportunity to make Hollywoodtown, the downtown area, is very, very important. And it's been spoken about. And I don't divide the beach in downtown as much as it's being spoken about here. I think we have an opportunity to really grow downtown. I'm meeting with a group of people Cameron, I forget his last name. He's there. Cameron, let's see. Actually, I'm meeting with Jennifer.
Our retail strategies consultant.
Thank you, from Retail Strategies and Cameron. Cameron Stewart, who is the most successful restauranteur in all of the United States. He's in about 100 cities, and he builds anchor restaurants that bring about more and more people to use the restaurant and open other businesses nearby. So I can't look at this as negatively as all the residents do. I look at it as an opportunity to bring new money in and to save a lot of the businesses that are downtown and to really bring new progress to an old area. And that's what I feel.
Thank you, Bruce. Tom Lander. Yeah. Final speaker will be Tom Lander.
Tom Lander, 3186 Roosevelt Street, Hollywood, Florida. It was rough coming out tonight because I'm such an introvert. How many of you have visited Washington, DC? How many of you have been to Paris, France? You know? I've been to those places. They're popular. People will always come. Washington DC building height, 121 feet on a residential street, 130 commercial streets. Paris, 120 feet. London, except for certain areas, 10 stories. And it can't block important sight lines. Oh, important sight lines, like watching the sunset when you're on the beach. is always amazing. Then let's come closer to home. Palm Beach, where the rich and famous live, 35 to 50. Delray, 35 on the beach. Boca, 100 feet. And I think they had an election last year where everybody that supported higher density growth got voted out of office. And the residents rejected the building plan for downtown Boca. Let's keep Hollywood, Hollywood. This can be deferred. You know, sometimes I feel like there's an arrogance here. Like, ignore the citizens that have come out time after time. And let's just do what we want to do. It reminds me of 1600 Pennsylvania Avenue. Let me build a 200-foot monument to myself that blocks the view of Arlington and the Lincoln Memorial. so that we have to change everything in the future. We can wait. Wait till the next election. This is a campaign issue in the neighborhoods. Let the people choose their candidates. We don't have to decide everything right now. We don't. But I feel like, and when I talk to residents, my neighbors, they feel like this is a rush to get everything done before November 3rd. How many feel here that this is before November 3? And all the people that support what the plan is by the majority of a commission, well, why can't you get them to come out and speak? If each one of you had five or 10 people that believe what you do, you'd fill the place and outnumber us. Vote to defer. Listen, I know most of you, and I like you, but this upsets me.
Thank you Tom.
Take care.
All right, I appreciate everybody coming in to speak. You certainly have a stake in this. We all live in Hollywood. We all care about the beach. We all care about the character. Again, like I said before, this plan really seeks to preserve that character while at the same time providing hospitality uses that will contribute to the commercial viability, our visitation, and offer property owners an alternative to what they otherwise are seeking to get through state law. We also know that there's a lot of obsolescence on Central Beach with regards to motels that are not really so economically viable. Some continue to deteriorate. We've supported a lot of property improvement programs to try to retain their viability, how attractive they might be, and have done so to every applicant that's come through this door and look to preserve what we have. With all the combination of these different tactics, these urban planning tactics that have been presented in these plans, the staff really did the very best job possible to try to, again, retain the beach character and allow more height and transition along A1A specifically, different in the six precincts of the beach that would do its best to strike that balance. And so I've got commissioners who want to speak, and we're going to go ahead and talk about this bonus overlay program. and continue the discussion. So let's go ahead with the queue. Commissioner Shuham.
Thank you, Mayor. Well, again, I mean, to me, this is premature to come to us, but here it is. I have a lot of questions, but I also don't want to talk for an hour, so I'm going to, if you're okay, I'm going to do some of the just ones that I think are very confusing and then
I'll go to my colleagues with the opportunity to come back to my more specific questions.
I think there's a lot of confusion about what is on the agenda to vote on. As I understood when I sat down in my seat, we got a memo with the changes that had been made. So if you were to vote to approve, You would be voting at least as I understand it in district 4 and precinct 4 for a 30-foot height not 34 with the upper 340 with the opportunity to go to 49 Cameron is that correct?
Good evening good that is correct
OK. So just because I think, I don't know that the mayor recognized that. But if you vote yes, the maximum height at the Hollywood Beach Resort is 300 feet, correct?
That is correct.
OK. In addition to that, I certainly had horrible heartburn over the disparate treatment between the properties in Precinct 4. That now is gone. And as I'm looking at the changes to number 22, and correct me if I'm wrong, the two properties are treated identically. Is that correct? Or...
Based on the Planning and Development Board's recommendation, they are not treated differently. So the unified master plan still receives a bonus of 300 feet. But in the non-unified scenario, there is still a height limit of 300 feet for the controlling site, which is the building parcel. But the surrounding sites still are limited to not participating in the program.
So slow down. So if they are not unified, the hotel site gets 300 feet, but the surrounding site does not. Correct. So how is that not still disparate treatment?
It's really important to understand that the policy crafted around this precinct was specific to the conditions that have existed historically on the site, but also to the goal that we're trying to achieve, which is unified master plan. A unified master plan requires leverage to get both parties to come to the table. In this particular scenario, the question is, why does one get some and the other gets none? Well, the reality is this is an optional program to achieve the city's intended end result. If the intended end result is a unified master plan, then it's not so much about a fair or unfair. It's about what each property brings to the table in terms of developing In this case, the Hollywood Beach controlling property is called controlling for a reason because it's a dominant property and it's the landmark site. And therefore, naturally, there are certain bonuses that are provided to that site. To surrounding properties who have historically not demonstrated an appetite to development and have been rather speculative, accordingly, the bonus has been applied to them as well, providing for no bonus opportunity in the ununified parcel. But if unified, then everyone gets to enter and play at the same rate.
at a maximum of 300 feet.
Per the Planning and Development Board recommendation, yes.
OK. Well, I'm just going to put out there that I find that incredibly wrong. And I don't think that the controlling site should get any bonus unless it also works with the adjacent property. They should be treated the same. And that is the incentive to work together. We're disincentivizing. the hotel to work with the neighbor, because they get 30 stories. So I was optimistic when I sat down, but we didn't get this until we sat down. So I just wanted to start with that. And if you could, again, I know you did it, but can you run through the changes since the document that we reviewed? Because when I talk about how we're not prepared to make a decision, there's been a lot of changes that we got on the dais today, tonight. And so I would like you to run through what those are.
I'm going to go back to that slide to make it easier to follow. Bear with me as I try to track through the entire presentation. But there is a slide that I started off with because I understand that there has been changes. So summary refinements. So when we brought this item, just providing some background, when we brought this item to the Planning and Development Board, we contemplated that there would be community input received at the Planning and Development Board meeting and that there would be In an effort to do that genuinely, we understood that there would likely be refinements that would have to be made. When we went to the Planning and Development Board, indeed that happened. The Planning and Development Board made comments, made recommendations. But beyond that, we heard feedback from the public. So with that condition in mind, it allowed us then to bring forward refinements before we're bringing it before you all today. And I'll walk us through those refinements. The leading one, Precinct 4, the height being limited to 300 feet per the board's recommendation. We heard a lot about the use of flex units and the bonus program and it being unfeathered or worried that it might be abused. So staff went back and dialed in criteria for TDRs for flexibility and for bonus height. Specific criteria for those bonuses in addition to the overall bonus criteria. Again, in a response to what we've heard. Then we went further down the line. TDR framework was established for development rights. There were questions, concerns about how development rights are handled if the city is involved in terms of ownership. Staff realized that that was currently omitted in the text. We provided a framework and additional criteria for how city development transfer of development rights are handled should that scenario arise in the future. Design waiver. This was a really strong change. We went from having a generic, ambiguous design waiver, which allows for flexibility, to a more stringent mass and modeling waiver that requires specific targets to be met before a waiver can be considered. Bring it to parking. We added an additional parking in lieu option to tie that into the city's existing parking in lieu framework. Beach equipment alone. This was strictly from the public. We heard a lot about public parking is great, but what use is it if I can't get in with my beach recreation equipment? So we took this opportunity to put standards in there for when you provide public parking, this is how it has to look and operate to be functional in a beach context. and then block eligibility. We just refined this a little bit further. The surf road block, which previously wasn't a big block, we realized that that, from what we heard, there's a very big sensitivity around surf road. And to double down on that sensitivity, we split that box into two smaller cells to ensure size and massing is that much more fine-grained. So all good refinements that were brought forward from what we heard from public engagement, the public speaking, but also what we heard from the board and their discussion deliberations.
OK, thank you. The next question, if you could go back to the design picture that was just up here with all the landscaping. And I apologize for failing to compliment staff. I can't imagine the amount of hours that have been put into this. And it's deeply appreciated. And I think, in particular, Nicole is so talented. But my question on these renderings, that's actually a good one. You can go back to the Edgewater, for example, that. This is public right-of-way. So how is it, Nicole, this slide and the next slide, there's lots of landscaping, but it's all on public property. How is that going to work?
So you can see in that example of there we have on the screen, it's actually connected to the building, which is private.
But the broad walk is public.
Correct. Correct. And sometimes we have so far, I also work with the Historic Preservation Board. If there are opportunities for greater public improvement, so enhanced shading along the broad walk, we allow for variances where applicable, where it is beneficial. But for this, this was really for illustrative purposes to show that we don't want to see blank walls. Yes, an example of us not wanting to see blank walls along the broad walk, which is so unique. We have to find ways to activate it.
I think it's just important when we see these renderings that we are more... true to the actual situation unless it's our intent to allow private building owners to take up six feet of the broadwalk like that.
Just one additional point to that. In that specific image, currently right now that is in our cafe area. There's a portion of that right of way that's in the city's cafe area where we would otherwise permit cafe and other private seating in public right of way. The intent of this was to reimagine how as we would with a cafe. We could imagine private seats in a public right-of-way. We could also reimagine that space to provide seating and public realm improvements in the same manner of sharing that space.
MARTHA MINOWSKI- I get that. I just think it's important to be clear that this is not something we could demand of a property owner unless we changed our ordinance and our cafe, because there's no restaurant here, unless we changed our laws. One thing that really, we all got a copy of a report yesterday that a resident had hired an outside planning firm, I guess, to kind of very quickly go through all of this information. And I'm sure there's errors in that. But one of the things that really struck me is something that Bob Glickman raised and the gentleman from the summit raised as well. And that is the whole premise of all of this is the idea that we me all of us want to incentivize some healthy good redevelopment along the beach and what that level is we're all going to have our thing but i i think that's the idea to use a bonus program to create some healthy redevelopment and to get us there you hired Calvin Giordano to do a feasibility study and based solely because you and I correspond and that's the only Study that was done to help us get to the point of what heights Work you did. There's just Calvin Giordano. That's it and And in that study, unless we are all, and I mean me, Bob, this other expert, and many residents tonight who have raised this, that study utilized a dollar figure of per square foot estimated sales price. And I want to understand, in your opinion or Andrea or whoever is focused on this, If that's the square foot price that was used in a feasibility study to look at the issues developers are having, why they can't proceed under current situations, which they're not, and why they need a little push, The dollar amount that we see is between $900 and $935 or something like that. That's not the development cost. Because I heard during the P&D board, they contradicted Bob. And they said, no, no, Bob, you're looking at the development cost. No, that was $750. So my question is, if the recommended increase in height is tied to that feasibility study, which is what I think we hired them to do, and am I understanding correctly that the $900 to $935, maybe even $950 price per square foot is the foundation of that economic analysis?
Commissioner, I believe that's a phenomenal question. And at the board, there was discussion about this. So to avoid mixing matters, let's call up. I was going to invite the CGA consultant. They could really dial down into those numbers for you.
Thank you.
Good evening. Eric Liff with Lambert Advisory. We actually prepared the, I would call it an illustrative financial evaluation of the challenge. It's associated with the challenge of building today at low densities given the cost of acquisition for land given the extraordinary site costs that are required, given parking. And to just say, let me just say, so in the context of our analysis, I'm just going to give a background and then just strictly answer the question. It is very difficult, obviously, to prepare a detailed financial analysis based on a concept that doesn't really exist. But our analysis does utilize background information from sales in not only Hollywood, but surrounding coastal communities. development costs based on our experience and conversations with developers. And what this analysis shows is that it is very challenging given the sales for a development that is six stories that not only has these extraordinary site costs, but would ultimately probably not be able to provide amenities that are required to achieve premium sales points. And so we analyzed basically comparable properties. And in general, and this was done about 18 months ago, in general that was $900 per square foot against a cost of development of about $750 a square foot. I do appreciate being challenged in our evaluation and appreciate any input from anyone who's a realtor or a financial analyst. But it's important to understand what I have seen from that evaluation was that the sales price, the gross sales price, is actually $1,200. And they provided some information to support that sales price. There are kind of two points I'm going to make. One, I do find it a little ironic that the majority of the comparable used and the majority of the weighted average units that were used for sales were from high-rise developments, including 30 and 40-story towers. It did include a lower-rise development.
Eterna, Hollywood Moon, those are about 1,200. Correct.
Correct. And that was, and by the way, haven't been selling in one . Right. But let me tell you, those are, first of all, those are asking prices. We use sale prices. Those are gross listing prices. We use net sales price, including cost of, you know, a reduction of cost of sales. So that's where we base ours on. I do not disagree that those towers can achieve $1,200 per square foot. Actually, they do achieve probably even higher. But they're highly amenitized, luxury branded, luxury product, and some of which is branded. In contrast, the other point I'm going to make is you can't just arbitrarily increase sales prices without considering the development costs. And in this case, from what I've seen, there is no consideration for increasing development costs to match what is likely to be needed to provide the parking, the extraordinary site, a luxury product that's required to achieve $1,200. So I can't go any more beyond that, because that's all I've seen.
OK, thank you. So what was your name?
Eric with Lambert.
So I appreciate that. But again, why is this not ready for us to decide? Because that number, that 950, is the foundation for the recommendation for the heights that we are being asked to vote on.
Absolutely not. It is absolutely not.
Absolutely, because you voted. You took the number. I have it in front of me. And you multiplied it by the number of units. And you subtracted the development cost.
It's right in the report. I appreciate that. But let me make this very clear. It has nothing to do with establishing the height. All this analysis did is establishes the challenges to the economic viability of a very low density. I'm not saying, I'm not prescribing it to any specific height. All I'm showing is that it's extremely difficult. And we're actually, if it wasn't the case, you'd probably see new development in many of these areas already.
We all agree something has to be fixed, right?
But this establishes nothing. In contrast to what you're saying, it does not have anything to do with establishing the height.
In your report, but then I'm assuming, Ray Lynn or Andrea or Cameron, that our staff then took that economic analysis that you did, and they took that, and they came and recommended 15 stories, 20 stories, 200 feet. Am I correct?
Yes, I can't speak for anybody else, but yes, that's the presumption that that was utilized to understand increased height. It didn't utilize it to... establish heights. Okay.
Fair enough. The point is quite simple. That if the actual projected sales price is higher than your 950, we need less height to make the trigger that we're all kind of looking for, for whether it's hotels or whatever, is A lower height.
Like I said, you cannot arbitrarily just increase the sales price.
I'm not being arbitrary.
I'm looking at actual sales on the beach. But we have to associate that increase and that price with an increase in cost. So if we want to go back and discuss that, we can. But you cannot arbitrarily just increase sales price without some consideration for cost.
So I certainly would ask for the projections at Hollywood Moon, at Eterna, and at SAGE, which is a little bit older, but lower rise units that have amazing amenities on Hollywood Beach to see how that plays out. And the other point, Eric, and you are not here for this, but we all were just a few months ago when a live local proposal came for 1301 Our staff represented to us that the square foot price was $1,800. This exact group of people relied on $1,800 a square foot in a luxury 30-story condo that is sitting on a 99-year land lease in the middle of a public community center. So when I say we need to workshop this, this is what I'm talking about. The essence of what we're doing is there's a fallacy here. And I am not questioning Eric's work. Eric did what Eric did. He came up with 950. But we know it's not 950 because of actual sales on the beach in very luxurious buildings and the representation that our staff made to us at 1301, which is part of a community center on a 99-year lease. So that immediately severely diminishes the square foot. So you understand the... The confusion when we are acting and you hear from our public, nobody's saying don't do anything. I didn't hear that. What I heard is don't kill the goose that's laying the golden egg. And in Hollywood's case, that goose is a low rise beach. And while I commend staff for doing its very best to keep this low, they did it based on $950 a square foot. And that number is not only not tied to luxury low-rise building sales that we see, but it is very contradictory to the other vote that this commission had on the 1301 property.
I just, I'm not disagreeing. Go ahead.
Is that current price that you're saying is complete confusion based on the presentation of the beach currently compared to what the expectation with the beach overlay and what it will bring change the cost price?
Sale price. Well, I think it's important to note that the two examples that you pointed to, which is Hollywood Moon, which was compliant with our height limits, which basically rendered the building, even though the design was beautiful, they built a beautiful sales center, invested all that you can to make that successful. Let's admit they didn't get sales, they returned deposits, and they basically folded the project. That's one example. For buyers looking at that, are you going to pay $1,200 a foot to not have really an ocean view? I think the obvious result, despite their greatest efforts to build a beautiful sales center and do everything all the way and bring in realtors from Miami and everything else with everybody rah-rah, is that it was a failed project. Had they gotten the deposits, they would have gone forward with you know, the project. Another example, unfortunately, is Eterna, and that's sitting in a little bit of a stalled construction space, switching brokerages to try to get sales, and they haven't sold but for, I think, one particular buyer that I think was supposedly bought like five units. But that's stalled as well. And so while I don't think that necessarily, you know... indicates that no six-story condominium could be potentially successful. But these are two examples that I think do demonstrate that when there is no direct ocean view, that definitely impacts marketability and sales price. Absolutely.
And we proved that there is a premium. And like I said... When you're saying establish 1,200 square feet, we are not comparing apples to apples. And that is requisite to this analysis. So while I, again, appreciate the feedback, this is not an apples to apples analysis. That 1,200 feet includes high rise towers. So when we use the 900 square feet, we're looking at lower rise buildings that don't have the amenities, don't have the luxury, don't have the premium view, which is built in and we proved all that. That's all we're saying, but the 1,200 You're establishing the 1,200 and associating it with a six-story building, and that cannot be done.
So what you're saying, and not you, but really what you guys are saying, is we want 200 feet or 300 feet because we want to get more per square foot.
I'm not looking at the square foot. I'm looking at a beach that for the past, I don't know, 20-something years, besides Margaritaville, which doesn't win any awards for architecture, has basically seen zero investment, Central Beach. Right. Zero.
We're all in agreement on that. We're trying to get there.
Does the formula work? No. The only direction is stagnation. So that's why we're all here. Exactly. I don't know what your number is in terms of height, but go ahead and share it.
I mean, what I would say, first of all, we have an issue around Oklahoma. Well, I don't want to go there because I want to keep track. You made a very good point. And that is when you go into, and I don't know if it was you, Eric, or CGA, there is a lot of discussion in the feasibility study about the decreasing demand for condos and hotel rooms. That concerns me, because now we're saying that we're going to build all these hotels and condominiums. So that was my next question, is how are we handling, how does the expected decrease in demand play into that?
I can answer this if I can.
I don't know why we hire experts.
Hold on. I can answer your question. You said the commission should have a discussion. Here we are. I'm giving you feedback, right? Collegially, here we are. So the goal of this beach overlay program is to, as we all discussed, encourage hotel development. Yes, there is an exception when it comes to the Hollywood Beach Resort site that has 398 vested residential units, without which no one can pay what apparently the note on the bank is to just build a hotel, necessarily. But I think to your point that condos are not being chased on right now, there's not really a huge market for it, and there's a lot of inventory. We're going in a different direction. We're going with hotel direction. And when you look at the success of, thankfully, the number four beach in the country, Hollywood Beach, the room rates that Margaritaville is getting, the room rates that Diplomat is getting, and the room rates that Marriott is getting versus the motels, which are very crying to us, at least to me, it proves the point that the number four beach in the country, yes, If we were given an opportunity for hotels to actually develop in a limited sense, in my opinion, there's less than a handful that comes out of all of this over the next five years. Yes, there's room for more hotels. And hotels are successful in South Florida. And where are they most successful? On a beach. And what beach is practically best? Hollywood Beach. So yes, I think that it- And I agree.
I agree the incentive should really only be for hotels. And of course- So you're asking me about heights, and there's a few other things I want to discuss, but I feel like in the area of the beach, Oklahoma Street, Cameron, what precinct is that?
Oklahoma, it's either two or three. Is that the residential area, Carol?
I'm asking 1A, 1A. There you go.
Where's Oklahoma? Three.
I mean, I don't know.
I think it's three.
Hold on. We're looking at the map.
I think it's three.
Yeah. Apologies for the delay. It's at precinct three.
OK. So I personally think the absolute highest on A1A should be 12 stories. For me, up and down the broadwalk. I mean, up and down A1A. And that should only be if it's a hotel, understanding there is an exception around the Hollywood Beach Resort. I personally, really based on this report, I see nothing that needs anything greater than that to trigger the type of reasonable redevelopment along A1A that all of us are hoping to accomplish. And like I said, I mean, I have a million questions. But I'm going to run through. And staff has heard all of this from me before. I am very concerned. about the incentive for developers to buy up blocks, whether it's something called a landmark project under the overlay or a gateway project. I think, Raelynn, you were going to look and see whether we could cap the number of them, or I thought Bob Glickman had another excellent idea, which is make sure every project entitled to a bonus is 500 feet away from another one, like we have spacing for other things in the city. I don't need an answer today, but I am gravely concerned that we are incentivizing the buyout of block after block. So generally, the heights are too much. We've already talked about that. A huge concern of mine is this idea that this board gets to have ultimate discretion to say yes or no to any project. We talked about this at the agenda meeting. It is factually not correct. We have to treat apples and apples the same or we're going to end up in a lawsuit. So if you go down this beach and you get two developers that are submitting to you basically the same project with the same constraints, you're not going to be able to say no to the second guy if you said yes to the first guy. So I just want everybody to understand that the idea that we have absolute discretion is legally inconceivable. We have to be reasonable. We cannot be arbitrary and capricious, even if we feel like being arbitrary.
Respectfully, you're suggesting that as a point of legal fact, when in fact, The language of the overlay district specifically gives a discretion on a case-by-case basis. And Damaris will tell you it doesn't establish precedent because every block, every design, what it contributes takes into consideration. Well, I got the opposite in my meeting.
The context of the area. Yes, you cannot be arbitrary and capricious.
And so when we say to ourselves we have absolute discretion, it is constrained by reasonableness.
I agree that all the staff design considerations here are super onerous to any application, because I do. I mean, this is like they're going to put applicants through the wringer.
I think staff did a great job. I think the heights are too high, and I'm worried about blocks being purchased.
So I have something to say about the heights in District 32 precinct. OK.
So discretion, the idea of buying out blocks, you know, certainly I like the idea of limiting those. The fact that the feasibility study is really not a solid foundation for us to base this on. A suggestion that I have is to start, and I think one of the residents said this, I'm not sure. Pick a precinct. Obviously, we all know which one should go first, right? Pick one. Why are we doing the entire beach in one swoop? Let's pick one that's most important to all of us, that we can all get our arms around. I think I know which one it would be. And start. Like, why would we do this on the whole beach? Because there's really very serious legal concerns. And one that we've talked about is, first of all, we have no legal opinion, formal legal opinion, that we are not creating a comparator under Live Local. We all see Live Local carves out the word bonus, and we're relying very heavily on that. I know the legal department is relying on the language of the statute, but there's really been no formal opinion. But the legislation could change tomorrow. The word bonus comes out. And then what happens? It doesn't matter that our program was approved prior to a legislative change. If the legislature next year says bonuses count, then our bonuses count, which is another reason to be very, very, very cautious on the heights that we're permitting, right? Even at the Hollywood Beach Resort,
Well, if the legislature says, to your point, that bonuses count and Margaritaville is defined as a bonus, then you have Margaritaville's height as the comparator across the beach.
I'm talking about what we're doing here.
But I'm saying, but if that happens, then Margaritaville becomes a comparator and this makes no difference.
I don't know that. It could just be looking forward. I mean, they may say you can't look back, but you could look forward. And Hollywood now has this brand new thing.
I mean, you could what if it all the way.
I understand that. I'm saying it's just another reason to be very cautious in what we're doing here. I think I mentioned the injustice at the Hollywood Beach Resort. All of us heard Jonathan Goldman talk about how we need pump stations every two blocks. I think a pump station for any one of these landmark or gateway projects should be mandatory to be included. Before we get anywhere near a second reading, I want, and I had asked for this, some sort of a visual walkthrough so we and the residents can see what it feels like to walk along the beach, to walk along A1A, to make sure that there's no shadow studies. And again, Bob Glickman, God bless him, make it mandatory that there's no shadows on the beach. I know you've made it stronger. Let's absolutely say no shadows on the beach.
I just want to provide a clarification that through the refinements we have made it abundantly clear that no shadows are permitted.
There's a lot of shadows.
We've further dialed in even the time frames of winter and summer solstices and how shadows need to react.
2 p.m., 3 p.m., 6 p.m. Okay.
Hand in your house and have a chat.
Harold, we do have others too, so if you could.
I would just say before, I'm sure I will, and I'm going to stop so everybody can talk, but I just think before we come back, we have to have some sort of an AI-generated document that allows us to walk through and imagine what this all looks like.
Let's keep in mind that we also have a second reading, so there are a number of weeks to us to review.
I think we should have a workshop at a minimum in between the first and second.
We can discuss that. I want to turn it over to Commissioner Quintana, but I do want to say I believe that And Tom mentioned Paris, and he mentioned Washington, DC. I also sometimes reflect on Washington, DC. Pan Borgio mentioned no taller than Margaritaville. And I agree that there's something to say with establishing a consistent top line, even though you could say that you can add some creativity and not have a uniformity. But there is also an evenness sometimes to a skyline that sets an evenness. So I'd like the commission to consider Margaritaville is 183 feet and a number of inches. I would suggest that we change, whether it's today or at second reading, just to contemplate the maximum height of the landmark sites. And mind you, Carol mentioned 12 stories as the max for A1A. And currently, that's 150 feet. And 12 stories is traditionally more than With regards to feet, it's more than 120, considering the number of decks. So I don't know how many feet exactly at what you'd call a 12-story building today, but it's 150 on the books, and that's what the Planning Development Board also said sounded reasonable. My point is that the landmark sites that right now the proposal allows to go to 200, I would say we should cap that at 180 because that would keep it at the same level and not exceed Margaritaville for the central beach I'm talking about, precinct number three. With regards to Precinct 4, I know the Planning and Development Board recommended 300, but I think the consequence, and I just would love your all feedback on this, the consequence of pushing something with the entitlements that they have, and for what we expect, a five-star hotel in addition to the condominiums, would result in what we don't want, which is a Margaritaville-like 600 foot wide block building. Because if we cap them at 300, I'm afraid, and all the parking that they need, I'm afraid that it's just going to result in a blocky, wide monolith that we don't necessarily want. And so we talk about open air and views and sky views and wind. I think while none of this guarantees anybody anything, we shouldn't, in a matter of the actual precinct limitations, prescribe such a low height because I want Nicole and Cameron and the architects of the project to actually have flexibility and show us what could happen. Now, we could at the same time decide that we wanted a reduced height from a maximum that's in the code based on a particular application that comes through. One hasn't yet. So I would say that 300 is probably not a good number because it pushes things to stuff in a lower boxy-like structure. I would rather keep the the opportunity to stagger and to have more open sky. And you achieve that through, let's just call it a taller needle versus a fat, shorter one. I don't know if the number is 360 or 380. But I want us to limit ourselves within the code. I want us to first see a design and let Nicole run with it and see what we achieve and all the different bonus opportunities, the public realm, et cetera, and see if we have something that we are OK with. How does it fit in? It's a landmark focal point site. I think it deserves to be, again, a standout. We call it the crown jewel. I want to give the opportunity to create the crown jewel and not, through regulation, force it to be a blocky monolith. And then to the point of the disparity between the controlling site in Precinct 4 and the parking garage site, I think we should consider, and right now the regulations don't allow for the transfer of development rights into that precinct. If we allow for the transfer of development rights into the precinct as a whole to each property, I think that gives the Jaffe property opportunity to remove units from elsewhere on the beach where we want to protect the character and perhaps build something on the Jaffe site that we will be fine with because that's the entrance and the focal point and the area that doesn't injure or even affect the character of the broad walk in the general precinct three area that we all love walking across. It would be right in front of A1A and Hollywood Boulevard. And so I think that's a way to give some opportunity. Because right now, we also understand that, at least I understand, that the Gary Jaffe piece doesn't have any residential vested rights at all. It's purely commercial. And so without transfer development rights, he's stuck really without being able to do anything besides keeping that garage there. So if we allow TDR, that is an opportunity for them to, again, not guarantee them anything, but at the same time give them an opportunity to acquire those residential units that right now exist on the beach and relocate them here, as opposed to giving those units the potential to grow in other parts of the beach where we'd rather see it stay low-rise. And that's really the main points for today. I know we have second reading, and I'm looking forward to reviewing all the changes, too.
Mayor, really quick. I have more, but I'm not going there. The only thing I want to clarify is when I say 12 stories, that includes the FEMA level total.
Staying from grade?
I got you.
All right. Well, I'm at, I just suggested the 180 for the landmark sites. Keep it Margaritaville or lower. So let's go ahead, Commissioner Quintana.
Thank you, Mayor. So I, too, had some concerns for the existing small businesses that are there. So one of the questions I had jotted down was what opportunities What does this mean in terms of small investors, since we're doing so much massing at the beach? Are we kind of disincentivizing the kind of mom and pop shops that are currently there by incentivizing these big blocks? You don't have to answer me. It's just something that I was concerned about. Sometimes when big chain stores or whatever come into a community, the little local small businesses go out of business because the big chains take over. So I was really curious to know more about the resiliency fund contribution. for any bonus floor area above base zoning? Because I mean, I think if we're doing this, right, I mean, it is about getting as much money as we can so that we can contribute to the resiliency fund. How would that work? How much are the contributions? How would that be calculated? So those were kind of the questions I had, but is it worth, how much is it worth what we're doing?
Commissioner, thank you for the question. So through this request, we are setting up the resiliency fund. However, to your question of how much, what are the parameters, there is a companion item coming before this commission at second reading, which delineates the dollar figure, which is based on servicing and water capacity and infrastructure costs, because the idea is development pays for development. And that calculation will be ready at second reading when we establish the account structure and the parameters by which the resiliency fund can be spent. There are two different items. This is setting up that, hey, money will go into the fund for this bonus. And then a separate item comes to say where this money is held, where it can be spent, and what that dollar figure is, what's the nexus to that dollar.
For me, that's really important. Because if we're going to be making these kinds of dramatic changes, then, you know, we better get paid well for it. I mean, it better made some big impact. That's kind of how I feel. You can look at me like that and you want, but that's what I feel. It's like, okay, if we're going to make big changes to our beach, then let's make sure it's worthwhile. And so for me, that's important information. You may not agree and you don't have to. It's okay. And then I know... the SB 180 expires in October of next year and then we've got five years that this overlay would be in place right so how long would it take to complete our beach master plan
The Beach Master Plan is a larger undertaking, which typically spans two to three years, including community engagement, et cetera.
Yeah. Yeah, I was just wondering if it had to be five years, if it could be shortened. Because ultimately, what we want is a more long-term vision than this is just a makeshift thing in the interim. So I don't know if I'll get to speak again. But to tell you the truth, I want to thank everybody who came out to speak. And I really want to say how much I appreciate all the hard work that everyone on our staff has done. I have the utmost respect for everybody in our planning department. I know that there was an incredible amount of effort that you all put into trying to accommodate the interests of so many different stakeholders. You tried so hard to address everybody's concerns. And these efforts are at the direction of this Commission and there are an effort to solve the vexing challenges that our city, our whole city, and our beach is facing. There's valid reasons to look for ways to pay for the investments that have to be made to keep our beach viable. we must find ways to fund those solutions without further burdening our local taxpayers. I think that's what is intended. That said, when we have 97 people speaking in opposition at the Planning and Development Board, and only one person in support, and the same today, all the folks who came out, when dozens of emails and verbal communication in opposition have happened since the Planning Development Board meeting, we know that there's more work to do. in bringing people along with us, they're not along with us right now, on the reasons that we're doing this. And giving them the opportunity to offer alternative approaches to solving our shared challenges. While there'll always be people in opposition to any change proffered, we need to get more of our residents to say yes before we move forward. So I mean, right now, I'm really feeling like that's a priority. I don't think that our residents really, at this point, fully understand why we're taking this up. And we need to approach it differently, because obviously they don't understand, because look at all the pushback we're getting. So I mean, I'm not comfortable right now supporting it because of that. Because I think we need to get them to understand why we're doing it. Some people, it doesn't matter what you say, they're going to say no. But we need to get, well, I just haven't heard anybody say yes. We need to hear them. I get out plenty, Kevin. Thank you.
Thank you, Commissioner Quintana. Commissioner Biederman, followed by Commissioner Hernandez, Commissioner Kaleri, Commissioner Brown.
So I really don't have any questions. I thought this was going to be something that we were comfortable with and was going to happen. And just so many people brought so many questions today. So Cameron, on precinct number four, Is any part of this plan see two 49-story towers? Is that part of any possibility on this site?
And explain what would have to be done to even get to that 490 that you put in there.
Thank you, Mayor. I was going down that road. I know we've heard a lot tonight about the 49 and the extra 15 that's coming with that precinct. When staff crafted that section of the proposal, it's very important to note that it's called the historic rehabilitation bonus, which means that it's tiered and it could only be dispensed with rehab metrics. And a portion of those metrics are saving the building itself. The intent is that to get that 15 stories, you will likely have to save the entire building, which would then not leave room for a slew of towers. It's intended to be difficult and to be challenging for that site. It's not a free add-on to a combo. It's actually a really well-dialed-in historical rehab bonus.
So two 49-story towers is just scare tactics to get more people to show up that really didn't show up to begin with because we still had 30 or 40 people here.
I can't comment on scare tactics.
So on page four, which is in precinct four, it talked about a height of 300 feet. I was watching the Planning and Development Board. I thought it was 350. The last thing was 350, no bonus of 150. Do I remember that wrong or hear that wrong?
The board member who proffered that recommendation said 30 stories or 340 feet, but 30 stories is the maximum. So he capped it at 30 stories. So it's not 300, it's 340. Right. or 30 stories. So you could do 340, but you cannot exceed 30 stories. OK.
So you could have 12-foot floors instead of 10-foot floors. That is correct. OK. On page 20, it talked about the 10% for public parking. Is that 10% of the parking, or is that 10% above the required parking?
Thank you for the question, Commissioner. That is 10% of the underlying codes parking. So even if you have a use that qualifies for a parking reduction, you will receive the reduction if you qualify. But the underlying use parking, you need to provide 10% of that.
OK. And can we make part of the bonus program no short-term rentals? I think I always talked about it earlier. But because it's not a right, it's an entitlement, or it's not a right. It's a bonus. It's a discretionary bonus. So we can make part of that that it's got to be no less than six-month rentals. To the mayors?
Yes, I believe that that is possible.
So, I mean, I'd love to, if somebody's going to make a motion, I'd love to have that in there. But as part of... really realistic form of this.
Those would be site plan conditions that we could say? Is that what it is? If you want to confirm that and get to us in second reading.
Yes, I will check that and confirm.
Right, right. Only on condominium.
Only on residential. No less than six months. How tall is the diplomat?
The tallest tower in the Diplomat is 467 feet.
OK. And how tall is Crystal Tower in Central Beach?
I'd have to verify that for you, Commissioner.
All right. Because I think that should be either that or Margaritaville, I agree, should be the max limit. When our consultant was talking about the cost per square foot to build, Is that the livable units, or is that considering amenities, parking, like $30,000 for a parking space? So is that all part of that whole calculation?
I'll have the consultant come up and say it into the record. Thank you.
The 750 that we're using in that example is total development costs. So it includes the entire cost. It's not the sellable square foot, then.
It's the total building.
It's the total. Everything. On this case, no, no, no. We apply the cost to the livable area.
I'm confused now.
To the sellable area.
OK. So a lot of people talked about skyscrapers. I had to look it up. A skyscraper is 492 feet, which is the Diplomat. And that and Hyde is the only skyscrapers we have in Hollywood. And none of Central Beach that we're talking about is going to be skyscrapers, including the Hollywood Beach Hotel. Because that maximum was 490. So it's still shy of being a skyscraper. Somebody talked about the tragic fire that we had in one of the condominiums we have on Hollywood Beach. Feldman was filming it. If you didn't already know, the reason they had a fire is because they didn't have modern fire suppression equipment. And from what I understand, they fired their property management company that recommended that they upgrade their fire suppression equipment. So a modern building that we're looking to create an overlay district for now to modernize some of the central beach and the entire beach is going to have current FEMA floor elevations, current post-Hurricane Andrew building codes, current fire suppression. And it wouldn't hurt to have the fire chief come up and talk about that at some point. Commissioner Shuham, I agree. We don't want to kill the goose that lays the golden egg. The problem is we invested $400 million over the last 30 years to create the goose that's laying the golden egg. And the goose that's laying the golden egg isn't in Central Beach, where we have 100-year hotels. It's the tall buildings on South Hollywood Beach that is producing tens of millions of dollars a year in property taxes. golden eggs are coming from two more and I'm gonna be done number one I spoke to somebody on Central Beach that owns what could theoretically if not legally be considered a historic building and I spoke to them I said so let's talk about you know if you want to sell your building and let's say you want a $3 million for your building. And you had somebody offer you the $3 million, but they were going to demolish it. Or they were going to offer you, I'm sorry, let me change that around. They were going to offer you $3 million and keep it historic and renovate it. Or they would offer you $5 million and demolish it. Which one would you take? Can anybody in the audience tell me which one? Are you really that concerned about historic preservation? Or are you concerned about how much money you're going to be able to retire with? And this person said... Who wouldn't take $5 million? At that point, historic preservation, I'd rather have the $5 million. Finally, I'm going to agree with Commissioner Shuham. 12 stories, I could live with 12 stories above the parking podium. And that's something that we've talked about. It's not something we talked about six months ago. It's not something we talked about a year ago. It's something we've been talking about since I got here with the CRA director that was talking about having some kind of a plan Even when Commissioner Blattner was here and he talked about it at the Planning and Development Board meeting. The importance of consolidating properties so you can build something on top of a parking podium. And the height would start at the parking podium. So I could live with 12 stories above the parking podium. if we're not going with the full amount of height that we're going here, or we're not capping it at where Margaritaville or Crystal Towers is.
Right now, the regulation is 150 feet from FEMA, right? And that's basically where you're at, Kevin.
That's like 167.
That's the podium plus basically 12, roughly. I mean, it's there. It's 15. And then Landmark is, I'm proposing 180, but currently Landmark is 200.
Yeah, that's what it is. So those are my thoughts. And I'll pass the mics to somebody.
Thank you, Commissioner Hernandez.
Thank you, Mayor. I'm going to be the oddball here. I really am. And by the way, we have some individuals that are watching this online, and they think that I voted for the 1301, even though I was not at the commission at the time. I did agree with the commission as far as the live local, for them to be able to do the live local, but I don't believe I've ever voted on the 1301 unless you guys can tell me that I was actually there. here back in 2022, but nonetheless. Can we go to page 43, please? I have a couple of questions. Bear with me. Thank you. Everybody has looked at this picture more than one time. And we know that Hollywood and we're not immune to any particular thing. But under the current code, under the current zoning, if anything happens to that building catastrophe-wise, whether it's a fire, whether it's a hurricane, and the building gets significant damage, more than 50%, would they be able to rebuild back at their height under the current zoning?
No? Let the expert in.
While the height may be permissible under law, the county now has more stringent density provisions that may restrict that reconstruction at that height and density.
They may allow for it, you're saying.
Apologies. I transposed the information. Correct. The height is not achievable, but the density will be able to reclaim the density.
Thank you. I was going to correct, but I wasn't going to put my foot in my mouth. But at the end of the day, the answer is no. So some of those individuals that came out here and actually live on some of the buildings that they mentioned, which are well above 65 feet, let's pray nothing happens to those buildings, because God forbid that it does. It doesn't matter. Where you want to go, your insurance company is not going to cover you being able to build a story to where you want to be. And then we'll be back over here and say, well, but my building was 25 stories tall. I want to be able to go back to that. But keep the one next to me at 65. So I'm going to be the oddball here. I'm going to bring everything to reality. The truth of the matter is that building didn't have the foresight that you guys have put into this work. Thank you for putting the work. Even though you guys know that I fight with you guys tooth and nail, and I do not always agree. So my hat's off to you for bearing some of this stuff. And even though everybody's giving you accolades, behind you they're saying everything worse that you can think of, because we get some of those emails as well. So God bless you for the work you're doing. And by the way, city manager, we have a great deal of staff over here that are wondering what they're doing here. And my heart goes off to all you guys. Next time, if I can't, I wish Chad was here so I could buy popcorn. I say that, but I meant that. Because some of you guys are looking around like everything is the same thing again. And to some of those residents that come out, thank you for coming out and speaking your piece. It doesn't go unheard. And some of you guys think that we don't actually... pay attention to what's being said and that we need more time in this. We have one-to-one meetings with the staff, with the city manager, with the developing team. We're not just here on the blind today. So we talk to some of these things. I don't agree with the mayor when it comes to the height. I don't. I think it needs to be higher in certain places to be able to get the parking that you need. No, don't laugh, Kevin, because here's the one thing that I've been talking about and I've spoken to staff about, and every resident that come over here to talk about they want to save the character of the beach, but they don't realize that some of these buildings will be the ones that are going to be able to do so. One of the caveats of being able to have this bonus building program in place is those big buildings would need to be able to provide public parking guess what if you own the three million dollar mom and pop historical site and you want to redo it and you cannot redo it because you are required parking You're not going to be able to redo it. Now, that building that is providing public parking as a bonus is allowing, Julie, you can shake your head all you want. And that's why sometimes some of my colleagues over here shake and roll their eyes. No, no, no, no. Shake and roll the eyes of some of you because you do the same thing. Today is going to be different. I'm going to be real. At the end of the day, I have my Cuban coffee. Thank you, Tammy, for being able to do this. We had a slice of pizza. So we're able to do this. The meetings get prolonged, but that's because we listen to what you have to say. So now it's our turn to be able to say this. So the mom and pop that cannot be able to redo their hotels because they require parking in their site to be able to do that or parking agreement with somebody else in perpetuity, there isn't any parking around. These buildings will be able to have public parking. And I don't mean public parking for you to be able to come to the beach and park. There'll be some of that. But there'll be some parking that will be dedicated to the city. and the city will be able to lease those parking spaces for those particular mom-and-pop properties. They need the parking nearby for them to be able to redo their building. Cameron, is that not something that this ordinance is overlay district will provide? And if not, we ought to because... Well, no, no, but that's one of the conversations that I had with him for that reason.
Commissioner, to answer your question, yes, it will be under the city's parking management program. So however the city feels fit to handle their leased spaces, that will be handled.
Thank you so much. And this is one of the things that might have been missed on the translation of what's going on. At the end of the day, if you guys don't want to see all of the beach to become high rises, Somehow we need to have a compromise. 10 stories, 12 stories is not the answer. So I do not support 12 stories above. I heard what you said regarding above. Mayor, you said above the FEMA plane. And Commissioner Biederman said above the parking pedestal. So if the parking pedestal is six stories, then 12 stories above that would be 18 stories. So I'm happy with the 25 stories along A1A. Okay? And by the way, it's okay. You don't have to like me. It's all right. And I'm okay with that. And on the Section 4, I saw some of the renderings that they were talking about. So in order for them to get the 394 units, was that what they were talking about? 398. 398? 398 units at certain density? In a five-star hotel? They're going to need to go higher than what we're talking about today. Can we make the landmark height of the city of Hollywood that particular focal point? And everybody's laughing. Everybody thinks I'm crazy. How tall is the bridge from the DOT on the A1A? Has anybody taken the ability to measure how many stories that bridge is? Those ramps? Nobody? No. No, no. Those things are at least five or six stories tall.
The bridge is probably 58 feet.
So you start putting things in perspective. What you guys want, everybody wants low taxes. I talked the other day about a taxing district on the beach in order to be able to talk, to pay for the services that we provided. Everybody barked at it. No, we can't do that. Well, you want low building, you want low taxes, you want great services. Where's the money going to come from? Where is the money going to come from? So I don't agree, and I'll pass this on first, but I do not agree with the height because I don't think it's high enough for what we need to do. I'd rather have a taller building, one taller building, to get more money per square footage, and I'd rather for it to be a five-star hotel. Michael Seltzer, I agree with you regarding that particular statement. However, I do not agree with the other statement that you said, and I don't agree with some of my colleagues here, that you don't want anything to be rented for less than six months. Because what happens if it's a condo hotel and some of those individuals want to have people that want to come and rent for three weeks or four weeks? What happens with those? We can't do it unless they're on the hotel site. Then let's make the whole thing a hotel. So in order to be able to fill the restaurants on the beach, in order to be able to fill the restaurants on the downtown, we need to be able to have people that come here in tourism. Yes, a great deal of people. By the way, my sister is one of those. She loves the motels on the North Beach because they like the old tile. You think that you're back in the 60s. She loves that. My sister also loves going antiquing in Arcadia because she likes some of the furniture that is there. But not everybody's like that. My daughter is not like that. They like to go to nice places and spend the ability. They work hard for their money, so they like to be able to enjoy in a place that has certain amenities. So everybody's different. The city of Hollywood has a character. I've been saying for years, modern but quaint, quaint but modern. Everybody looks at the same thing. How do we achieve that? We don't achieve that by people telling us, we don't want you to do anything. We don't want to compromise. Because then you get the other extreme that I'm going for. I would rather see 100 stories on the Hollywood Beach Hotel. And you guys would think I'm crazy. Probably am when it comes to that. Maybe the geological doesn't take that. So we need to be able to find a happy medium. And I don't see a happy medium. Cat, you can shake your head all you like, but see, don't get upset when somebody out here shakes their head or rolls their eyes. I love that. I'm calling people out because we're getting called out. What, to get me to get called out? No, but I'm just saying at the end of the day is we're human just like you guys are. We differ of opinions. You know, my biggest heartbreak was the other day. I was at the Rotary Club. I'm a Rotarian, and I don't always go as I should. But I was there the other day, and I found this person that I really like. She's an older individual. I love her. And she says, I used to like you. I looked at her and I'm like, okay, well, I'm the same person. I was wearing my shorts, my boots, my sweaty shirt. And she says, but I don't always agree with you, so I don't like you anymore. Why do people take the ability to disagree to the personal level? If she falls down on the street, I will still pick her up. Now, if I'm walking down the street and a car hits me, I wonder if they're going to stop by and see if they pick me up or not. Because now, they've already, hopefully it wasn't them. But I'm just saying, the truth of the matter is, why do we need to go to the personal level? You don't like me doing this? I've had my colleague here to the right spend 35 minutes arguing with an expert. So I'm taking a few minutes. I've spent here hours listening. Rightfully so. It's your prerogative to do so. But you're shaking your head. You don't like what I have to say. I respect that. But just like some of you call us out, how does it feel when we call you out? i don't mean to be disrespectful i just mean to be real at the end of the day this is a difficult job i certainly do not support the height limit that you guys are talking about i think if you want to go 12 foot above the parking i'm okay with that but that means that that parking needs to have 12 well i was going to go there and thank you for pointing it out because i heard that the planning and development board actually agreed for the 1301 building unanimously to be 15 feet So, you know, I don't agree with some of these things, but at the end of the day, unless you guys live on the beach and you live in a low-rise place, some of you that live on the high-rise, you may not be, God forbid, if anything happens, you may not be able to go back to your apartment because you may not be able to develop it.
Peter, if I might, it's better to... to move on a total number of feet. Because you can contemplate, if we just said parking podium plus 12 stories, what if they say, OK, I'm building a 10-story parking podium so I can have 200 spaces of metered public parking. And then I'm going to put my 12 on top of that. I'm OK with that.
But that's the point. The reason that I'm OK with that is because they're providing a larger public service than anybody else, including the cities, have been able to do.
Balance against the height choreograph, right?
I understand. But you know what? The bonuses are there for a reason. And that's what we need to do. Because that would allow the smaller places to be able to survive as the smaller places, which is what the people want. Give them what they want. You can't give everything that they want, but give them the ability to get what they want. This way, the guy for $3 million versus $5 million, he's going to say, you know what? I'm going to keep my property, and I'm going to make my money in a deferred income type thing in the long run. So I would rather do, if they want to do 10 stories of parking spaces, that's more than the CRA has been able to do in the last 30 years. And we spend tons of millions of dollars doing that. So I'm good with the 12 stories above the parking. And let's say 250 feet max, not 200. What about Precinct 4? Because these are the two. I like the 100 story deal. If they're not going to like me, I want to give them a reason for it.
So you're saying just rather let the architects, let's just say, present to us a vision as opposed to picking a number? Absolutely.
And the reason that I say that is because if they bring an iconic building that has the right vision and has the right amenities, if they're going to say no, they're going to say no to everything. But if they're reasonable, they're going to turn around and say, you know what? That may be a trade-off.
Open the sky.
Well, open it up to where it needs to go. All right. That's another way to look at it. And that would be where I would go. And that's my motion.
All right. What's the motion?
The motion is to be able to... Precinct 3, maximum height being what?
No more than 250, which means... Landmark. Landmark. 12 stories above the parking, which means that the parking would have to be around 12 stories. Why?
He said three. Well, precinct three is Central Beach.
Central Beach, yeah.
No, he didn't confuse me. Carolina to Tyler.
Yeah, and then precinct four, up to whatever the design will hold for us to be able to make a decision at that point.
Design-based. Design-based. Do we have to have a number on Precinct 4? Or can we let architects run wild? And again, we can yay or nay anything. But do you think we need a number? Or can we say that, like the government use zone or district, there doesn't have to be a prescribed limit? For the bonus, again.
I'm just asking. For the bonus, I believe that you can craft it as you see fit. OK.
So we don't have to necessarily peg a scary number or any number?
I think that it may make it difficult for application but I know we still have a second reading so now and then we'll be able to see renderings and I camera could come back up and articulate but the original staff recommendation that staff brought forward to planning board. had Precinct 4 at 340, but also allowed for additional height beyond that at the commission's discretion. So it's had some guidance, but still left it open-ended for the designers to go taller than that at your discretion, just for you to consider.
No, I like the open-ended because they didn't take your advice anyhow.
Is that how it is still? No, that's not what they approved. Well, the planning board, I know, said different stories, but you know.
So just to clarify, it was 340 stories unified site. 340 stories? 340 feet, Paul, apologies. 340 feet for the unified master plan with the ability to go higher with a height determination study, which means there will be a third party study for the performer so the city commission can see if the height was merited, and then they can make their decision accordingly.
Was that you altering the original plan based on the P&D board experience?
No, that was our original recommendation to P&D board, and they struck that from the- Yeah, they didn't approve that.
So therefore, what I'm asking for, it's similar to what you're saying.
Let's see the rendering. Let's see where it goes. Let's see what the area can handle. At the end of the day, I'd rather have one taller building than a massive box.
You're saying flexibility and not picking a number?
Yes, which is what our original recommendation was.
So you have that language?
That's in the original language with the safeguards of the pro forma report to provide commission data and the design requirements to ensure flexibility.
Yeah, so it's not a free-for-all. And I get it, because other residents looking at me, they think that I'm being spiteful. I'm not. I'm being real. You guys don't have to like it, and I'm OK with that. But at the end of the day, you will have the ability to come back and say, no, we don't like that for this reason. And then we can give you an alternative, what they could do with what we're talking about, which is either a box They will have more shaded in the area because in this particular spot, which is District 4, as you guys are calling it. Precinct 4. Precinct 4. Thank you. It's close to the Broad Rock. It's close to the beach. So shading will be a problem there if we go to a particular height.
Yeah, there's no doubt about that.
Like I said, I'm being real with my residents. You guys don't have to agree with me. The exception. That's the exception for the shade because that's separated from everything else. And no matter what you do there, you're going to have a level of shade. So do you rather have a taller building, needle type, that will be able to get more money by square foot because everybody, most of everybody will be able to see the ocean. And ocean view is what pays. I always get a kick out of hotels. Hotels give you ocean view, and you think, oh, I'm going to be looking at the ocean. Then you're in the corner on the other side, and you can peek out of the balcony on one side, and as long as you get to see the ocean, it's legal. You have ocean view. That's different than ocean front. When you have ocean front, then you look at the whole thing. Look, guys, it's late at night. I'm grateful that you guys are here, but let's call it for what it is. And by the way, The group that says we don't want anything on the beach is very intimidating. So don't be... surprised that some people don't want to come out. We get death threats. My wife got one, and it's in her Instagram account, personal account. It has nothing to do with me. I don't tell her what to do. She doesn't tell me what to do. And this is interesting, and I'll make it public. Sorry, Chief. Somebody said, next time we'll come to the commission meeting, you're not going to hear us. You're going to feel us. So right away, my wife, that has nothing to do with it, is not even five feet tall, is looking at me like, what is this? So please forgive me if I can be a little obnoxious, because there is no need for that to take place. So if you think I'm taking a little liberty here, that's why. Family is off-limits. So I think that what is a precinct for? It should go to the sky as long as we like it. Thank you.
If I may. That was my motion.
You got a second one. I just wanted to provide. So go ahead, Cameron, and then Commissioner Biedermann.
I just wanted to provide clarification that staff's recommendation was for 340 feet unlimited with city commission recommendation for the unified master plan. If they're non-unified, then staff was not recommending unlimited.
Peter, is that good for you, 340 or without a prescription of a maximum if unified? Where am I? Go ahead.
Well, then we're falling into the same trap that Mr. Seltzer is talking about where we're forcing one person to sell to the other. I don't like that. I'd rather keep things independent. And I think that if they realize that they can get a taller, better product and everybody winds up happy at the end, I think that's a better, but this would be something that the market forces have got to be the one that have to decide that. So, no, I don't want to add the unified part of it. I thank you for the clarification, but I think that we need to be able to look at what's there now. That gentleman has a parking garage, which is commercial in nature, has no unit guarantees. Is that not correct? Residential. Residential units.
Right, there is no current residential density on that. Now, that doesn't mean that through our, and Andrea, can you correct me here? Because they're asking about whether or not the commercial properties owned at the Hollywood Beach Resort site have any residential density currently. And I'm wondering if flex units under our current code could apply.
So currently, the Hollywood Beach Resort, as we know, has the vested residential units. The other portion of the property that is closer to A1A does not currently have any residential density associated with it. And sorry, I have to repeat the question. So your question is, can flex be applied to that commercial area? Yes, it can per the county's land use. Can it be applied through the program? OK, we do not currently have that piece identified as available to receive flex, but through the counties.
Or TDR. Or TDR is the same. I mean, right now it's not a receiving site. We can give Gary Jaffe value through allowing his site to have flex and TDR.
And that's my point. There's nothing precluding us to be able to give them flex units through the pool that we have with the county. If they request it and they're doing a development, they would warrant those units. Is that not correct?
As currently drafted before you, it is not part of that program. But you can ask it to be as part of your motion.
I can.
And I think we should because- It still would be limited to 25 units per acre per the county's land use plan. Correct.
Correct. Peter, I would like to condition that on the unified plan because we all understand that the city of Hollywood benefits, and so do actually both property owners, but the city of Hollywood benefits from a unified plan because it could have a better master planned layout. It could have a road through it. It could have a vista all the way to the broad walk if it's unified. And so-
And I'm good with that because unified, that doesn't mean it's got to be the same ownership. And that's something. It could be a bifurcated ownership as long as a unified note for us to have one site plan. Master plan. Is that correct?
That is correct. That is the intent.
Okay, good. I'm good with that. I'll take that as a friendly amendment if the second of the motion agrees with it. Andrea, another question?
For motion clarity. We're building one. Okay.
We're clarifying it.
Okay, because if there is an amendment to the motion that's already out and has been seconded, then that amendment would need to be voted upon.
No, he's still building the main motion. We're adding to it.
Okay, so we do not have a second on the main motion. No, we do have a second on the main motion. That's why we're talking about it.
All right, let's hear from Commissioner Biederman. Commissioner Biederman.
So I believe together is more. And a unified plan deserves something extra. But the other thing I wanted to mention is can we And in this site, this precinct or all precincts, when we go higher, can we mandate more green space as part of that allowance to go higher? Because there's a benefit to going higher is you get to have more green space. You get to add more green space or save more green space. So I think that should be part of the ability to go higher.
So as it pertains to Precinct 4, the Hollywood Beach Resort site, we do have that public open space. And then as a reminder for the tide for- Rain or public open space? Well, because the guidelines defines that it should be usable park space with benches, lighting, and green space and landscape and landscape standards. But also to note, for the TIDE program, hotel bonus, for each tier of density, there's increased open space requirement. So that's already in the works.
Yeah, it's a balance. It's not going to be a, no disrespect to the Margaritaville, but it's not going to be a box. That's not what we want. We want something that actually makes sense, that the residents, even that they're saying no right now. It feels open.
And it has to be architecturally iconic.
Correct. We have the final approval when it comes to that.
Well, you guys do.
Well, that could be years away. The city in general.
I have one more clarification question as you're working on building the motions. Did you want to identify Precinct 4 as a receiving site under unified development?
Yes. I believe that that was part of your guys' original presentation to the P&D board, was it not?
It should be a receiving site because, again, it strips units from other parts of the beach that, in effect, get preserved or get limited.
I'd like to clarify my motion. Cameron, please come up because you're going to play a pivotal role on this. Your original presentation to the P&D board included the unification in order to receive the bonuses for the Site 4, correct?
That is correct.
But that does not mean that they needed to have the same ownership.
That is also correct.
Okay. So I just want to make sure. So if these people, they don't have to get married. They just have to elope. And so, therefore, they both benefit from something like this. And that becomes a better product for both of them. And due to the fact that we are able to provide units to both Parking garage now if they saw desire if they want to build up there that makes the ability for them to make even more money So with that was that good enough to make the motion fire that it's unified for the benefit of the master planned, right? Okay Is that clear enough for the city attorney?
I just want to make sure that staff understands the motion as it's currently out and that motion has been seconded. Yeah. Do you get that?
Or do you want to put it in the record?
Put it on the record. So the motion is for a unified master plan, which does not require a unified ownership, but a unified plan. The site will have a height minimum of 340 feet, open to higher heights with city commission approval. through the mechanisms that staff have recommended, in addition to which the site, Precinct 4, will now be recommended to become a TDR receiving site. And for the lands surrounding the hotel, they will be eligible for flexibility units.
Perfect. On that one, that's my motion. And my motion also carries to the Central Beach with Area 3 to be 12 stories above the parking pedestal. So if the parking pedestal is 10 story, now we're talking 22 stories. If the parking pedestal is eight stories, now we're talking 20 stories.
And this is along A1A or through the landmark sites only?
I like A1A, but I also like the landmark because the landmark has to come down in steps. The whole block. The whole block. OK. I'd like to expand what you said, not just on one, but on A1A as well as the landmark. And the reason that I say that, I know you were listening, so I didn't want to interrupt. And the reason that I say that is because not everybody is going to be able to afford to buy a whole city block. I know that that's our vision, and that's what we'll be able to see. But if somebody has sufficient of a net footprint on A1A, they ought to be able to develop that without being strong-armed into having to buy the rest of it. I like the landmark because now we have a whole sequence of buildings, and I'm good with that. I'm going to defer to you because what would you guys like to see, and what would you guys like to see as my colleagues?
I'm sure the colleagues will want to comment, but go ahead Cameron on just regarding the parking It's the you're requesting that the parking. It's the required parking.
That's required for that development not just Extra parking for the sake of extra parking no no I'm looking for the I'm looking if they if they want a bonus to be able to go up to the 12 stories above the parking garage Okay, you follow where I'm going with this because if they're just doing their required parking They're only 12 stories is where I wanted to go. I like for them to be able to get a bonus.
He's trying to encourage more parking by creating the baseline as being the top of the parking deck if it's economic.
So the 10% required public dedication of parking is the minimum that they could indeed go higher.
Absolutely. And no more than up to 12 stories above whatever parking did. So if they decide to do an eight-story parking garage, which would probably be a lot more than what they need, the city will be able to lease that space from them or get that spaces from them. which is a benefit to the beach goers.
Inventory. All right. That's one way to skin the cat. That's Commissioner Biederman. Well, Commissioner Kaleri is next in the queue, Vice Mayor. So that motion is on the floor. Let's go ahead to Commissioner Kaleri. Vice Mayor, I'm sorry.
doesn't matter tracy hey you at this point what really matters um so first of all i won't support that motion and i didn't support commissioner shoham's motion and the reason being is um you know this is a tit for tat and it's really ridiculous it started from 1301 six years ago and here we are today Discussion of mistrust you pulled one on us shame on you We can't trust you I can tell you a slew of things that this Commission as a whole Whether we agree with each other or not have done amazing things for this city This is over one issue and one issue only that someone decided to stick their feet in the ground and not move. And now it's turned into a monster. And here we are today talking about how we progress. Because the most important thing is that we do progress. We cannot remain the small, sleepy Hollywood. It's just not working. There's ideas that are on the floor, and the opportunity to work together has somehow been destroyed because whose side you're on and whose side you're not, who you're going to elect into the seat and who you're not going to elect in the seat, who's going to maybe make a choice because we hold their feet to the fire. Nothing is guaranteed, and life changes every single day. Every single day, there's something new that comes on the horizon. I have a whole speech planned here, but let me gather my thoughts. From Commissioner Blattner at the Planning and Development Board, who he has stated hated me when I first got this seat almost 14 years ago, said, something has to be done. We cannot just sit here. Hollywood Beach Hotel, I've heard it referred to. And by the way, shame on anyone, but I was sitting in that audience until 2 in the morning as well, right over there in the corner, listening and getting glared at, bullied, however you want to call it. But guess what? This job makes you have tough skin and make the tough decisions. But the Hollywood Beach Hotel is not a historical building. It is not registered a historical building. In our eyes of Hollywood residents who have lived here over 45 years, we consider it historical, but it does not have a title as historical. Do I want to see the Hollywood Beach Hotel destroyed? Absolutely not. Do I want to see it improved and made better? Absolutely. Do I want to see our beach improve 100%? Is it good? But it can be great. The words gaslighting, poor doors, tit for tat, it's got to stop, guys. All we are doing is sitting here battling each other and making no gains. a post on Hollywood Next Door or one of the websites. Pack the seats. Let's keep them there all night. Why don't we have individuals coming out to speak? Maybe in favor, maybe not. is because you invite people to come and fight. Fight is not a word we should be using. We should unite. We should find common ground. We should find a way that makes the city move forward. Can you put up my web, my little picture? You don't fight evil against evil. Two wrongs don't make a right. I believe that wholeheartedly. I can get daggers from Ms. Schoenfeld, Issa Swatt, Pam Bergerow, and I can get posts. Actually, go to the first one, please, the other one. Posts like this. This is not positivity. This is not growth for the city of Hollywood. This is evil. This is unexplainable nonsense. I based my position 14 years ago not to take one developer's penny, Alan Koslow and Commissioner
Well, she's using it as an example.
I'm not using it as an example. Because this is what's all over Facebook. I can use worse ones. I could put the middle finger picture that everybody is famous for over five years. Thank you, Feldman. You made me famous along with Annie. But, you know, it was taken out of context. It was taken and used as a malicious ploy. The blonde wigs that you have all of us, the Fab Five. We came into this position to do what's best not for ourselves, not just for our residents in our districts, but for the entire city of Hollywood. We carry that burden. If you think that we don't sit at home and see this nonsense, and you think that we don't sit here and see the posts about come and flood the commission chambers so that we're here until 2 in the morning, if you think that we have commission meetings on purpose not to let you speak, Get ready, Kat, when you're sitting up here if you successfully win. Get ready, Alex, when you get up here and successfully win. And get ready, Aaron or whoever else is running, because you're going to be faced with the same decisions. Commissioner Shuham, so can you go to the next slide? I'm all over the place because there's been so much discussion, but this is just absolutely disheartening to see where we are, this amazing city of Hollywood, and how we've gotten here. I'm going to speak from my heart. The mayor came into this position, and he has done everything positive. When you talk about not putting this beach stuff on his social media, it's because I think, my personal opinion, it's all to promote the positivity that the city of Hollywood has to offer. And he doesn't focus on the negativity. Thank you, Mayor. If you look at this, it's very blurry, because I tried to do AI like my friend Feldman and dumbass Will Candice and everybody else that wants to post negative stuff on, I had to catch myself, on social media. So I decided that I was going to be an AI intelligent individual and put the same stuff. And you know what? It made me step back and reflect. So you can't read it. And I can print it up for you if you'd like. But I sat here along with everyone else, and every person that got up to speak, I said, oops, they live in a high rise. Oops, they live in a high rise. Oh, wait a minute, they live in a high rise on the beach. Wait a minute, they live in mangroves. Oh, wait a minute. With an exception of maybe 20% of the people who came and spoke, Donna Green, respect you 150%. You speak from the heart, and you mean it. Schoenfeld, you and I have had our goes. You and I have had our goes. But you live in a district that doesn't represent the beach, and I respect that. But the people that came out to speak about don't build, who live in a high rise, are hypocritical to some extent. I'm sorry, but that is how I feel. But if you look at here, Mara Galante, mayor, great Mara Galante, who came out and spoke the other night. I'm surprised she wasn't here. Private sector development is a catalyst to revitalizing our downtown and beach. It will create drops and strengthen Hollywood's future. Mara Galante. At that time, Commissioner Beam Furr was right along with him. Was there any ill intent with that? I don't think so. I don't think so at all. You know the difference was? You didn't have social media. strengthening jobs, creating jobs, and increasing revenue for our city because there's hard times ahead. Let's fast forward. During Bee Furniture Center, the Diplomat Project will increase tourism Create a job and positions as a premier international destination. The diplomat, the highest building we have on our pristine beach. But there was a purpose behind it, right, wrong, or indifferent. It was to build tourism, make this a destination so that people will come to it. And then finally, our amazing Mayor Peter Bober, everybody loves, right? Well, during that time, Margaritaville was on the plate. And guess what? I was a commissioner, a brand new commissioner at that time. Margaritaville has been one of the best economic development deals for the city of Hollywood, generating millions of revenue, bringing visitors to our beach, and showcasing Hollywood to the world. I voted against the $10 million CRA donation, by the way, along with Commissioner Hernandez at the time. But I did vote in favor. But I did vote in favor of Margaritaville. And you can't speak out, Feldman, in the audience. And here we are today. So this is over years of vision and trying to make sure that the city of Hollywood in general, not just the beach, but the entire city of Hollywood has the ability to grow, prosper, and meet the demands And here, this commission, me, the culprit, the middle finger, the person that everybody hates, the one that brought live local, because Commissioner Quintana, that's why I looked at you when you said, oh, well, let's make sure that the money comes in because we need the money. If we're going to do it, we need the money. 100% correct. And that's why 1301 is a positive for this city. Whether you agree or not, I stand behind it 500 times over. If I die on that sword, well, so be it. But I didn't do it for my personal gain, lining my pockets, or to piss people off. I did it so that the city of Hollywood could progress. We will generate funding. We are getting open space, and we're getting an amazing community center. Commissioner Hernandez, we're not getting rid of it. And Commissioner Shulham, before you walk out the door, while she's out the door, this was the Super Bowl of Super Bowls. We left it to the district commissioner to start the games, and the games continued. And here we are today, a development that's going to incentivize growth, provide jobs, and move the city forward. So I appreciate all the comments, the questions being raised, and many of them are exactly the type of questions that should be asked when making important decisions here in Hollywood and for the beach. But I want to address one suggestion very clearly. that the commission should simply wait to leave this decision to our next incoming commission. I respectfully and wholeheartedly disagree. This did not arrive on our desks yesterday. This did not arrive on our desks a month ago. This has been a work in progress since back then. The Hollywood Beach study and the purpose of the overlay has been in a development much more than just a year. We are not pushing anything through. We are simply doing what we have been elected to do. There has been technical analysis, outside professional consultations. I mean, these poor guys have been sitting here all day, and they're probably thinking, what the heck is wrong with Hollywood? But we're great. Believe you me, we are great together. We are great. Right now, it's just not great. We've had stakeholder meetings. It's not my fault only 34 people showed up. We had a education on an Amendment 3 in the same chambers the exact next day, and three people showed up. If you guys cared that much about the entire city of Hollywood, You should have been here or you should have been tuned in because the ultimate effects of our budget meeting that we had and the possibility of the Amendment 3 passing, we're looking at major issues. And if we don't make improvements now, we're never going to get to the finish line. I was elected to serve and until I was elected to serve. And that means until the end of my term. Not until the beginning of an election season. My responsibility does not diminish because there is an election coming in November. I am here to see things through. I am here to make those tough decisions because that's what you have elected me to do, whether we agree or disagree. If every outgoing commission stopped making significant decisions because another commission was coming in, government would come to an exact halt We made the discussion on the budget. We're making a decision today to move forward. That does not mean that we should ignore legitimate concerns that have been brought forward. And I respect each and every one that has come out and spoken, not only at the Planning and Development Board prior to that, but today. If there are safeguards that can be strengthened regarding historical preservation, parking infrastructure, development transfers, building transitions, and public benefits, then those safeguards need to be addressed and should be appropriately placed in the plan, which I think you have done. Great job, staff. Thank you for your hard work and also being here at the late hours. I don't even want to continue reading it. I think you guys get my point. This isn't about who's going to win. Because one side's not going to win and the other side is. It really shouldn't be about that. It should be about how are we going to move this entire city forward by the benefits of the decisions we make today. A workshop? We have had so many workshops. I don't know how you're going to fit it in. And if the ultimate goal is to push it back for the next commission, I mean, that's really a cheap shot, to my opinion, a super cheap shot. Because as was stated at the very beginning of today's discussion that started at 1 o'clock, and then we started talking about this, is this is a fluid This is negotiable. Changes can happen. Voices can continue to be heard, but diplomatically and with respect. The future commission, with the high hopes of who you're going to get in, will have the opportunity to sit up here and do exactly what I'm doing, fighting for the betterment of this city. And I hate the word fight. I hate it. So let's come up with a new word. How about we work together, united, with our differences and finding that path of success? That is our goal. That is our goal up here. Even though we may seem like we're on different ends, at the end of the day, that is our goal. And I'm so disappointed in myself that I let the craziness, you sit on my hands, get the best of me. No, it's funny. Because I feel I've left an amazing legacy in this city. And I think we've done amazing things to move this city forward. But because of one project and one gesture that had no meaning of ill intent, it's all been changed because of a certain group of people who decide to just drive it as hard as you can to make a point. So I'm driving this as hard as I can today. I am going to make a motion to approve what has been presented. Note, I believe staff is wrong with stating that for OK, well, I'm not going to support the motion. Well, take a vote on the motion, and then I have a motion that I think will appease everybody. Well, they said there's a motion, so I'm going to get shut up by my own people. So my alternative idea is I do believe that the 340 that was suggested by the Planning and Development Board was not unified. And if our goal is to unify all of us and move the city forward in a proper manner, that's the 490, which I think is completely absurd. 490 related is in far left field. But that's what's unified. And that gives Jaffe's building to be able to build and all the other crazy bells and whistles. Am I wrong for my statement? Because 490 was unified, 340 is ununified. Am I correct or am I incorrect? Because statement earlier was not of that.
He said the wrong thing.
490 was the unified site with the rehab bonus. Correct. And then the non-unified site was 340 for speaking about the Planning Development Board or maximum 30 stories.
Okay. So if I were to sit here today and make a motion, I think that everybody's input is important. And I think that everyone's input from outside is important. I don't like the picture that's on here of the intercoastal. Can you show me that really quick? This I like. I like the public part because we do do the cafe. And heck, why not? Go back to that one. Nope. There. This, to me, I never see this happening in the city of Hollywood on the intercoastal side. Ever, never, ever.
I mean, it's similar to what the kink is.
That is all the way down the intercoastal side. I never see that happening. And I don't think I'd ever want that happening. Because there is beauty on our beach when you drive down A1A. You can't see the beach most of the places. But you can see the intercoastal. And this, to me, blocks. Is that the intercoastal side? Right.
That is intercoastal side.
What's the current zoning on that?
The current height limit on the intercoastal, the current zoning on the intercoastal side is 50 feet. We're proposing a 10 feet. This could be done anyway.
Right. This can be done. But to me, I don't think that's ever going to happen. Maybe I'm wrong and I'll probably be dead in the grave. And my grandchildren, whoever said that, will probably be dead in the grave too by the time that comes about. But with that being said, I don't like it. So I would say that, number one, I think we need to take in consideration one story versus two at the zone four. I think that we need to see it as stated in AI-generated walkability, what it's going to look like. Let's put the virtual reality glasses on and walk through what our beach is going to look like before we have second reading. I also think that I like the portion of the suggestion of the parking garage and then the height 12 stories. But I don't like the 100 story building at all. I think it's crazy and insane. And I also feel 490 is crazy and insane. 300 doesn't create unification. And so we've got to find somewhere in the middle. Please take in consideration. And I do have stake in the beach because my mother-in-law owns a condo on the beach that I spend numerous amount of times with my family at a 450 square foot condo that is on the first floor. And after the planning and development board meeting, when I went home, I was so hyped up by the disrespect and anger. And I prayed. I prayed for all of us. But I went home and watched the news. And Hawaii got hit with their second hurricane within the last, I think, two months. And the infrastructure that is old is gone. The new FEMA-regulated infrastructure is still standing. That's a note to ourselves. Because if, God forbid, we have a hurricane with a four-foot surge, You better bet your bottom dollar developers are going to come in because no one's going to be able to meet the code standards of FEMA, and those mom-and-pop shops are going to be gone. We have to find a way to move forward. So go ahead and take the vote. That's my input. I don't know what else to say, guys, but come on. Let's all figure this out.
All right, let's hear from Commissioner Gruber. Thank you. Can you pull up the page that has the timeline of the different heights that we've done in Hollywood? I didn't get the page number. Take a picture of it. I know which one you're asking. Yeah.
Takes us back to the beginning of our presentation.
There you go. Just pass it there. So it's funny. I can't help but wonder. So we're here today because for the last 20 years, there's basically been no investment on the beach. And I can't help but wonder if the commission in 2005 would have listened to staff and went to pretty much what's being recommended today of 150 foot and then scaling down, that's what it was, if there would have been some investment. Probably there would have because one of the things we're fighting right now, one of the reasons we're here was to build, someone wanted to build a hotel because their mom and pop stuff weren't making it anymore and they wanted to build a five-star hotel that was going to be about 150 feet high. I think it should be a lesson to us. to listen to our staff who are experts um because we're here because of that decision that out of the blue one of the commissioners decided to say 65 foot zoning in progress from what i understand the reason was that someone wanted to build a high rise in front of the quad domain and No? Okay. So I was told it was in front of the Quatermain, and then it went to 65 feet high, and that's why the building in front of the Quatermain is 65 feet high. Maybe we'll sum it. Whatever the reason. But now, can you go to page 36 of the presentation? So since I got here, we've been holding to this 65-foot law like it's sacrosanct. But that's where it came from. No one listened to staff. And the reason I'm pulling this up is because look at the picture to the right. Hollywood is not a bunch of two to three to four-story buildings. That's Hollywood Beach, right? There's the summit where many of you live in. If you look down, I think that you You'll see the Quatermain, which is four 27-story buildings. And I'm not saying we need to have this up the whole way. But when you talk about what the landscape is from Hollywood Beach, many of you leave out the stretch from the Quatermain to Hallandale Beach Boulevard, which if nobody knows what's there, on the east side, it's 20 consecutive buildings in which the lowest one is the Alexander. I believe that's 15 stories high. and of which half of them were built right around the time I was born, 50 years ago. So it's not like this is something new, putting something in there. So I just, you know, I think you're kind of right in where staff is recommending. We're recommending about 15 to 20 stories. So I like where you are with that. One of the other things is, because we now have this 65-foot rule, and I know some of you who live in the Summit, people who live in the Quatermain, people who live in the Alexander, we all believe in sea level rise, right?
Yeah.
Yeah. Worrying about the new stuff, my question is, having what's 65 feet on the books, sometime in the next 10 to 20 years, some of those older buildings, when they go for their 50-, 60-, 70-year inspection, the building inspector is going to come out and say, this building can't be salvaged. It needs to be demolished. So the question is for those buildings, and I know it's not in here, but how do you make those residents whole? If you're living in the summit and 20 years from now it needs to be demolished and 65 foot high is what you can build back, you know what your apartment's worth? Nothing. So I think we also have to figure out what's fair to those older buildings. What's that? Go ahead, Adam. I just hear Carol shaking her head and making noises.
Yeah.
I know staff can't answer this tonight, but I clearly remember many discussions about being allowed to build back what you currently have. So it may be square footage.
It doesn't matter. That's fine, because I asked. It's the density. Right now, and you're saying build back if a hurricane comes. I'm saying if your building is no longer, it's the end of its life, like the Hollywood Beach Resort. That's pretty much towards the end of its life. If you guys could bring somebody that's going to restore the Hollywood Beach Resort, pay for it, restore it to all its luster, God bless you, bring them forward, we're all in. But that hasn't happened. So going back to that decision that the commission made 21 years ago, that's why we're sitting here, because that's why there's no investment. So I'm good with what you motioned for. Commissioner Clare, if you want to change it, I'm willing to listen. OK. All right.
All right. So look, part of this discussion in the end is compromise. Do I love the idea of the central precinct three being podium plus 12? No, I'd rather have a particular number, personally. But I'm not alone here. And if that's what the motion is and a way to move us forward, then this is first reading. Let's put that.
Second reading, if it's minor, maybe after we see the IAEA.
Excuse me, please, in the mic. We can't hear you over here.
So we do have another opportunity, of course, at second reading. It can be some discussion. Also, if there are opportunities to further discuss how we encourage the unified master planning of the Hollywood Beach Resort site, Precinct 4. Besides what we've proposed, and I'm all ears, obviously the owners ought to huddle. We always push them to huddle every day. And so we'll see if that can be made a little bit better by maybe them bringing forward ideas that we haven't thought of. Commissioner Biederman, I hear you calling my name. Go ahead.
So it keeps being brought up about the AI. I don't know if anybody in the room remembers when we were talking about the Johnson Street Multimodal Center. And the CRA commissioned a company to do a whole AI presentation of A1A and Johnson Street. Does anybody remember this? So they created this whole video game what A1A would look like by Johnson Street. It doesn't look anything like the video game. But if we could look into how we had that done, find out somebody that has some history.
I mean, the trouble is that...
I'm sure there's plenty of companies that do it, but I'm just pointing out that we had it done. I'm sure Commissioner Hernandez and... Like a 3D render kind of thing.
But the trouble is that we're here, of course, we're all design-driven. We want to see quality hotels.
Nicole's going to work the heck out of every applicant to achieve all these different endeavors of the overlay plan. And I'm just afraid that if we put together a video, it's going to represent buildings that aren't really real. And are we really going to see what the work product might be? It's just going to show boxes in the end, not like some amazingly thought out architectural plans. So I'm a little worried that that might give you a false impression. I also want us to consider and realize that in practical terms, We all know. The Scott Street property next to Hollywood Towers, that's obviously, they've been waiting for years. And they've been doing nothing with it for I don't know how many years or decades because of the 65 feet. So it's totally rendered that site obsolete. We know there's the live local assemblage that is waiting for the court to say they can do live local. We know that there is a vacant land property. On Michigan Street, the surroundings are Margaritaville, Crystal Towers, and Costa right there. Those are the three properties I think on Central Beach are basically the ones that are even going to, in the future handful of years, going to be the ones to come forward. Hopefully something on west of A1A there to utilize the flex units and have more of those luxury type town homes there. And then Hollywood Beach Resort. That's, in the end, while we're looking at the entire beach, to me, that's the practical potential of who comes in. And so it's not going to be a every block tomorrow is going to come and apply for the bonus overlay. It's going to be maybe not even a handful over the next number of years. Again, so when you create a video, do you create a video with just Scott Street, Michigan, and wherever that assemblage is of the live local people? Because that's the real practical impact of this. Raelynn, am I wrong? I mean, I don't want to give the wrong impression in a video that shows suddenly everything maxing out. That's not practical to think.
Right, I think that we, first off, I do want to caution everyone that while AI can do some amazing things, and we certainly could create something, our goal would be to try to create something that might realistically represent what we believe would occur based on trends and amount of development and things like that that is reasonable within a five year horizon to get entitled. And so I want to say that, that our goal would be to create that. And that is not just something you plug into AI and in five minutes you have come out of AI in some sort of way that we think is accurate. So we have asked our consultants that are here about whether or not that's feasible. I believe we could provide some additional representation for folks that would give you an idea, as you stated, Mayor, of some of the different sites that we think are most likely and what that might look like. I do not know that we're going to have an experience where you feel like you're driving down Yes, where you're driving down Ocean Drive, A1A, and you can see what Hollywood Beach might be like in 30 years or something.
All right. All that said, we have a motion on the floor. Let's go ahead and take the roll call vote on that. I'll have staff repeat it so there's no ambiguity. Cameron. Precinct 3 and Precinct 4.
All right, just bear with me. Let me get my notes together. So the motion that, just to reiterate, it is to, we're going to start in Precinct 3, 250 feet maximum or podium plus 12. For landmark. For landmark and along the A1A character area. In addition to that, the Hollywood Beach, the Precinct 4 unified site is a 340 feet minimum going upward to City Commission to determine the maximum with the recommendations that staff had on height determination and pro forma provided to City Commission. Also in addition to that, Precinct 4, a unified site, may receive TDRs and where eligible, flex units. The non-unified site remains as proposed by staff. $340,000 maximum for the hotel site and nothing for the surrounding site. I'm talking about the non-unified site. Non-unified is $340,000 for the hotel and for the non-participating sites, nothing.
No, but hold on, hold on, hold on. We also have a situation here where one site, one owner can hold the other. If we're tying in economic, basically, viability to them moving together, then we risk one just lifting their heads and saying, okay, so you're stuck. I'm not agreeing to anything. Sit on the property. Don't buy it. Let the bank take the Hollywood Beach Resort. They're not going to close on it, and we're not going to see anything happen. So my point is we can't leave the controlling site, to use your term, be not viable by itself if the other owner doesn't want to participate. I'm afraid of that.
Yeah, go ahead. If I understand what my motion is correctly, what she's trying to say is if it becomes ununified, The Hollywood Beach Resort property goes 340 plus the bonuses ununified. So the bonuses are still there for that site. We're not punishing that site. What we have done is if they unified, that site gets a 340 plus the bonuses, but the other side gets to be a receiving site as well. In other words, there's an incentive for them to unify. That doesn't exist today. It doesn't exist right now. But if they do not unify, they get no receiving site designation, and yet the Hollywood Beach Resort gets to go to the 340 plus the bonuses. Is that correct? Is that not what you presented? Plus the unlimited. Is that not what you presented originally?
That is what we prescribed originally.
And that's what I'm saying. That's what I'm looking was, would you present originally? Okay. And I'm pretty clear on what I'm looking for, you guys. Commissioner Biederman.
Can you check with outside counsel to make sure that we're not doing something that may not be legal? Absolutely. We will clarify. Yes. Thank you. Before a second reading. Okay, thank you.
And for an abundance of clarity, the TDR receiving and flex unit eligibility is only for the unified sites.
Correct. That's my motion because I want to make sure that we give them both the ability to maximize their dollars, if you would, but if you're not going to play nice in the sandbox, then we keep it to what staff originally proposed, not what the P&D approved, but what you actually proposed, which is what I'm looking for right now.
Understood all right final comment on the motion Commissioner Shum Is 490 the highest it can go it's not prescribed I
So obviously, I'm voting no, so it doesn't matter. But it is a little jarring to hear that we're going to listen to staff, except that we're not going to listen to staff. So you're listening to staff on some and not the other. And we're not listening to our residents at all. And we're not listening to the professionals that sit on our P&D board who did not take any exception to any of this except one thing, which was the excessive height of the Hollywood Beach Resort. So I am very taken aback and very disappointed. And at a minimum, it should have been what the P&D board recommended. So I'll be voting no. Obviously, I think that these heights are bizarre. They have no relationship to what the residents of our city want. I personally came in here very open-minded. I accepted everything. I wanted to lower the 150. And, you know, that was my ask. I am the district commissioner, which bears no weight. So it's just very disappointing that on the one hand we say we want to listen to staff, but then we don't. So I think that this is a terrible result, and that's all I have to say.
Thank you. Commissioner, Vice Mayor.
So 490, just to clarify, you said 490 is the max? No. It's not the max? What's the max? Open-ended? Okay. But 490 is the unified. This whole thing of unified because then it opens up a playing field of fairness, correct? You recommended 490. The P&D board recommended 300. By them recommending 300, it disqualifies any type of unification, correct?
I did vote for the designation of the Live Local on 1301, but I did not vote for the 1301 project. But I just wanted to clarify.
All right. So we do have the motion on the floor. Vice Mayor, did you want to continue? You're good? All right. Commissioner Shuham, you wanted to add anything? No? All right. Let's take a roll call vote on this motion. And remember, we do have second reading.
First, I would need to read the ordinance, and the motion, just to be clear, is to approve the ordinance pursuant to the conditions stated in your motion.
Yeah. Yeah. Pursuant to the terms of Precinct 3 and 4, as stated by Cameron and verified. Originally. Oh, sorry. Let me turn on the mic.
I want to make sure that you're clear. It's what... Staff proposed to the P&D board, not with the P&B board approved, with the caveat that if it's a unified site, the garage site, which is one of the puzzles, if you would, would be able to be a receiving entity for the flex units. Is that how staff has it? So that's my motion. Okay. Thank you, Mayor. All right.
Let me just, if I could, before we do that, and I don't want to muddy things up, but I'm just asking the commission, and maybe this will get a broader set of commissioners to agree to support this, which is healthier. Would you consider, for Precinct 3, letting 180 feet, the Margaritaville height being the top line? Yeah.
I was thinking of asking Commissioner Shuham what it would take to get her and Commissioner Quintana to vote yes on this and where we would have to compromise. But if there's no compromise, there's no compromise. But I'm willing to listen to Commissioner Shuham to see if there's any shaping we could do that would bring a unanimous vote.
Probably not unanimous because I disagree with the disparity of treatment at the Hollywood Beach Resort. I said 12 stories because I remember past conversations that was a number that we all had talked about was 12 stories in Central Beach. I'm not sure what's going on here, but I think that the heights are excessive and they're not reflective.
Are you good with 150 and 180?
I'm better with that. But to ask me to vote on something, I didn't even want to have a vote tonight. I'm still very concerned about the legal implications. I'm very concerned about the ability of this commission to use its discretion to turn projects down. I mean, I haven't even begun.
So you're not there.
I mean, I can vote yes on a first reading, but I mean, I'm nowhere close to voting yes on a second reading. And so to me, it's, I don't want to, I'm not going to put on a show. Yeah. So, I mean, we have a letter here from Trip Scott. We all got it. There's a really serious question about the language in D1. I mean, there's lots and lots and lots of issues.
And I think we have full legislative discretion to prescribe the terms of an overlay district, so I don't know if there is any legal issue.
I would just simply say, and I appreciate the question, Commissioner.
I didn't get a letter from Tripp Scott.
You got it.
It came from an assistant's name.
Yeah, it was attaching a letter from Wilson Atkinson. My only, I think, a large disappointment was I felt like I wanted this. I wanted this. I think it was necessary. But what you guys are doing is not what's necessary. You're doing way, way, way, way more than what was necessary to trigger the reasonable redevelopment that we had all contemplated. And I think that if we can somehow rein it in, and explain to the residents. I think it was Commissioner Quintana who said they just don't understand. I think a lot of people would really understand.
So the staff recommendation was 150 feet, which is basically 12 stories, roughly. It was 150 feet. And then with the landmark sites, which are full block, they said potentially up to 200. Doesn't mean that we approve 200, but potentially 200. My thought was keep the 150 because that's what everybody thought was reasonable. It's within the realm of the 12 stories. And 180, let's just put a lid on it to make Margaritaville the top and not go beyond it. I don't think the 20 feet.
You mean for Landmark and Gateway.
Landmark. So 150 and then Landmark is 180. And that really, I think, you know, strikes the best balance that could be. And maybe Commissioner Hernandez would be okay with that and we can get a unanimous.
I'd be willing to compromise for that if we're going to look to do a unanimous vote. But if we're not going to do a unanimous vote, let's keep it where it is and then we'll discuss it on second readings.
But let me turn to, I mean, this way we have Vice Mayor Kaleri on board. And what about Commissioner Quintana? Sorry, let me get to you. Sorry, go ahead.
I'm still feeling like we need to... We have second reading coming up.
And we can one-on-one with staff. This won't be the last, but let's set that starting bar to be...
I'm just saying, I know we said we didn't need a workshop, but look how long we spent talking about this.
This is what we're here for. But if we did a workshop, we'd have all these people out again, talking about it over again. We'd have three more meetings like this. Well, I mean, that's the thing. And we would still end at the same thing, most likely.
What I was saying, I mean, that maybe because you all have been, yeah. having these conversations. But what I was saying is obviously not everyone understands our motivation even after all of this.
No, specifically to the Precinct 3 A1A Heights. The staff recommendation was $150,000 And then landmark full block potentially 200 and the Commission is contemplating agreeing to the 150 Which is within the realm of the 12 plus stories that we'd all been talking about And then the landmark would only get to go to 180 which is about three and a half feet down that yeah without all the other terms design But the maximum height wouldn't be able to be taller than margaritaville margarita becomes the tallest and no one can exceed it on Central Beach and it's already there so
If there's a motion to amend, then you all can.
I haven't seen a nod from her that she's willing to go along with this. So I don't know what we negotiate in something.
I mean, I just want a result that's better and that more commissioners can start with. This is first reading. And so let's set our foot forward and continue looking at it.
When would second reading be?
October 7. That's in like three weeks.
Yeah, because, I mean, again, my concern was just, like, we have this many people who came out with so much pushback. It's like, how are we going to get more?
Well, now that they understand where the commission is, maybe they'll have specific feedback on specific parts of the plan that will be receptive to and listened to at second reading instead of just a no, no, no, which is, you know, if you want to be contributing to ideas, then that would be an opportunity.
Yeah.
We're all ears. I mean, I am all ears.
okay so does anyone want to make a motion to amend with regards to that all right i'm sorry this thing go ahead i'll make a motion to amend 150 feet in the um precinct three and 180 no more than 180 feet landmark in the landmarks can i add something and uh okay
No, no, go ahead, finish. I'm sorry.
And...
The beach resort, as was stated by staff's original recommendation, plus the unifying incentives of TDR and FLEX.
I just pushed the unifying because I think we have to keep it an even, fair playing field.
Yeah, they need to unify.
Yeah, I'm just kind of trying to think what measures could be taken between now and second reading to answer... Town Hall.
Town Hall.
Well, now, Damaris, with regards to second reading, anything that's not considered major. So if we tweak any one small number of feet on any of the precinct numbers, that's not major enough in the context of the whole overlay, right? In other words, we can do it on second reading. We can change a number from four to three.
That sounds, if there were minimal changes, then that would not be.
We still have the flexibility to talk numbers on second reading on one of the precincts, for example, or more. But yeah.
Yeah, that sounds reasonable.
Meet with staff. Meet with your people.
I'm concerned. So am I. I'm concerned that we're being hoodwinked. And while I would like to believe that we're going to have a unanimous vote today, there's too many signs that this is just to get us to come down for what we wanted. And in the second reading, We're not going to have a unanimous vote.
I think it's a good result.
They're going to want more.
I think the 150 and the 180 is a good result. If we have five or six commissioners, I mean, we've made our best shot, and we're being reasonable and going along with the staff study as well and even bringing it down a little bit.
And I'm going to be the devil's advocate. If we have the ability on the second reading to be able to tweak the number down, why don't we pass this now? And then on second reading, we come to the compromise, and that would be the final.
I'd rather not even get to that number, honestly, on precinct three.
You don't like the 250 feet? Would you do 200, which it was a staff recommendation?
I recommend a 180. I really think that 180 should be it. So you want Margaritaville to be the tallest building? It's already been done by a past commission. Let's just, you know, not bigger than that.
We're going to get the blame no matter what. But I think it's a healthier height. But if you're willing to do that, if this is going to be a unanimous vote, I'm willing to go with that. But I need you to understand that that will be the minimum or the maximum that I'd be willing to go when it comes to that.
I'm not looking to change that.
Okay, they're looking to do 10, 12 stories. I'm not interested in it. Never mind. Okay, I'll...
It's consistent with the staff recommendation.
If the seconder of my motion accept the potential...
So there's an amendment on the floor. Right. We need a second.
Was it seconded? I'll second the... So the amendment is for Precinct 3 to be 150 and then 180 on Landmark.
Correct.
Period. Okay, so you want to... All right, all those in favor of the amendment say aye. Aye. Any opposed?
Because we haven't addressed the Hollywood Beach Resort.
Well, that was the amendment was just on Precinct 3.
Okay.
So you're good with the amendment, right?
I'm good with 150. I'm actually okay with the 180 provided that there's a cap on how many landmark sites there can be. That's the concern I have is that you're going to go block by block by block.
I mean, if that wants to be looked at for second reading, I'm willing to look at it personally.
Talking about having the discretion of who gets to develop and who doesn't, that will be one. Otherwise, it's open game. So I don't support something like that.
Right. So the amendment is just the 150-180. Correct.
So what happens in District 4?
Oh, it's OK. You voted no anyway. District 4 is the original staff recommendation, Carol, with allowing TDR and flex for the unified site to incentivize and give value to both sites.
So I would just say a concern I have there is if 49 is not the cap and you're allowing unlimited TDR from unlimited sites because we confirmed earlier that it can come from multiple sites, then the sky's the limit.
But we protect the other sites by stripping units from other parts of the beach.
You're saying there's no height limit, and we know that no one even wants – 35 stories.
We're willing to be open-minded for design-driven. We'll take a look at it. I mean, no one's contemplating a skyscraper. But if we see open sky and beautiful green spaces and a glass needle, then maybe that's better than the alternative. I don't know. I mean, I just want to leave the opportunity for us to look at it and gain a lot more on the ground. So I'm willing to say, let's see. We don't have to agree to anything once it comes up. I mean, we can just say, we don't like your design.
Come back.
I mean.
I don't want a glass needle. I don't want a glass needle. I want it to be more historic.
Whatever the design might be, I'm sure they're going to want to go to the community and say, hey, how do we make this the crown jewel? And let's all dream about what the crown jewel ought to be that would last for the next 100 years of the city.
I have a question. And I'm all for this, and hopefully we can come to a unanimous decision. It's not going to happen. If we're talking about a unified site.
I don't know why you care what I think now.
If we're talking about a unified site, can we get them to dedicate that north-south roadway between the two sites as a city road so that we're maintaining that road and they don't have to fight between each other who maintains that road?
That's even worse, Kevin.
Is it? OK, never mind.
I mean, the site ought to be master planned, right, planners? I mean, that's how we, Hollywood, get the best result. And both the owners get the best designs too, right? And if they huddle up and suggest something tweaked for a second reading, then I'm all ears if they can, as Peter said, Elope, go to the wedding together. That's how we benefit. All right, so the amendment was for the 150-180. We already took a vote, right?
I wasn't clear on what the vote was. Yes, the vote was to amend pursuant to Commissioner Kalari's description of it around... Yeah, at 11.08 PM. And that vote was taken to amend the motion. It was seconded by Commissioner Biederman. The vote was taken 6-1. Commissioner Shuham opposed. So at this point, we have the main motion on the floor with the amendment. Carol, do you want to keep that vote, or do you want to play ball?
Better up, better up. Let's go. I guess I'm not really, I'm not political enough to understand what difference does it make what I'm saying. What I'm saying as the district commissioner is that this is not, especially what you're describing at Hollywood Beach Resort, is not reflective of what the resolution is.
No, the amendment.
I'm talking about the amendment. We haven't voted on the resort, have we? I will support the amendment.
God bless America. We have a unanimous vote on the amendment. So now the main motion is amended by being 150, 180 on precinct three. That's done. And the only other item is precinct four, which if you have another idea about how we encourage these two folks
I would have no bonuses at all unless they work together. And they restore the hotel. I like everything that was in Andy Ruffner's letter. I mean, we're trying to have a hotel that's restored. We're trying to keep the airspace above that hotel open. And... And we're trying not to have a 49-story building there. And it's not our job to allow unlimited height at that location. I mean, I'm really stunned at what I'm hearing about that location.
So there's no way to get unanimous on that?
Not that one.
All right. So let's go ahead and read the ordinance and call the roll call vote on the motion as amended.
ordinance of the City of Hollywood Florida amending article 4 of the zoning and land development regulations to establish section 4.26 the Hollywood Beach overlay district including part 1 overlay zoning regulations and optional bonus programs and part 2 Hollywood Beach overlay urban design guidelines adopting the official Hollywood Beach overlay regulating plan map and Establishing the Hollywood Beach Public Benefit and Resilience Trust Fund, amending sections 4.6C, 4.6D, and 4.22E to address rooftop amenities, and amending the city's official zoning map to reflect the boundaries of the Hollywood Beach Overlay District, and providing for a five-year sunset of section 4.26, and providing for findings of fact codification, conflicts, scrivener's errors, severability, and an effective date.
Vice Mayor Kaleri? No. Commissioner Gruber?
Commissioner Biederman?
I'm sorry?
Commissioner Quintana?
Commissioner Shuham? No. Commissioner Hernandez?
Hell yes.
Mayor Levy.
Yes. By the way, Vice Mayor, with all due respect, you hoodwinked us, as Commissioner Biederman said, into voting for your amendment. And I kind of resent that. No disrespect, but at the end of the day.
Well, first of all, don't call me a hood.
I didn't call you anything.
Second of all.
So since I'm on the prevailing side, I want to make a motion to reconsider my vote.
Thank you. And I wasn't hood drinking. What I was trying to do is... Wait a second.
I don't know what's going on here. What's going on is we compromised in order to get a unanimous vote, and the compromise only worked one way, which is what's gone on here since 2018. But I feel like compromise one way. But if you feel good, we compromise and then we wind up taking less product for what we could have. But we need to go.
Sky's the limit at this point because we will make the motion because you are on the you are on the you are on the.
But you decided to come out of the gates bunch punching.
No, no, no. It passed.
The motion passed into Kevin. Apparently, it doesn't work both ways for everybody. Only for us suckers.
No, I don't look at myself as a sucker. I look at myself as being very comfortable with where we landed, which is 150-180, which I know you're comfortable with at your heart. And we're also comfortable with... the terms that we just put in for beach resort to encourage the co-development of the site.
If we're not getting a unanimous vote, go up.
We tried. Well, you know what?
I am not in the prevailing side. So you guys, Kevin and Vice Mayor. It passed, Peter.
It passed.
It did not pass. Kevin just...
I'm trying to reason with Commissioner Biederman and hopefully just leave it where it is for first reading. I think we landed in a good place. I think we all did so comfortably, not because we feel bad about the 150-180. I think 150-180, we can all agree, is fair and good and compatible, and it's consistent with the staff recommendation, and we just made Precinct 4 better by encouraging them and giving value because of the issue of the disparity.
You better make sure that what Kevin said He's going to retract this. Otherwise, I heard him say that he's changing his vote. Kevin, please clarify.
Where it is on first reading?
Are you changing?
It can't go up on second reading.
OK, so that means are you under prevailing? The motion dies.
Hold on. To the city attorney, we can do anything on second reading so long as it's not a major change. If we tweak a number up instead of down, that's still a minor change. No different.
Correct, if it's a minor change.
I apologize to my colleagues and to the audience for getting a little agitated. No, it's frustrating. I voted because we were looking for a unanimous vote, and we didn't get it. So I just think it's deception. But we're comfortable where we are.
That's okay.
Well, he needs to clarify where his vote is. I'm fine. I'm fine.
Commissioner Biederman is fine. Okay. Item passes 4-3. And thank you all so much. That concludes tonight's business. And we'll continue looking at things. Here we are.
Hey, we have comments.
Oh. You still want to hear comments? All right. Yeah. Let's go ahead and do that. All right. We could always wave, right? I'm going to leave all the mics open, unless it gets to be a back and forth where we want to. All right, Commissioner Shum, any comments?
Briefly first of all I certainly hope the reference to deception was not directed to me or anyone up here I think that people have to vote their conscience It's a great effort to try to make things unanimous, but I firmly believe in representing the constituents of this city and to vote yes not doing that so I'm excited to I would hope have a workshop between now and the second reading because clearly we don't understand how this works I don't understand it and I've been doing this my whole career we understand exactly how it works we don't understand if we decide we want to change something we're going to be precluded by SB 180 do you understand that Anyway, there's no deception up here. People are trying to do the best they can. We disagree. We don't have to be disagreeable. And to say that I am a bad commissioner or a bad person because I'm not giving you a unanimous vote, I don't even understand what that means. I don't get that.
You said you compromise, and then you don't compromise.
I didn't. He said, would you agree to the amendment? And I said yes.
For a unanimous vote.
I specifically said, Commissioner Biederman, I cannot accept what's happening in Precinct 4. If you didn't hear me, I apologize. But please do not say that I committed some deception. I really take exception.
I think gaining Commissioner Shuham's agreement. I'm sorry. You're the only one up here that's smarter than the rest of us.
I don't claim to be smarter. I just did not agree to amend to Precinct 4. I never did the entire time we've been sitting up here.
At least we got unanimous on Precinct 3, everybody. All right.
Number one in my comments, I don't know if everybody saw the email from Terry Cantrell about putting brush in his brush bin. I want to thank staff for taking a look at that. We need to address our ordinance so that residents that are using their brush bin for brush do not get citations. Agreed. Number two, I had asked staff to post the amendment to our charter that we are voting on in November on our website. If anyone is interested, they can Google City of Hollywood Charter Amendment November election. It will pop up. However, I have asked Adam to please, in addition to the referendum language, put in the charter showing the changes it's not the same what's in that what you're voting on in the ballot is it's tricky to see what the thing's going to look like so hopefully we'll see that we got a great email from claire garrett about jazz fest acknowledging that um that the Rhythm Foundation has secured a legend named Ron Carter for our November 21st Jazz Fest. So I just wanted from the dais to give a huge shout out to the Rhythm Foundation and all of the residents and staff that are working on Jazz Fest. I think it's going to be very exciting. And that's it for now.
All right.
Thank you Commissioner Hernandez any comments Thank You mayor I'd like to thank Vin I'd like to thank Joseph for the work they do and the short notices that I give them with some of the residents complain they have been comes to that and Rick thank you my wife thanks the world of you guys for working with her with some of the last-minute changes and what have you. So we're not rigid. CMED has been able to do a great job with Sister Cities International. Look, at the end of the day, I fight with the residents when I feel that they're being aggressive because we're just people, just like everybody else. Just like I disagree with staff at times, and I tell them, you and I have disagreements where we have agreed to disagree. This is not an adversarial job, but there are times that our job becomes adversarial because of the beliefs that we have or because of the needs of our residents. And we should be able to represent those needs at the full capacity that we have. And at the end of the day, we need to do that with dignity of the other person that we're disagreeing with. That's one of the workshops that we had with the Broward League of City was treat everybody with dignity. And even the Bible says treat others the same way you want to be treated. So we have to be cognizant over here and agree that we're not always going to agree. And in some instances, No matter what we do, we're not ever going to be on the same page, only because we're so far apart, and we need to be able to agree with that. So having said that, it's almost midnight. I wanted to go out to dinner at some point, but it doesn't look like maybe I'll have a snack. But thank you, Mayor, and that's all I have.
Dignity means a sense of self-respect, worth, and deserving respectful treatment in return. Human worth. All right. Vice Mayor Clear, any comments?
Yes, we talked, believe it or not, at 10 o'clock this morning, we had our meeting, and I brought up the fact of placing a, I noticed Fort Lauderdale PD has the plaque on their new headquarters that we got ours done first, so that's accolades. Those are a great thing for the city of Hollywood. What's the status of that? And I just wondered if we have a plaque recognizing the commission, the Go Bond, the community as a whole.
Yes, there are plaques planned for all of our large facilities as part of the Go Bond. And happy to share that information with you. I don't know specifically if they meet all of the criteria that you would want them to, but we'll take a look. And I believe they're already in production.
Same traditional way.
But they are our standard bronze plaque. It recognizes that these were funded by the general obligation bond and recognizes the commission and the staff that was involved.
And where are those going?
Not just the Hollywood Police Department, but the Hollywood Police Department, Armory, Golf Course, Art and Culture Center, all of the larger projects.
Can we see samples of them at some point? Sure. Thank you.
46th Avenue wall just kidding And then I just want to say thank you to staff for listening to me regarding Rotary Park I have more updated information, but hopefully we'll get that to the finish line I know it won't be during my time here, but I will still advocate and push for making that park right and And I just want to say thank you to staff for all the hard work that you guys have done throughout the go bond And through all the parks in especially district 3 we have some amazing stuff I know we have some work still to get through as far as parking and stuff like that, but It's really been amazing and a great honor to be able to see where we were and where we're at So and I think the same with today's meeting. I think we'll get to a Good place together. Thank you
Thank you, Vice Mayor Kaleri. Commissioner Gruber.
Just real quick, Pam, thank you for bringing up the tennis. I don't know if you know, I used to be the director of operations for that tennis tournament in Delray. And I spoke, you reminded me, I spoke with Jesse Smatz a few years ago about possibly bringing a challenger tournament here first and then making it bigger. So I'm going to rehash those talks with him. We were going to possibly work with Sloan Stevens on getting it done. Um, that center court lays out perfectly for a challenger tournament. It's got like the step down. So you can probably see four or 500 people there. You're bringing some bleachers. Um, so I don't need any support. Do I to get it? No, I'll, I'll, yeah, I'll have those talks and, uh, try to get it done. Yep, that's all I got. Thank you, everybody. Vice Mayor, did you have anything?
Yeah, I can just bring up this slide. This was also mentioned earlier sometime during the day regarding the flooding and the issues. So this is on Taft Street and 46th Avenue, where I have to say I was very skeptical about the widening of the sidewalks. But so far, so good. But the drainage system, this is a swale, and it has nothing but leaves. And so I sent it over to Joseph Kroll right away. He had a crew go out and clean it up. But if we can bring back, I think it was mentioned earlier, to go out and clean our swale.
That's Ben. Sorry.
Oh, Ben.
Yeah, that's a drink.
Whomever. One of you guys, you know. Staff doing a great job.
One of the guys with the truck.
The most important thing is that it was cleaned up. And it was mentioned earlier today about adopt a swale. This is a prime example of how we can prevent flooding from happening, especially on a newly constructed. If you see the amount of leaves that are there, it's really, really a catch basin. Adopt a catch basin. Go out and clean up the swale. And if you see a lawn person blowing leaves in the street, call them out. Because it just continues to add fuel to the fire. Thank you.
Thank you. All right. Any comments, Commissioner Biederman?
Sure. So, Commissioner Sherman, you can't say I didn't try and give you respect to try to negotiate down for a unified thing. I appreciate that we're able to try and come up with a compromise. Please don't mistake my passion for representing the residents of Hollywood as a temper tantrum, as some people say, because it's not. It's passion. And when we are trying to do stuff for the entire city, and we are dominated by six-hour discussions about one district or a half of a district, while other districts are ignored at times, don't get the same attention, it's very frustrating. So my passion sometimes gets a little best of me. That being said, moving along, we had this whole vote for shade thing, and we're going to put more trees throughout this city, especially in Districts 6 and 5, because they don't have as much shade as some other parts of the city. Do we know what that plan is going to be? If we're going to just plant trees where we want, are we going to have a tree giveaway so residents can plant trees and feel more ownership to taking care of those trees?
We can provide an update for you in our Tuesday memo on that. And then if that's something that the commission would like a short presentation on, we could do that.
Because we plant trees historically, and then residents think we're responsible for trimming them. But if we do a tree giveaway, then residents might feel that ownership to take care of them on their own. And that's it.
If the staff keeps a list of the number of trees and where they were planted, maybe you can give us a district report so we can understand. I think in the last handful of years, because of the MPO projects and the required replacement of trees, we've had a significant number in the vicinity of District 6, mostly, I think. But let's just see where the count is because we all endeavor to have thousands of trees and some of these projects require us to plant within a number of years. Let's make sure that we're complying with our contractual requirements too. So that report ought to be somewhat comprehensive to all of that. Commissioner Quintana.
Taking a deep breath. Dignity, dignity, dignity, yes. So Mayor, I really appreciate your efforts to try and get a unanimous vote. But again, I'll say, I've said it before, I know that we always have to have one. And while some people are very strategic about voting, honestly, sincerely, from the bottom of my heart, I just am trying to make the best decision that I can with what I understand of what's before me. I'm never trying to build coalitions. I'm never trying to be strategic. I am just trying to do the best I can. And we're all passionate, and I don't call anybody up here a liar. So calling each other a liar is not dignity. I will not be called a liar, because if there's one thing I'm not, it's a liar or a hypocrite. And no, I'm not two-faced. I'm honest. So I just want to make that perfectly clear. I'm sorry to have that be the last word. I'm trying to be calm. But you know, what happens is when people do something hurtful to another person, then you get a reaction and a response. And so what I have to do is stay calm when somebody calls me a liar. That puts a burden on me when somebody else gets to call me a liar in public on the dais.
Not OK. I get called a lot of things, too. But I still go home and smile.
It's one thing when we're on the dais and they are the public. That's one thing. But to treat each other that way is not appropriate ever. Thank you. We need to respect each other. That's all I'm saying.
Understood.
Respect goes both ways. It does. I've never disrespected you, Kevin. You have. You have.
You guys can have a personal conversation if you like. I think it might just be for the benefit. So for my comments, just a status question on the police headquarters site, 3250. We just saw news that, I thought it was great news, the Memorial Health Care System purchased the Venture Corporate Park right across the street. So eventually, there are tenants there. Yeah, it was a great move. I think the article suggested that they would look to move all of their administrative offices there and maybe relieve the main hospital campus from even some medical office. And maybe it opens up the opportunity for more hospital space within the existing campus, of course, together with the new bed tower. But I thought that was a real big play. But yeah, they're still interested, honestly, in trying to help and talk with whether it's any co-applicant about 3250, there's just a big funding opportunity and they have other endeavors. And so I just wanted to convey that. But what's the status of that solicitation and when that's going to go out?
The team is working right now on finalizing the plan for how we would evaluate proposals and things like that. And once that's all final, the solicitation, the competitive solicitation, would be put out in the advertisement.
So it could be a couple months before that?
Oh, I think that we're within the month that we would have the advertisement out.
And then how long do we contemplate allowing, let's just call it responses to come in. Is it 90 days, 60 days? It takes some time to put this together. On the other hand, we don't want to leave it forever. So where do you see that planning?
So the statute allows for up to 120 days. But I think we would be thinking more along the 90-day time frame.
Yeah. Does the commission feel good about that direction of the 90-day for the response time? I think it's pretty reasonable. I don't see any objection coming from here. Just, you know, for that feedback. All right. Looking forward to that. That's another opportunity for the city. City attorney, any comments today?
Just very briefly, I'd like to congratulate my staff for successfully defending the legality of the city's school zone speed detection program. and also obtaining dismissals of three lawsuits related to public records, vacation rentals, and civil rights violations.
SPEAKER 1, Let's clap for that. Good work. Thank you. City manager?
There are a few upcoming meetings that I want to just announce because we do appreciate our residents being aware of these and participating if it is something that is an issue of importance to them. FDOT is holding a public meeting for a resurfacing project on A1A from Sheridan to Dania Beach Boulevard. And that is tomorrow at the Ann Kolb Nature Center. Then on Monday, the 21st, from noon to 2, an important topic, our public utilities team is having a floodplain management plan open house. That's in our second floor training room in the development services hub. And then finally, our second public budget hearing is on the 23rd of this month. It's at 6 p.m. here at City Hall. And immediately following the city budget hearing will be the CRA budget hearing.
Thank you, City Manager. All right. That concludes our business today, everybody. This meeting is adjourned. Thank you.
This transcript was automatically generated from the official public meeting video and is presented unedited. It reflects remarks made on the public record by elected officials, staff, and public commenters. Transcript accuracy may vary; view the original recording for reference.